Meditopes and meditope-binding antibodies and uses thereof

ABSTRACT

Antibodies and meditopes that bind to the antibodies are provided, as well as complexes, compositions and combinations containing the meditopes and antibodies, and methods of producing, using, testing, and screening the same, including therapeutic and diagnostic methods and uses.

RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent ApplicationNo. 61/597,708, filed Feb. 10, 2012; U.S. patent application Ser. No.13/443,804, filed Apr. 10, 2012; PCT Application No. PCT/US2012/032938,filed Apr. 10, 2012; and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.61/749,830, filed Jan. 7, 2013.

REFERENCE TO A “SEQUENCE LISTING,” A TABLE, OR A COMPUTER PROGRAMLISTING APPENDIX SUBMITTED AS AN ASCII TEXT FILE

The Sequence Listing written in file 95085-866763_ST25.TXT, created onApr. 12, 2013, 352,196 bytes, machine format IBM-PC, MS-Windowsoperating system, is hereby incorporated by reference.

BACKGROUND

Monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) are used in a number of therapeutic,diagnostic, and research applications. Therapeutic and diagnostic areasinclude cancer, antiviral treatment, autoimmune and inflammatorydisease, allergy, cardiovascular disease, osteoporosis, andrheumatology.

Protein engineering and other efforts have generated mAbs with improvedefficacy and targeting (e.g., bispecific mAbs), improved localization,tissue penetration, and blood clearance (e.g., single chain Fab variablefragments (scFvs), diabodies, minibodies, and other fragments), andaltered immunostimulatory, safety, toxicity, and/orpharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamics properties, such as those containingmodified Fc regions (e.g., through mutation or glycosylation). mAbs havebeen reengineered to permit site-specific conjugation of small moleculesfor improved delivery (e.g., ThioMABs) or to irreversibly bind to theirantigen (e.g., infinite affinity mAbs). mAbs have also been developed toimprove the circulation and presentation of bioactive peptides and otherbiologics (e.g., CovX-bodies). Conjugation to various agents has allowedtargeted immunotherapy and diagnostic methods. Hetero-multimeric scFvsand scFvs or mAbs fused to avidin have been developed for pre-targetedtherapy and to improve the detection limits for tumor imaging.

Although mAbs can be effective and have advantages over small moleculeapproaches, existing antibodies and methods have various limitations.These can include adverse side effects resulting from off-targetinteractions, and/or collateral damage due to, among other things, longcirculation times of antibody-drug conjugates). There is a need forimproved antibodies and associated compounds, including those providingimproved efficacy, synergy, specificity, and safety, and methods anduses of the same. Provided are antibodies, compounds and compositionsincluding peptides and other molecules, and related methods that addresssuch needs.

SUMMARY

Among the provided embodiments are antibodies, compounds andcompositions, including peptides and other molecules for use with theantibodies, as well as methods and uses thereof and for producing thesame, as well as compounds, compositions, complexes, mixtures, andsystems, e.g., kits, containing the same. In some aspects, the providedembodiments afford improved efficacy, synergy, specificity, and/orsafety, compared with available antibodies and associated compounds,compositions, methods and uses.

Provided are antibodies, including meditope-enabled antibodies(including fragments thereof), which bind to (i.e., are capable ofbinding to) one or more meditope. In some aspects, the antibodies bindto a meditope that is a cyclic peptide derived from a peptide having anamino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1.

In some aspects, the antibodies bind to a meditope that is a cyclicpeptide derived from a peptide having an amino acid sequence of SEQ IDNO: 2. In some aspects, the antibodies bind to a meditope that is apeptide having an amino acid sequence selected from the group consistingof the sequences set forth in SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, 16-18, 23, 29, 31, 32,36, 39, 42, 43, 45, 46, 51, 52, 54, and 55, or a cyclic peptide derivedtherefrom, or the sequences set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 1, 2, and 15-55, ora cyclic peptide derived therefrom, or to any of the meditopes describedherein. In some cases, the meditope is a cyclic peptide derived from apeptide of the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2.

In some aspects, the antibody or fragment binds to the meditope with aparticular affinity, such as an affinity that is equal to orsubstantially equal to one of the exemplary antibodies described herein,such as cetuximab, meditope-enabled trastuzumab, meditope-enabled MSA,or other exemplified antibody. In some examples, the antibodies bind tothe meditope or meditopes with a dissociation constant of less than ator about 10 μM, less than at or about 5 μM, or less than at or about 2μM, less than at or about 1 μM, less than at or about 500, 400, 300,200, 100 nM, or less, such as at or about 200 picomolar or less, forexample, with such a dissociation constant, as measured by a particulartechnique, such as surface plasmon resonance (SPR), Isothermal Titrationcalorimetry (ITC), fluorescence, fluorescence polarization, NMR, IR,calorimetry titrations; Kinetic exclusion; Circular dichroism,differential scanning calorimetry, or other known method, e.g., by SPR.

In some aspects, the antibodies include a heavy chain variable (VH)region and/or a light chain variable (VL) region. In some aspects, theVL region has an amino acid sequence comprising a threonine, serine, oraspartate at position 40, a residue other than glycine at position 41,and/or an aspartate or asparagine at position 85, according to Kabatnumbering, and/or comprises an isoleucine or leucine at position 10 andisoleucine at position 83, according to Kabat numbering, and/orcomprises a valine or isoleucine at position 9 and a residue other thanglutamine at position 100, according to Kabat numbering. In someexamples, the amino acid sequence of the VL region has a threonine atposition 40, an asparagine at position 41, and an aspartate at position85, according to Kabat numbering.

In some aspects, the VH region has an amino acid sequence comprising aserine or proline at position 40 and an isoleucine, tyrosine,methionine, phenylalanine, or tryptophan at position 89, according toKabat numbering. In some examples, the amino acid sequence of the VHregion has a serine at position 40 and an isoleucine at position 89,according to Kabat numbering.

In some examples, the amino acid sequence of the VL region has a valineor isoleucine at position 9, an isoleucine or leucine at position 10, anarginine at position 39, a threonine at position 40, an asparagine atposition 41, a glycine at position 42, a serine at position 43, anisoleucine at position 83, an aspartate at position 85, and an alanineat position 100, according to Kabat numbering; and/or the amino acidsequence of the VH region has a serine at position 40 and an isoleucineat position 89, according to Kabat numbering.

In some aspects of the provided antibodies, the VL region does notcontain a proline at position 40, a glycine at position 41, and/or athreonine at position 85, according to Kabat numbering, and/or the VHregion does not contain an asparagine or alanine at position 40 and/or avaline at position 89, according to Kabat numbering.

In some aspects, the VL region does not contain an serine at position10, a proline at position 40, a glycine at position 41, an phenylalanineat position 83, and/or a threonine at position 85, according to Kabatnumbering, and/or the VH region does not contain an asparagine oralanine at position 40 and/or a valine at position 89, according toKabat numbering.

In some aspects, the antibodies (including fragments) further includeone or more constant regions, typically human constant region(s), suchas a CL and/or CH1, e.g., human CL and/or CH1.

In some aspects, the provided antibody or fragment has a VL region withan amino acid sequence comprising a light chain framework region (FR) 1(FR-L1), an FR-L2, an FR-L3, and/or an FR-L4 of the light chain sequenceset forth in SEQ ID NO: 71 or SEQ ID NO: 61 (or an FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3,and/or FR-L4 that is at least at or about 75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93,94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to the FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/orFR-L4 of the light chain of SEQ ID NO: 71 or 61), and in some aspects atleast one complementarity determining region (CDR) that is distinct fromthe CDRs of the light chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 71; and/ora VH region with an amino acid sequence having a heavy chain FR1(FR-H1), an FR-H2, an FR-H3, and/or an FR-H4, of the heavy chainsequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 72 or SEQ ID NO: 63 (or an FR-H1,FR-H2, FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 that is at least at or about 75, 80, 85, 90,91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to the FR-H1, FR-H2,FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 of the heavy chain of SEQ ID NO: 72 or 63), and insome aspects at least one CDR that is distinct from the CDRs of theheavy chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 72.

In some aspects, the provided antibody or fragment has a CDR of thelight chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 61, a CDR of the heavychain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 63.

In some aspects, the VL comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:76 and the VH comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 77.

In some aspects, the antibody has a VL region with an amino acidsequence comprising a light chain framework region (FR) 1 (FR-L1), anFR-L2, an FR-L3, and/or an FR-L4 of the light chain sequence set forthin SEQ ID NO: 9 (or an FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 that is atleast at or about 75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99%identical to the FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 of SEQ ID NO: 9);and/or a VH region with an amino acid sequence having a heavy chain FR1(FR-H1), an FR-H2, an FR-H3, and/or an FR-H4 of the heavy chain sequenceset forth in SEQ ID NO: 6 (or an FR-H1, FR-H2, FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 thatis at least at or about 75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98,or 99% identical to the FR-H1, FR-H2, FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 of SEQ ID NO:9). In some examples, the VL region comprises at least onecomplementarity determining region (CDR) that is distinct from the CDRsof the VL sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 9; and/or the VH regioncomprises at least one CDR that is distinct from the CDRs of the VHsequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6.

In some examples, the VL region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQID NO: 73. In some examples, the VH region comprises the amino acidsequence of SEQ ID NO: 74.

In some aspects, the antibody or fragment has a VL region with an aminoacid sequence comprising a light chain framework region (FR) 1 (FR-L1),an FR-L2, an FR-L3, and/or an FR-L4 of the light chain sequence setforth in SEQ ID NO: 68 (or an FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 that isat least at or about 75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or99% identical to the FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 of the lightchain of SEQ ID NO: 68). In some examples, the VL region comprises atleast one complementarity determining region (CDR) that is distinct fromthe CDRs of the light chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 69; and/orthe VH region comprises at least one CDR that is distinct from the CDRsof the heavy chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 70.

In some examples, the VL region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQID NO: 75.

In some aspects, the antibody does not specifically bind to the epitopeof an EGFR that is specifically bound by cetuximab, does not contain theCDRs of cetuximab, and/or does not compete for antigen binding withcetuximab. In other aspects, the antibody is cetuximab.

In some aspects, the antibodies or fragments compete for antigen bindingwith, specifically bind to the same antigen or epitope as, and/orcontain one, more, or all CDRs (or CDRs comprising at least at or about75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identity to theCDRs), e.g., including a heavy chain CDR 1, 2, and/or 3 and/or a lightchain CDR1, 2, and/or 3, of one or more known antibodies, including anycommercially available antibody, such as abagovomab, abciximab,adalimumab, adecatumumab, alemtuzumab, altumomab, altumomab pentetate,anatumomab, anatumomab mafenatox, arcitumomab, atlizumab, basiliximab,bectumomab, ectumomab, belimumab, benralizumab, bevacizumab,brentuximab, canakinumab, capromab, capromab pendetide, catumaxomab,certolizumab, clivatuzumab tetraxetan, daclizumab, denosumab,eculizumab, edrecolomab, efalizumab, etaracizumab, ertumaxomab,fanolesomab, Fbta05, fontolizumab, gemtuzumab, girentuximab, golimumab,ibritumomab, igovomab, infliximab, ipilimumab, labetuzumab, mepolizumab,muromonab, muromonab-CD3, natalizumab, necitumumab, nimotuzumab,ofatumumab, omalizumab, oregovomab, palivizumab, panitumumab,ranibizumab, rituximab, satumomab, sulesomab, ibritumomab, ibritumomabtiuxetan, tocilizumab, tositumomab, trastuzumab, Trbs07, ustekinumab,visilizumab, votumumab, zalutumumab, and/or brodalumab; and/oranrukinzumab, bapineuzumab, dalotuzumab, demcizumab, ganitumab,inotuzumab, mavrilimumab, moxetumomab pasudotox, rilotumumab,sifalimumab, tanezumab, tralokinumab, tremelimumab, urelumab, theantibody produced by the hybridoma 10B5 (see Edelson & Unanue, Curr OpinImmunol, 2000 August; 12(4):425-31), B6H12.2 (abcam) or other anti-CD47antibody (see Chao et al., Cell, 142, 699-713, Sep. 3, 2010); and/or anantibody or fragment thereof having a sequence set forth in any of SEQID NOs: 78-124, and/or 125-170.

In some aspects, the antibody or fragment specifically binds to anantigen selected from the group consisting of: CA-125, glycoprotein (GP)IIb/IIIa receptor, TNF-alpha, CD52, TAG-72, Carcinoembryonic antigen(CEA), interleukin-6 receptor (IL-6R), IL-2, interleukin-2 receptora-chain (CD25), CD22, B-cell activating factor, interleukin-5 receptor(CD125), VEGF, VEGF-A, CD30, IL-1beta, prostate specific membraneantigen (PSMA), CD3, EpCAM, EGF receptor (EGFR), MUC1, humaninterleukin-2 receptor, Tac, RANK ligand, a complement protein, e.g.,C5, EpCAM, CD11a, e.g., human CD11a, an integrin, e.g., alpha-v beta-3integrin, vitronectin receptor alpha v beta 3 integrin, HER2, neu, CD3,CD15, CD20 (small and/or large loops), Interferon gamma, CD33, CA-IX,TNF alpha, CTLA-4, carcinoembryonic antigen, IL-5, CD3 epsilon, CAM,Alpha-4-integrin, IgE, e.g., IgE Fc region, an RSV antigen, e.g., Fprotein of respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), TAG-72, NCA-90(granulocyte cell antigen), IL-6, GD2, GD3, IL-12, IL-23, IL-17,CTAA16.88, IL13, interleukin-1 beta, beta-amyloid, IGF-1 receptor(IGF-1R), delta-like ligand 4 (DLL4), alpha subunit of granulocytemacrophage colony stimulating factor receptor, hepatocyte growth factor,IFN-alpha, nerve growth factor, IL-13, CD326, Programmed cell death 1ligand 1 (PD-L1, a.k.a. CD274, B7-H1), CD47, and CD137.

In some aspects, the antibody or fragment has a light chain having P8,V9 or 19, I10 or L10, Q38, R39, T40, N41 G42, S43, P44, R45, D82, 183,A84, D85, Y86, Y87, G99, A100, G101, T102, K103, L104, E105, R142, S162,V163, T164, E165, Q166, D167, 5168, and/or Y173, according to Kabatnumbering, and/or has a heavy chain having Q6, P9, R38, Q39, S40, P41,G42, K43, G44, L45, S84, D86, T87, A88, 189, Y90, Y91, W103, G104, Q105,G106, T107, L108, V111, T110, Y147, E150, P151, V152, T173, F174, P175,A176, V177, Y185, 5186, and/or L187, according to Kabat numbering.

Also provided are complexes containing an antibody or antibodies (e.g.,meditope-enabled antibodies) bound to one or more meditope. The antibodyor antibody can be any of the meditope-enabled antibodies describedherein, such as any of the aforementioned antibodies (includingfragments thereof). The one or more meditope can include any one or moreof the meditopes described herein, such as those described in thissection, including monovalent and multivalent meditopes, and labeledmeditopes, as well as meditope fusion proteins.

Also provided are meditopes, e.g., isolated meditopes. Among theprovided meditopes are those described above. Among the providedmeditopes are those comprising a peptide that binds to a meditopebinding site of a meditope-enabled antibody, wherein the peptide is nota peptide of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2 or cyclic peptide derived therefrom. Inother aspects, the meditope is a peptide of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, or acyclic peptide derived therefrom.

In some aspects, the meditope (e.g., the peptide) binds to the meditopebinding site with a dissociation constant of less than at or about 10μM, less than at or about 5 μM, or less than at or about 2 μM, less thanat or about 1 μM, less than at or about 500, 400, 300, 200, 100 nM, orless, such as at or about 200 picomolar or less, for example, with sucha dissociation constant, as measured by a particular technique, such assurface plasmon resonance (SPR), Isothermal Titration calorimetry (ITC),fluorescence, fluorescence polarization, NMR, IR, calorimetrytitrations; Kinetic exclusion; Circular dichroism, differential scanningcalorimetry, or other known method, e.g., by SPR.

In some aspects, the meditope binding site includes residues 40, 41, 83,and/or 85 of the light chain of the meditope-enabled antibody, accordingto Kabat numbering, and/or residues 39, 89, 105, and/or 108 of the heavychain of the meditope-enabled antibody, according to Kabat numbering.

In some aspects, the meditope binds to a meditope-enabled antibodyhaving: a light chain comprising an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQID NO: 71 and a heavy chain comprising an amino acid sequence set forthin SEQ ID NO: 72; to a meditope-enabled antibody having a light chainhaving an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 9 and a heavychain comprising an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6;and/or to a meditope-enabled antibody having a light chain having anamino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 68 and/or a heavy chainhaving an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 70.

In some aspects, the peptide is between 5 and 16 amino acids in length.

In some aspects, the peptide has the formula:X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-X11-X12  (Formula I)wherein:

X1=Cys, Gly, β-alanine, 2,3-diaminopropionic acid, β-azidoalanine, ornull;

X2=Gln or null;

X3=Phe, Tyr, β-β′-diphenyl-Ala, His, Asp, 2-bromo-L-phenylalanine,3-bromo-L-phenylalanine, or 4-bromo-L-phenylalanine, Asn, Gln, amodified Phe, a hydratable carbonyl-containing residue; or a boronicacid-containing residue;

X4=Asp or Asn;

X5=Leu; β-β′-diphenyl-Ala; Phe; Trp; Tyr; a non-natural analog ofphenylalanine, tryptophan, or tyrosine; a hydratable carbonyl-containingresidue; or a boronic acid-containing residue;

X6=Ser or Cys;

X7=Thr or Ser or Cys;

X8=Arg, Ser, a modified Arg, or a hydratable carbonyl or boronicacid-containing residue;

X9=Arg, Ala;

X10=Leu, Gln, Glu, β-β′-diphenyl-Ala; Phe; Trp; Tyr; a non-naturalanalog of phenylalanine, tryptophan, or tyrosine; a hydratablecarbonyl-containing residue; or a boronic acid-containing residue;

X11=Lys; and

X12=Cys, Gly, 7-aminoheptanoic acid, β-alanine, diaminopropionic acid,propargylglycine, isoaspartic acid, or null,

wherein:

the modified Arg has a structure of the formula shown in FIG. 34,

the modified Phe is a Phe with one or more halogen incorporated into thephenyl ring, and

formula I is not SEQ ID NO: 1 or SEQ ID NO: 2 or a cyclic peptidederived therefrom.

In some aspects, the peptide is a cyclic peptide, such as one in whichthe cyclization is by disulfide bridge, a thioether bridge, a lactamlinkage, cycloaddition. In certain aspects, where the peptide is one ofFormula I, the cyclization is via a linkage between X1 and X12, X1 andX11, X3 and X11, X4 and X11, or X2 and X12. In some aspects, where thepeptide is one of Formula I, thenon-natural amino acid isβ-β′-diphenyl-Ala, a branched alkyl, or an extended aromatic. In someaspects, where the peptide is one of Formula I, each of the one or morehalogen is an ortho-, meta-, or para-bromo phenyl substituent.

Among the provided meditopes are peptides having an amino acid selectedfrom the group consisting of the sequences set forth in SEQ ID NOs: 1,2, and 15-55, e.g., 1, 2, 16-18, 23, 29, 31, 32, 36, 39, 42, 43, 45, 46,51, 52, 54, and 55, e.g., 16-18, 23, 29, 31, 32, 36, 39, 42, 43, 45, 46,51, 52, 54, and 55, or a cyclic peptide derived therefrom.

In some embodiments, the meditope comprises a compound of Formula (X):

wherein:

-   the center marked with “*” is in the “R” or “S” configuration;-   R³ and R^(3′) are each, independently, H or phenyl, optionally    substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently    selected from C₁₋₄alkyl, —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo;-   R⁵ is:    -   (A) C₁₋₈alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more        substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, acetal,        ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,        —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,        —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and —CONH₂ group; or    -   (B) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substituted with:        -   a) one or two phenyl groups, wherein each phenyl is            optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents            independently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and            iodo; or        -   b) a naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group;-   R⁶ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OH or —C₁₋₄alkyl-SH;-   R⁷ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OH or —C₁₋₄alkyl-SH;-   m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;-   R⁸ is:    -   (a) —OH, —NR^(a)R^(b), —N(R^(c))C(O)R^(e), or        —N(R^(c))C(═NR^(d))R^(e);    -   wherein:        -   R^(a) is H;        -   R^(b) is H or C₁₋₈alkyl optionally substituted with one or            more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo,            acetal, and ketal,        -   —B(OH)₂, —SH, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,            —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl,            —CO₂H, or —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group;        -   R^(c) is H, C₁₋₈alkyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, branched alkyl, or            aryl;        -   R^(d) is H or a C₁₋₈alkyl, C₂₋₈alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl,            C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, branched alkyl, or aryl group, each            optionally substituted with one or more substituents            selected from the group consisting of —N₃, —NH₂, —OH, —SH,            halogen, oxo, acetal, ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester,            phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO,            —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and            —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group; and        -   R^(e) is H; —NHR^(d); or a C₁₋₁₂alkyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl,            C₂₋₁₂alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl, or aryl group, each optionally            substituted with one or more substituents selected from the            group consisting of —N₃, —NH₂, —OH, —SH, oxo, C₂₋₄acetal,            C₂₋₄ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho            ester, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,            —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, and —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group; or    -   (b) a C₁₋₁₂ alkyl substituted with an oxo, acetal, ketal,        —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, —SH, —OH, phosphonate ester, ortho        ester, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, or        —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group; R⁹ is C₁₋₄alkyl or —C₁₋₂alkylene-R^(x);    -   wherein R^(x) is —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CH₂NHC(O)NH₂, or        —CH₂NHC(═NH)NH₂;-   R¹⁰ is:    -   (1) a C₁₋₈alkyl optionally substituted with one or more        substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, acetal,        ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,        —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl,        —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and —CONH₂ group; or    -   (2) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substituted with one or two phenyl groups,        or one naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group, wherein each phenyl        is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents        independently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and        iodo;-   n is 0 or 1;-   p is 0 or 1;-   X is C₁₋₈alkylene or C₂₋₈alkenylene, each carbon thereof optionally    substituted with oxo, —C(O)—, —NHC(O)—, —CO₂H, —NH₂, or —NHC(O)RY;    -   wherein one carbon of said alkylene is optionally replaced with        —C(O)NH—, a 5-membered heteroaryl ring, or —S—S—; and    -   R^(y) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH(R^(z))C(O)— or —CH(R^(z))CO₂H;        -   wherein R^(z) is —H or —C₁₋₄alkyl optionally substituted            with —OH, —SH, or —NH₂;-   or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some embodiments, the meditope comprises a compound of Formula (XA):

The center marked with “*” is in the “R” or “S” configuration. Thesymbol

denotes the point of attachment of R^(1A) to L^(1A).

R³ and R^(3′) are each, independently, H or phenyl, optionallysubstituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selectedfrom C₁₋₄alkyl, —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo;

R⁵ is: (A) C₁₋₈alkyl, optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, acetal, ketal,—B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl,—CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and —CONH₂group; or (B) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substitute, with: a) one or two phenylgroups, wherein each phenyl is optionally substituted with one, two, orthree substituents independently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro,bromo, and iodo; or b) a naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group.

R⁶ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OH or —C₁₋₄alkyl-SH. R⁷ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OH or—C₁₋₄alkyl-SH. The symbol m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

R⁸ is —OH, —NR^(a)R^(b), —N(R^(c))C(O)R^(e), or—N(R^(c))C(═NR^(d))R^(e). R^(a) is H. R^(b) is H or C₁₋₈alkyl optionallysubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the groupconsisting of oxo, acetal, and ketal, —B(OH)₂, —SH, boronic ester,phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,—CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, or —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group. R^(c) is H,C₁₋₈alkyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, branched alkyl, or aryl. R^(d) is H or aC₁₋₈alkyl, C₂₋₈alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, branched alkyl, oraryl group, each optionally substituted with one or more substituentsselected from the group consisting of —N₃, —NH₂, —OH, —SH, halogen, oxo,acetal, ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,—CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group. R^(e) is H; —NHR^(d); or a C₁₋₁₂alkyl,C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, C₂₋₁₂alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl, or aryl group, eachoptionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from thegroup consisting of —N₃, —NH₂, —OH, —SH, oxo, C₂₋₄acetal, C₂₋₄ketal,—B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO,—CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, and —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group.Alternatively, R⁸ is a C₁₋₁₂ alkyl substituted with an oxo, acetal,ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, —SH, —OH, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,—CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, or —CO₂C₁₋₄alkylgroup.

R⁹ is C₁₋₄alkyl or —C₁₋₂alkylene-R^(x). R^(x) is —CO₂H, —CONH₂,—CH₂NHC(O)NH₂, or —CH₂NHC(═NH)NH₂.

R¹⁰ is: (1) a C₁₋₈alkyl optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, acetal, ketal,—B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO,—CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and—CONH₂ group; or (2) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substituted with one or twophenyl groups, or one naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group, wherein eachphenyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituentsindependently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo;

The symbol n is 0 or 1. The symbol p is 0 or 1.

X is: (1) a linker resulting from any of the meditope cyclizationstrategies discussed herein; (2) substituted alkylene, substitutedheteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substitutedheterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene or substituted heteroarylene or(3) C₁₋₈alkylene or C₂₋₈alkenylene, each carbon thereof optionallysubstituted with oxo, —C(O)—, —NH₂, —NHC(O)— or —NHC(O)R^(y). One carbonof the X C₁₋₈alkylene is optionally replaced with —C(O)NH—, a 5-memberedheteroaryl ring, or —S—S—. R^(y) is —C₁₋₄alkyl or —CH(R^(z))C(O)— or—CH(R_(z))CO₂H. R^(z) is —H or —C₁₋₄alkyl optionally substituted with—OH, —SH, or —NH₂. Formula XA includes all appropriate pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts. In (1), X is considered a substituted linker due toits chemical trivalency and because X may optionally include furthersubstituents as set forth above (e.g. —NH₂ and oxo). In someembodiments, X is:

In Formula (IE), ** represents the point of attachment to the glutamineattached to X in Formula (XA) and *** represents the point of attachmentto the nitrogen attached to X and lysine in Formula (XA). The symbol

 denotes the point of attachment of X to the remainder of a molecule.

In some embodiments of the meditope of Formula (XA), m is 0, 1, or 2. Inother embodiments, R³ is H or phenyl and R^(3′) is phenyl,2-bromophenyl, 3-bromophenyl, or 4-bromophenyl. In further embodiments,R⁵ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, ortert-butyl, each optionally substituted with an oxo, —B(OH)₂, —CO₂H, or—CONH₂ group, or with one or two phenyl groups each optionallysubstituted with a bromo or chloro substituent. In further embodiments,R⁸ is —OH, —NH₂, —N(R^(c))C(O)R^(e), or —N(R^(c))C(═NR^(d))R^(e). Instill further embodiments, R^(c) is H or methyl, R^(d) is H orC₁₋₄alkyl, and R^(e) is C₁₋₄alkyl, or —NH(C₁₋₄alkyl). In otherembodiments, R⁹ is methyl or ethyl, optionally substituted with —CO₂H,—CONH₂, —CH₂NHC(O)NH₂, or —CH₂NHC(═NH)NH₂. In still other embodiments,R¹⁰ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, ortert-butyl, each optionally substituted with an oxo, —B(OH)₂, —CO₂H, or—CONH₂ group. In still other embodiments, —X—NH— is -Cys-Cys- (e.g.bound through a disulfide bridge), -Gly-Gly-, —C(O)(CH₂)₆—NH—,-β-Ala-β-Ala-, —C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂CH═CHCH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—,—C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂NHC(O)CH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—, -β-Ala-C(O)CH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—, or—C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂-triazinyl-CH₂—CH(CO₂H)—NH—.

In one embodiment, a meditope contains a cysteine that covalently bindsto a cysteine in a meditope binding site. Such a meditope may beconjugated to any substance, molecule or compound, which may be atherapeutic molecule, such as a small molecule diagnostic molecule, suchas a marker. In some aspects, the “Cys meditope” directs the conjugateto the Ig and binds via a covalent linkage.

Also among the provided meditopes are labeled meditopes, such as thosecomprising a meditope (such as any of those described above) and atherapeutic or diagnostic agent. In some aspects, the therapeutic ordiagnostic agent is selected from the group consisting of: a metalchelator bound to a metal ion, a small molecule, a chemotherapeuticagent, a therapeutic antibody or functional fragment, a toxin, aradioisotope, an enzyme, a nuclease, a hormone, an immunomodulator, anoligonucleotide, an organic or inorganic nanoparticle, an RNAi molecule,an siRNA, a chelator, a boron compound, a photoactive agent, a dye,fluorescent or luminescent substance, an enzyme, an enhancing agent, aradioactive substance, and a chelator.

Also among the provided meditopes are multivalent meditopes, such asthose comprising two or more meditopes and one or more linker, e.g.,where each of the two or more meditopes is a peptide that binds to ameditope binding site of a meditope-enabled antibody. Such multivalentmeditopes may comprise any of the meditopes described herein, e.g.,above. In one aspect, the two or more meditopes comprise at least threemeditopes, or at least four meditopes. In one aspect, the one or morelinker includes a peptide, a small chemical scaffold, abiotin-streptavidin, an organic or inorganic nanoparticle, apolynucleotide sequence, peptide nucleic acid, an organic polymer, or animmunoglobulin Fc domain.

Also among the provided embodiments are meditope-enabledantibody-meditope complexes, including those containing any of themeditope-enabled antibodies and any of the meditopes described herein,e.g., described above. In some cases, the peptide binds to the meditopebinding site with a dissociation constant of less than 10 μM, asmeasured by surface plasmon resonance (SPR), or another affinity asdescribed above.

Also provided are methods using the meditopes and/or antibodies, such asany of the above meditopes and/or antibodies. For example, provided aremethods for purifying a meditope-enabled antibody or fragment thereof,or a cell expressing the meditope-enabled antibody or fragment thereof.In one aspect, such methods include a step of contacting a compositioncontaining the meditope-enabled antibody, fragment, or cell with ameditope, under conditions whereby the meditope-enabled antibody orfragment binds to the peptide. In some aspect, they further include thenisolating the antibody or fragment or cell. Such methods in some aspectsthereby purify the antibody, fragment, or cell.

In some aspects, the meditope is coupled to a solid support. In someaspects, the isolation or purification is effected by a change in pH.

Also provided are compositions, e.g., pharmaceutical compositions,comprising the meditopes (including multivalent and labeled meditopes),meditope-enabled antibodies, and complexes, and/or other compoundsdescribed herein, e.g., above. In one example, the composition includesthe complex, meditope, and/or meditope-enabled antibody, and apharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also provided are methods of treatment, such as those carried out byadministering to a subject such pharmaceutical compositions, or any ofthe meditope-enabled antibodies, meditopes, complexes, and/or othercompound described herein, e.g., above. In one example, the methodsinclude administering to the subject an antibody or fragment asdescribed above.

In one example, the method of treatment includes administering to asubject one or more meditope-enabled antibody or fragment, e.g., any ofthose described above. In one example, the method includes administeringto the subject one or more meditope-enabled antibody or fragment asdescribed above, and a meditope, e.g., any of those described above,including multivalent meditopes and meditopes coupled to a therapeuticor diagnostic agent. In one aspect, the meditope-enabled antibody orfragment and one or more meditope are administered sequentially. Inanother aspect, they are administered simultaneously. Generally, the oneor more meditope comprises a peptide that binds to a meditope bindingsite of the meditope-enabled antibody or fragment. In one aspect, themeditope-enabled antibody or fragment is bound to the one or moremeditope, such that administration of the meditope-enabled antibody andthe one or more meditope comprises administering a complex of themeditope-enabled antibody and the meditope. In another aspect, themeditope-enabled antibody is administered prior to administration of theone or more meditope.

In some aspects, the one or more meditope is coupled to a therapeuticagent, such as a therapeutic agent selected from the group consistingof: drugs, chemotherapeutic agents, therapeutic antibodies, toxins,radioisotopes, enzymes, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents,dyes, metals, metal alloys, and nanoparticles.

Also provided are diagnostic methods, such as those carried out byadministering to a subject such pharmaceutical compositions, or any ofthe meditope-enabled antibodies, meditopes, complexes, and/or othercompound described herein, e.g., above, and detecting binding of theadministered composition, antibody, meditope, complex, and/or compoundto a substance in the subject, e.g., to an antigen. In some aspects, thediagnostic method includes administering to a subject one or moremeditope-enabled antibody or fragment thereof, e.g., any of thosedescribed above. In some aspects, it further includes detecting bindingof the antibody or fragment to an antigen in the subject. In someaspects, the meditope-enabled antibody or fragment and one or moremeditope are administered sequentially; in other aspects, they areadministered simultaneously. In one example, the meditope-enabledantibody or fragment is bound to the one or more meditope, such thatadministration of the meditope-enabled antibody and the one or moremeditope comprises administering a complex of the meditope-enabledantibody and the meditope. In another example, the meditope-enabledantibody is administered prior to administration of the one or moremeditope. In some aspects, the meditope or meditopes is a multivalentmeditope. In some aspects, the meditope is coupled to a diagnosticagent, such as an imaging agent, such as an imaging agent selected fromthe group consisting of: fluorescent substances, luminescent substances,dyes, indicators, and radioactive substances. In some cases, the imagingagent is DOTA.

Also provided are methods for generating meditope-enabled antibodies orfragments thereof, e.g., based on template antibodies. In some aspects,such methods include effecting one or more amino acid substitutions in atemplate antibody or fragment thereof. In one example, the substitutionsinclude a substitution at position 40, 41, or 85 of the VL region,and/or position 40 or position 89 of the VH region, according to Kabatnumbering.

In some aspects, the methods generate a meditope-enabled antibody orfragment thereof which binds to a meditope that is a peptide having anamino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of the sequencesset forth in SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, 16-18, 23, 29, 31, 32, 36, 39, 42, 43, 45,46, 51, 52, 54, and 55, or a cyclic peptide derived therefrom.

In some aspects, the template antibody or fragment is selected from thegroup consisting of abagovomab, abciximab, adalimumab, adecatumumab,alemtuzumab, altumomab, altumomab pentetate, anatumomab, anatumomabmafenatox, arcitumomab, atlizumab, basiliximab, bectumomab, ectumomab,belimumab, benralizumab, bevacizumab, brentuximab, canakinumab,capromab, capromab pendetide, catumaxomab, certolizumab, clivatuzumabtetraxetan, daclizumab, denosumab, eculizumab, edrecolomab, efalizumab,etaracizumab, ertumaxomab, fanolesomab, Fbta05, fontolizumab,gemtuzumab, girentuximab, golimumab, ibritumomab, igovomab, infliximab,ipilimumab, labetuzumab, mepolizumab, muromonab, muromonab-CD3,natalizumab, necitumumab, nimotuzumab, ofatumumab, omalizumab,oregovomab, palivizumab, panitumumab, ranibizumab, rituximab, satumomab,sulesomab, ibritumomab, ibritumomab tiuxetan, tocilizumab, tositumomab,trastuzumab, Trbs07, ustekinumab, visilizumab, votumumab, zalutumumab,and brodalumab, or is the antibody produced by the hybridoma 10B5, or isB6H12.2.

In some aspects, the meditope-enabled antibody binds to one or moremeditopes (e.g., one of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, or cyclic peptide derivedtherefrom), e.g., those described above, with a particular affinity,such as with a dissociation constant of less than 10, 5, or 2 (or othernumber specified above) μM, as measured by SPR, or other methoddescribed above.

In some aspects, each of the one or more amino acid substitutions is ata position selected from the group consisting of: position 8, 9, 10, 38,39, 40, 41 42, 43, 44, 45, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 99, 100, 101, 102,103, 104, 105, 142, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, and 173 of thelight chain, and/or 6, 9, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 84, 86, 87,88, 89, 90, 91, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 147, 150, 151,152, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 185, 186, and 187 of the heavy chain,according to Kabat numbering. In some aspects, the meditope-enabledantibody contains a light chain having P8, V9 or 19, 110 or L10, Q38,R39, T40, N41 G42, S43, P44, R45, D82, 183, A84, D85, Y86, Y87, G99,A100, G101, T102, K103, L104, E105, R142, S162, V163, T164, E165, Q166,D167, S168, and Y173, according to Kabat numbering and a heavy chainhaving Q6, P9, R38, Q39, S40, P41, G42, K43, G44, L45, S84, D86, T87,A88, 189, Y90, Y91, W103, G104, Q105, G106, T107, L108, V111, T110,Y147, E150, P151, V152, T173, F174, P175, A176, V177, Y185, S186, andL187, according to Kabat numbering.

Also provided are polynucleotides comprising a nucleotide sequenceencoding the meditope-enabled antibodies and meditopes, as well asvectors including the same, and libraries comprising the vectors.

Also provided are screening methods, such as those including the stepsof expressing antibodies or fragments thereof from the libraries, andselecting an antibody or fragment thereof from among the expressedantibodies or fragments. In some cases, the selection is based on abinding affinity, pH tolerance, pH dependence, toxicity, PK, or PD ofthe selected antibody or fragment thereof, and/or is effected bycontacting the antibodies or fragments thereof with a meditope anddetecting binding to one or more of the antibodies or fragments thereto.

Also provided are methods for selecting a meditope analog or meditopevariant, including those comprising: (a) combining a meditope and ameditope-enabled antibody or fragment thereof, whereby the meditopenon-covalently binds to the antibody or fragment thereof; and (b) addinga candidate meditope variant or analog; and (c) measuring displacementof the meditope by the candidate meditope variant or analog, whereindisplacement of the meditope by the candidate variant or analogidentifies it as the meditope variant or analog.

Also provided are methods for modifying meditopes and meditope-enabledantibodies, including a method for modifying a meditope, comprisingeffecting one or more amino acid substitutions, insertions, ordeletions, to a peptide having the sequence set forth in any of SEQ IDNOs: 1, 2, 16-18, 23, 29, 31, 32, 36, 39, 42, 43, 45, 46, 51, 52, 54,and 55, or cyclic peptide derived therefrom, thereby altering thepH-dependence of the binding affinity of the peptide for ameditope-enabled antibody or fragment thereof, such as any of thosedescribed above. In some aspects, the method decreases the bindingaffinity of the peptide for the antibody or fragment at a lysosomal pHlevel. In other aspects, the method increases the binding affinity in ahypoxic environment.

Also provided are methods for modifying a meditope-enabled antibody,such as those comprising: effecting one or more modifications atposition 8, 9, 10, 38, 39, 40, 41 42, 43, 44, 45, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86,87, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 142, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167,168, and/or 173 of the light chain, or 6, 9, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,45, 84, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110,147, 150, 151, 152, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 185, 186, and/or 187 of theheavy chain, of the meditope-enabled antibody, according to Kabatnumbering. In some aspects, the modification methods are provided intandem, to produce modified meditopes and modified meditope-enabledantibodies that bind to one another, such as by making modifications inthe antibody based on modifications in a modified meditope, or viceversa.

Also provided are meditope analogs, including those that bind to any ofthe meditope-enabled antibodies described above, and/or with bindingproperties comparable to any of the meditopes described above.

In another aspect, provided herein is a peptide having the formulaR^(1A)-L^(1A)-R^(2A) (IB). In Formula (IB), R^(1A) is a peptidyl centralcavity binding moiety. L^(1A) is a linker of about 2 Å to about 100 Å inlength. R^(2A) is a peptidyl kappa light chain binding moiety.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIGS. 1A-B show meditope peptides binding to framework loops ofcetuximab. FIG. 1A: The complex of cetuximab Fab (light chain is denotedby V_(L) and C_(L); heavy chain is denoted by V_(H) and C_(H)) andcyclic CQFDLSTRRLKC (depicted within the shaded area and labeled withthe word “meditope”) (SEQ ID NO: 1) indicates that the meditope binds toan interface of the Fab framework, which is distinct from the CDR loopsof cetuximab. FIG. 1B (top) shows the stick representation of the cQFDmeditope and (bottom) the stick representation of the cQYN meditope. TheN- and C-terminal cysteines are solvent exposed and display high thermalfactors.

FIGS. 2A-B show certain embodiments of the cetuximab Fab bindinginterface. cetuximab is a human-murine chimera and, therefore, has amixture of murine Ig variable domains and human constant Ig domains.FIG. 2A shows residues of ch14.18 and the humanized trastuzumab, whichcorrespond to those residues of cetuximab that make contact with themeditope. FIG. 2B shows a stereoview of Arg9 of the cQFD meditope thatoccupies a distinct pocket encoded by the murine sequence of cetuximab(foreground). There is a salt bridge from Asp85 of the cetuximab lightchain to the guanidinium group of the meditope Arg9 and the backboneamide of Leu10.

FIGS. 3A-B show surface plasmon resonance (SPR) traces of cQFD and cQYNwith an immobilized Fab. The cetuximab Fab used for crystallographicstudies was coupled to a CM5 chip at low densities. Traces at increasingconcentrations of the cQFD (FIG. 3A) and cQYN (FIG. 3B) meditopes areshown. The series of traces are fit to a simple 1:1 Langmuir bindingmodel. The residuals of the fit are shown below each.

FIGS. 4A-D illustrate that the cQFD and cQYN meditopes do not bind tothe CDRs of cetuximab, as was previously hypothesized. FIG. 4A shows anoverlay of two crystal structures, one of a cetuximab Fab and itsantigen, EGFR domain III, the other showing the cQFD meditope andcetuximab Fab, in which the cQFD meditope binds to the central cavity ofthe cetuximab Fab. The antigen, EGFR domain III, binds at thecomplementarity determining regions at a significant distance from themeditope binding site. FIG. 4B shows SDS-PAGE results on the left-handside and the corresponding size exclusion chromatography results on theright-hand side. Size exclusion experiments of the individualcomponents, Fab, EGFR domain III, and SMT-cQFD meditope, as well as anadmixture of all three, indicate the formation of a hetero-trimericcomplex that coeluted. The non-reducing SDS-PAGE gel shows the fractionthat eluted first, indicating the presence of all three componentswithin the new peak (the left-most peak for “complex,” shaded lightgray) observed from the admixture. FIG. 4C shows the results of a FACSanalysis, indicating that the cQFD meditope bound to EGFR positiveMD-MBA-468 cells only in the presence of cetuximab (arrows). Themeditope alone or the meditope in the presence of M425, a murine EGFRantibody, did not bind. FIG. 4D shows results of surface plasmonresonance experiments using a sensor chip coupled with a cetuximab scFvor Fab. The experiments indicate that saturation of the scFv could notbe achieved at concentrations as high as 100 μM of the cQFD meditope.The same experiments using the cetuximab Fab coupled sensor chipindicate full saturation. The dissociation constant from this experimentis 660 nM. Control SPR experiments (bottom panel) show that thecetuximab scFv readily binds to the soluble EGFR domain III fragment,indicating that the CDR loops were functional.

FIG. 5 is a graph of fluorescence intensity compared to cell count andshows fluorescently-labeled cetuximab binding to MDA-MB-468 cells in thepresence of cQFD. Cetuximab binds to MDA-MB-468 cells without meditope,and in the presence of 6 μM and 60 μM meditope. As expected, the Figureshows that there was no binding of the isotype IgG control to EGFR onMDA-MB468 cells.

FIG. 6 shows how meditope and EGFR bind to distinct sites. The topimages show superposition of the cQFD-Fab complex and the EGFR-Fabcomplex (1YY8) in stereo. The bottom images show that residues 39-46 ofthe heavy chain are flexible and accommodate the meditope.

FIG. 7 shows Fab framework binders. Superposition of Fabs bound tomeditope, Protein A, and Protein L indicate that each binds to a uniquesite on the cetuximab Fab.

FIG. 8 illustrates a mechanism of action in one embodiment for enhancingtumor therapy. In the exemplified embodiment, bivalent antibodies boundto antigen (e.g., ErbB receptor family) overexpressed on tumor cells(left panel) and blocks receptor signaling, alters endocytosis andreceptor recycling and/or elicits an immune response. The addition of anantibody such as matuzumab which recognizes a different domain of EGFRin combination with cetuximab can, in some cases be more effective dueto daisy chaining of the surface receptor (right panel 1). A multivalentmeditope (in this particular example, trivalent) tethers/cross-links thetherapeutic mAb and can enhance its therapeutic potential (right). Inaddition, the multivalent meditope (shown here as a trivalent version)can also carry an imaging agent, which can allow for both enhancedtherapeutics as well as imaging.

FIG. 9 shows an scFv-meditope linker. scFvs are created by fusing thelight chain variable domain to the heavy chain variable domain (or viceversa) through a 12-20 amino acid linker (typically {GGGS}₃₋₅). In thisexample, a portion of the flexible linker sequence can be replaced withthe meditope sequence.

FIG. 10 shows results from an SDS-PAGE showing that the cQFD meditopecoupled to beads could bind to cetuximab. Biotinylated cQFD peptide wasadded to avidin-coupled beads, thoroughly washed, and equilibrated inPBS. Cetuximab was then added to the beads (lane 1), washed (lanes 2-4),and then eluted (lane 5). The top band is the IgG heavy chain and bottomband is the IgG light chain.

FIG. 11 is a depiction of an exemplary embodiment of a steric mask. Inthis exemplary embodiment, the meditope is fused to the N-terminus ofthe Fab light or heavy chain through a flexible linker containing atumor associated protease site, to sterically occlude the antigenbinding site.

FIG. 12 shows SPR-determined binding kinetics for monovalent (leftpanel) and tetravalent (right panel) meditopes to cetuximab. The panelabove the surface plasmon resonance traces depicts a cartoon of themonovalent meditopes being passed over the bivalent IgG. As shown in theright panel, avidin was saturated with biotinylated meditope and passedover the same immobilized cetuximab IgG. The off-rate of the multivalentmeditope was reduced by at least 36 fold. (Note the time scales betweenthe two experiments are different.)

FIG. 13 illustrates the synthesis of dimeric and trimeric meditopesaccording to some embodiments, for meditopes containing lactam linkages.Sequence legend:

SEQ ID NO: 173 (GQFDLSTRRLKG); SEQ ID NO: 174 (GKLRRTSLDFQG).

FIG. 14 illustrates the characterization of a fluorescein isothiocyanate(FITC)-labeled meditope dimer (“14” in FIG. 13), with an HPLC trace offinal bivalent meditope and its mass spectrum. Sequence legend: SEQ IDNO: 173, SEQ ID NO: 174.

FIG. 15 shows the nucleic acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:3) and thecorresponding amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO:4) for a meditope-Fc fusionprotein according to some embodiments.

FIG. 16 shows an exemplary bivalent meditope. The meditope is directlyfused to the N-terminus of a peptide linker that is directly fused tothe Fc Region of an IgG. In this example, as the Fc is naturallyhomodimerized during expression, the end product from the meditope-Fcconstruct is bivalent.

FIG. 17 shows the results of a series of exemplary FACS analysesmonitoring binding of monovalent and bivalent meditopes to cetuximabpretreated EGFR-expressing cells. MDA-MB-468 cells that over-expressEGFR were pre-treated with 10 nM of cetuximab for 30 minutes, rinsed,and then treated with either the meditope-Fc construct or the monomericmeditope at four concentrations. The bottom trace is a negative control(no antibody). The next four traces show that a monomeric meditope bindsto cells pre-treated with cetuximab in a concentration dependent manner.The top four traces also show that the bivalent, meditope Fc binds tocells pre-treated with cetuximab in a concentration dependent manner,but with higher affinity (i.e., more shifted to the right). This ispredicted and consistent with a multivalent interaction.

FIG. 18 is a depiction of an alternative meditope-Fc linker, a coiledcoil, which may be used in accordance with certain embodiments.

FIG. 19: Fragment screening by NMR. Representative NMR spectra of afragment pool before (top trace) and after (bottom trace) cetuximabaddition. Using this method, lead compounds (e.g., those shown herein)have been identified and the binding site is being determined usingdiffraction studies.

FIG. 20 illustrates exemplary steps to alter and/or enhance the bindingaffinity (or alter another property) of a mAb for a meditope or compoundbinding at the meditope site using a directed random library.Specifically, a gene library where codons for mAb residues that line themeditope binding site are replaced with NNK (where N is any nucleotideand K is a thymidine or guanosine) can be selected using FACS sorting(where the meditope and the antigen are labeled with distinctfluorophores). In another embodiment, the codons are substituted withNNN, where N is any nucleotide. The GPI linker can ensure the selectedmAb remains associated with the cell transfected with vectors encodingthe gene sequences. Sequencing the genes encoding the light and heavychain from the selected cells will identify high affinity mAbs. Themethod can be repeated to select for higher affinity meditope ormeditope analogs.

FIG. 21 shows surface representation of sequence differences ofcetuximab and trastuzumab. The dark grey regions in the top panelindicate amino acid differences between cetuximab and the fullyhumanized trastuzumab framework. Certain residues inside the box havebeen mutated onto the trastuzumab framework. The CDR loops oftrastuzumab have been identified (dark regions; bottom panel) andgrafted onto the cetuximab framework.

FIG. 22 Illustrates that a meditope-enabled trastuzumab binds to ameditope-Fc fusion protein. The meditope binding site was created ontrastuzumab, a humanized mAb that binds to the tumor antigen, HER2. FACSanalysis in the top panel shows that meditope-enabled trastuzumab bindsto SKBR3 cells that overexpress HER2 (top two traces). In the bottomgraph, the meditope-Fc binds to meditope-enabled trastuzumab (top twotraces—peak shifted right), but not to wild-type trastuzumab (secondfrom bottom) or to the negative control (bottom trace).

FIG. 23A shows the nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO:5) sequence of ameditope-enabled trastuzumab heavy chain sequence. Signal peptidesequence is shaded in grey. FIG. 23B shows the amino acid (SEQ ID NO:6)sequence of a meditope-enabled trastuzumab heavy chain sequence ascompared to the wild-type (SEQ ID NO:7). Differences are highlighted ingrey. After the amino acids shown in FIG. 23B, there are no differencesremaining in the human sequence of the heavy chain shown. FIG. 23C showsthe nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO:8) sequence of a meditope-enabledtrastuzumab light chain sequence. Signal peptide sequence is shaded ingrey. FIG. 23D shows the amino acid (SEQ ID NO:9) sequence of ameditope-enabled trastuzumab light chain sequence as compared to thewild-type (SEQ ID NO: 10). Differences are highlighted in grey.

FIGS. 24A-B show shows that an antibody containing HER2-binding CDRloops grafted on cetuximab-like framework binds to HER2 and ameditope-Fc. In panel FIG. 24A, FACS analysis shows that HER2-CDRgrafted meditope-enabled mAb binds to SKBR3 cells, which overexpressesHER2 (top three traces at different concentrations). FIG. 24B shows thatwhile the meditope-Fc bound to the HER2-CDR grafted, meditope-enabledmAb (top three traces—peak shifted right in concentration dependentmanner), it did not bind to wild-type trastuzumab (second from bottom)or to the negative control (bottom trace).

FIG. 25A shows nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO: 11) and amino acid (SEQ ID NO:12) sequences for the heavy chain of a trastuzumab with secretionsequence and engineered restriction sites (underlined). FIG. 25B showsnucleic acid (SEQ ID NO: 13) and amino acid (SEQ ID NO: 14) sequencesfor a light chain of trastuzumab with secretion sequence and engineeredrestriction sites (underlined). Shaded areas indicate exemplary residuesthat in some aspects could be altered to enhance or alter thespecificity of the meditope, or could participate in bindinginteractions with a modified epitope.

FIG. 26 illustrates examples of sequence and structural alignment of theIgG and IgE Fab domains, with shaded areas indicating certain residuescorresponding to residues near a meditope binding site. Sequence legend:upper sequence (1YY9_D): SEQ ID NO: 171; lower sequence (2R56_H): SEQ IDNO: 172.

FIG. 27 is a graph showing surface plasmon resonance (SPR) studies. Thebinding affinity of different meditopes to cetuximab [cQFD (meditope 1,SEQ ID NO: 1), cQYN (meditope 2, SEQ ID NO: 2), and cQYD (meditope 16,SEQ ID NO: 16)] was determined from pH=4.0 to pH=8.0.

FIGS. 28A-B illustrate the results of an MTT assay comparing theefficacy of a bivalent meditope-Fc to that of a monomeric meditope toinhibit MDA-MB-468 cell growth. FIG. 28A shows results of a study inwhich a meditope-Fc, but not a monomeric meditope, inhibited cell growthwhen combined with cetuximab. FIG. 28B shows that the meditope-Fcenhances the cell-killing capacity of cetuximab, similar to thecombination of M425 and cetuximab.

FIG. 29 illustrates binding of a meditope to a cetuximab meditopebinding site (“Cetuximab Binding” as shown in Figure), but not to afully humanized framework (“Trastuzumab No binding” as shown in Figure)or another murine-chimera framework (“Rituximab No binding” as shown inFigure). The cQFD meditope (meditope 1, SEQ ID NO: 1) was conjugated toa CM5 chip for surface plasmon resonance studies and cetuximab (meditopebinding Fab), trastuzumab (fully humanized framework), and rituximab(murine-human chimeric framework) were tested at concentrations of 0.01,0.05, 0.1, 0.5 and 1 μM. Only cetuximab bound to the meditope-conjugatedchip.

FIGS. 30A-D show biophysical data obtained for the meditopes. FIG. 30Ashows a SPR sensogram of an unmodified meditope cQFD (SEQ ID NO: 1) anda QYN meditope (SEQ ID NO:2) using a cetuximab Fab chip. FIG. 30B showsa representative binding isotherm of the meditope (SEQ ID NO: 1) andcetuximab Fab (top) and integration (bottom). FIG. 30C showssuperposition of both meditopes. Oval 1 indicates the Phe/Tyr position.The arrow indicates a shift of the backbone that leads to a favorablehydrogen bond network and may account for a favorable change in theenthalpy. The hydrophobic groups, F/Y3 L5, and L10 are nearlyidentically positioned, but the hydroxyl group of Y5 in the cQYNmeditope prevents R8 from interacting with the Q105 backbone, asobserved in the cQFD meditope (“steric clash”). This rearrangement alsoresults in a concomitant change in the backbone residues of the β-turn(‘backbone rotation”). FIG. 30D shows individual thermodynamicparameters determined by ITC of different meditope variants. The Phe3Tyrvariant (meditope 2, SEQ ID NO: 2) shows a significant change in AHthough lower affinity. Based on the structure, Gln2 in the meditope ofSEQ ID NO: 1 was replaced with the D-stereomer. ITC analysis of thismeditope, (SEQ ID NO: 15), revealed a significant increase in entropyand loss in enthalpy.

FIG. 31 shows the chemical structure of a meditope according to someembodiments. The circles indicate positions that can be modified, e.g.,to improve meditope affinity for the Fab. The boxes indicate cyclizationstrategies. ‘Click’ chemistry and olefin metathesis, top and bottom farright boxes, respectively, are additional routes to cyclize themeditope.

FIG. 32 illustrates the synthesis of lactam (2, SEQ ID NO:32) andfluorescein-labeled lactam (3, SEQ ID NO:32).

FIGS. 33A-B show the sites of optimization according to someembodiments.

Ovals indicate cavities in the Fab region of the mAb that may beexploited to optimize the affinity of a meditope.

FIG. 34 shows a modified Arg8 residue that may be used to optimizemeditope binding parameters, and may be used in accordance with theembodiments described herein (R=alkyl, substituted alkyl, aromatic orNHR′″, where R′″=alkyl, substituted alkyl, or aromatic).

FIG. 35 shows the hydrophilic interface in the vicinity of .Phe3 of ameditope. Halogens incorporated in the phenyl ring may form strongnoncovalent bonds to the hydroxyl group of cetuximab Tyr87 or Tyr91, aswell as to backbone carbonyls.

FIG. 36 illustrates covalent interactions between a meditope and thebackbone of cetuximab. A hydratable side chain may be incorporated atArg8 (left) or Leu10 (right) to form a covalent bond to the hydroxylgroups of Ser or Tyr of the Fab.

FIG. 37 illustrates a fluorescence polarization assay of dose-dependentinhibition of the interaction between cetuximab and afluorescein-labeled peptide by unlabeled peptide. The assay identifiedsmall molecule compounds that could compete with the meditope for mAbbinding and thus can be developed to function in a similar manner as ameditope. As a control, it was demonstrated that a non-labeled meditopecould displace the fluorescently-labeled meditope. Equilibration of thedisplacement at three times points indicates that the assay is robustand amendable to high throughput screening.

FIG. 38 shows five lead compounds identified from the fluorescencepolarization screen.

FIG. 39 shows stick structures for eighteen modified meditopes,corresponding to SEQ ID NO:22 (A), SEQ ID NO:16 (B), SEQ ID NO:17 (C),SEQ ID NO:18 (D), SEQ ID NO:15 (E), SEQ ID NO:23 (F), SEQ ID NO:24 (G),SEQ ID NO:25 (H), SEQ ID NO:32 (I), SEQ ID NO:33 (J), SEQ ID NO:34 (K),SEQ ID NO:35 (L), SEQ ID NO:36 (M), SEQ ID NO:37 (N), SEQ ID NO:38 (O),SEQ ID NO:39 (P), SEQ ID NO:40 (Q) and SEQ ID NO:41 (R), SEQ ID NO:42(S), SEQ ID NO:43 (T), SEQ ID NO:44 (U), SEQ ID NO:46 (V) SEQ ID NO:49(W), SEQ ID NO:51 (X), SEQ ID NO:52 (Y), SEQ ID NO:53 (Z), SEQ ID NO:54(AA), and SEQ ID NO:55 (BB). The sequence of these structures is shownin Tables 3 and 4.

FIG. 40 is a table showing the X-ray diffraction data for the structuresshown in FIG. 39 and additional meditopes in Tables 3 and 4.

FIG. 41 shows representative surface plasmon resonance studies ofmeditope variants. Based on the structural information of the Phe3Hismutation in the cQFD meditope, a variant meditope was synthesized withβ,β′-diphenylalanine at position 3 (top trace). A significantimprovement in the binding affinity for cetuximab of ˜4 fold, wasobserved by surface plasmon resonance. Aminohexanoic acid was used toreplace the disulfide bridge of the original meditope (bottom trace).While the binding affinity was decreased, these data indicate thatmodifications can be made to meditopes to address potential issues withpharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and toxicity in animal and humanstudies. It is noted that this combination can be combined withunnatural amino acids at other positions within a meditope.

FIG. 42 illustrates structural information that can be useful, e.g., toimprove meditope affinity. The top panel shows a crystal structure of ameditope bound cetuximab, showing Phe3 bound within the Fab cavity ofcetuximab. Substitution of this position with histidine and subsequentstructural analysis indicates the side chain (imidazole) takes on a newconformation (middle panel). Based on this observation,β,β′-diphenylalanine which could place one phenyl side chain at theoriginal position and one phenyl side chain at the imidazole ring wassubstituted at position 3. The crystal structure indicates that thissubstitution mimics both side chain conformations. Surface plasmonresonance studies shows that this substitute binds with higher affinity(FIG. 41, top panel).

FIG. 43 shows results of a study demonstrating that a meditope-enabledtrastuzumab provided herein has a similar binding affinity for antigenas wild-type trastuzumab, as described in Example 4.

FIG. 44 shows results of a study described in Example 4, demonstratingthat HER2-expressing cells pre-bound with meditope-enabled Trastuzumab™,but not those pre-bound with wild-type trastuzumab (WT T), bound to acQFD (SEQ ID NO: 1) meditope-Protein L fusion (MPL). Control cells,without pre-bound antibody (MPL (WT) only) also did not bind to MPL.

FIG. 45 shows results of a study described in Example 4, demonstratingthat HER2-expressing cells (SKBR3) pre-bound with meditope-enabledTrastuzumab™, but not those pre-bound with wild-type trastuzumab (WT T),bound to a cQFD (SEQ ID NO: 1) meditope-Protein L fusion in which allbut one lysine of Protein L were mutated to arginine and asparagine(MPL-5K). Control cells, not pre-bound with any antibody (MPL-5K only)also did not bind to MPL-5K.

FIG. 46 shows results of a study described in Example 4, demonstratingthat meditope binds to meditope-enabled trastuzumab to a similar degreewhether the antibody is pre-bound to cells expressing antigen prior toincubation with the meditope (left panel), or meditope-Protein L- andantibody are pre-mixed and then incubated with cells expressing antigen(right panel). TM=meditope-enabled trastuzumab. The percentage ofMPL-positive cells relative to no-treatment control is shown in thelegend.

FIG. 47A shows light chain nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO: 61) and light chainamino acid (SEQ ID NO: 61) sequences of a CDR-grafted meditope-enabledtrastuzumab (with trastuzumab-like CDRs grafted onto a cetuximab-likeframework), with the signal sequence and other residues shaded. FIG. 47Bshows heavy chain nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO: 62) and heavy chain aminoacid (SEQ ID NO: 63) of this antibody.

FIG. 48 shows the structure of meditope 54 (see Table 4) bound to acetuximab Fab fragment (backside view), with structures of the5-position β,β′-diphenylalanine meditope (SEQ ID NO: 18, meditope 18)and cQFD (meditope 1, SEQ ID NO: 1) superimposed.

FIG. 49 shows the results of a study in which an Alexa488-labeledmeditope-Fc fusion protein (600 nM, 180 nM, or 60 nM) was incubated withMDA-MB-468 cells, pre-labeled with cetuximab or M425 (a mouse anti-EGFRantibody) for 30 minutes, and antibody binding and meditope bindinganalyzed by FACS analysis.

FIG. 50 (top panel) shows stick representations of the structures ofmeditope 18 (SEQ ID NO: 18, shown in Table 3, with aβ,β′-diphenylalanine at position 5) bound to cetuximab (dark greysticks), the same meditope (18) bound to meditope-enabled trastuzumab(white sticks), and wild-type trastuzumab (outline), superimposed. Thebottom panel shows a ribbon cartoon comparing wild-type andmeditope-enabled trastuzumab.

FIG. 51, in the upper-left panel, shows a superposition of thestructures of trastuzumab and trastuzumab memab (in this figure, thetrastuzumab memab is labeled as “Meditope-enabled Memab”) with certainresidues involved in meditope-binding in the meditope-enabled antibodyillustrated by sticks. The top right panel shows a superposition of thestructures of meditope-enabled trastuzumab (memab) and cetuximab, withthe same residues labeled. The bottom panel shows a “cartoon/ribbondiagram” of all three of these structures superimposed.

FIG. 52 shows the structure of meditope (position 3 β,β′ diphenyl),Protein L (left), Protein A (right) and Fab (grey cartoon). Lysines inProtein L and the meditope that were mutated in MPLs described hereinare shown in black.

FIG. 53 shows surface plasmon resonance (SPR) data for ameditope-Protein L fusion (MPL): Top panel shows the traces of MPL beingadded to the meditope-enabled trastuzumab at concentrations up to 10 nM.The fit data indicates a binding affinity of 165 pM. The bottom panelshows the traces of Protein L (only) added at the same concentrations tothe meditope-enabled trastuzumab, showing that there is not binding atthis concentration.

FIG. 54 shows that a GPI-linked meditope-enabled trastuzumab binds to ameditope-Protein L (MPL) fusion protein. 1×10^6 cells/sample were used.Cells were removed from plates by gentle pipetting and were washed oncewith 0.1% BSA (w/v) in PBS. AF647-labeled-MPL was diluted to 10 nM inwash buffer and incubated with cells for 30 min at RT. Cells were washedtwice and then analyzed by FACS.

FIGS. 55A-B show a sequence comparison and a co-crystal structure. FIG.55A shows a sequence comparison between the CH1 domain of a human IgG2,IgG4, IgG3, and IgG1 (SEQ ID NOs: 64-67). FIG. 55B shows the differencesbetween these sequences mapped onto the co-crystal structure ofcetuximab and meditope 1 (SEQ ID NO: 1, cQFD).

FIG. 56 shows the amino acid sequence of the light chain of ameditope-enabled (“medi”) anti-CEA antibody (meditope-enabled M5A) (SEQID NO: 68) compared to the wild-type M5A light chain sequence (SEQ IDNO: 69). Shaded residues represent eight point mutations that wereintroduced in the light chain of the M5A antibody, allowing it to bindto meditopes (for reference the heavy chain M5A sequence is set forth inSEQ ID NO: 70).

FIG. 57 shows results of FACS analysis, demonstrating binding of themeditope-enabled M5A antibody (M5A 8M) to the M5A antigen (CEA) onLS174T cells.

FIG. 58 shows surface plasmon resonance (SPR) data for a 5-diphenylmeditope bound to an M5A 8M meditope enabled antibody. Sequence legend(CQFDA(diphenyl)STRRLKC): SEQ ID NO:18.

FIG. 59 illustrates the characterization of meditope 54, with an HPLCtrace and its mass spectrum.

FIG. 60 illustrates the mass spectrum of DOTA-NHS-MPL conjugates formedfrom a starting material ratio of 120:1 (DOTA-NHS:MPL).

FIGS. 61A-B show treated and control cell images and an illustrative bargraph. FIG. 61A shows MDA-MB-468 cells that were pre-incubated withAlexa 555-cetuximab and then incubated with Alexa 488-meditope-Fc. DAPIwas used as counter stain. Images were taken with an Olympus AX70Automatic Upright Microscope. White arrows indicate positive meditope-Fcstaining. FIG. 61B shows quantification of meditope-Fc-positive cells.Bar graph showed shows percentage of meditope-Fc-positive cells of totalcells from cetuximab pre-treated or untreated samples counted from twofields.

FIG. 62 shows an avid IgG binding protein designed by using a single fabbinding domain from protein L linked to a cyclic peptide, called ameditope, which binds in the central cavity of a moditope-enabledversion of the anti-HER2 antibody trastuzumab to act as a scaffold fordrug or imaging agent delivery to HER2 overexpressing cells.

FIG. 63 shows L1-L4 listed in table 8; binding affinities were measuredusing SPR analysis by flowing concentrations of 78 pM to 10 nM MPL overimmobilized TM ligand and kinetic information was calculated usingBiaevaluation software using a 1:1 langmuir binding model.

FIG. 64 shows L5-L8 listed in table 8; binding affinities were measuredusing SPR analysis by flowing concentrations of 78 pM to 10 nM MPL overimmobilized TM ligand and kinetic information was calculated usingBiaevaluation software using a 1:1 langmuir binding model.

FIGS. 65A-E show SPR sensograms of A) MPL (L3), B) meditope, C) proteinL, D) MPL F3A R8A (L3) mutant and E) MPL Y51Y L55H (L3) mutant proteinsflowed over immobilized TM.

FIG. 66 shows the tight binding affinity of MPL (L3) for TM on thesurface of the SKBR3 cells even at low concentrations of MPL withextensive washing.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION A. Definitions

An “antibody,” as used herein, refers to an immunoglobulin molecule thatspecifically binds to, or is immunologically reactive with an antigen orepitope, and includes both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, as wellas functional antibody fragments, including but not limited to fragmentantigen binding (Fab) fragments, F(ab′)₂ fragments, Fab′ fragments, Fvfragments, recombinant IgG (rIgG) fragments, single chain variablefragments (scFv) and single domain antibodies (e.g., sdAb, sdFv,nanobody) fragments. The term “antibody” includes genetically engineeredor otherwise modified forms of immunoglobulins, such as intrabodies,peptibodies, chimeric antibodies, fully human antibodies, humanizedantibodies, meditope-enabled antibodies and heteroconjugate antibodies(e.g., bispecific antibodies, diabodies, triabodies, tetrabodies, tandemdi-scFv, tandem tri-scFv). Unless otherwise stated, the term “antibody”should be understood to encompass functional antibody fragments thereof.

The terms “complementarity determining region,” and “CDR,” are known inthe art to refer to non-contiguous sequences of amino acids withinantibody variable regions, which confer antigen specificity and bindingaffinity. In general, there are three CDRs in each heavy chain variableregion (CDR-H1, CDR-H2, CDR-H3) and three CDRs in each light chainvariable region (CDR-L1, CDR-L2, CDR-L3). “Framework regions” and “FR”are known in the art to refer to the non-CDR portions of the variableregions of the heavy and light chains. In general, there are four FRs ineach heavy chain variable region (FR-H1, FR-H2, FR-H3, and FR-H4), andfour FRs in each light chain variable region (FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, andFR-L4).

The precise amino acid sequence boundaries of a given CDR or FR can bereadily determined using any of a number of well-known schemes,including those described by Kabat et al. (1991), “Sequences of Proteinsof Immunological Interest,” 5th Ed. Public Health Service, NationalInstitutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (“Kabat” numbering scheme),Al-Lazikani et al., (1997) JMB 273, 927-948 (“Chothia” numberingscheme), MacCallum et al., J. Mol. Biol. 262:732-745 (1996),“Antibody-antigen interactions: Contact analysis and binding sitetopography,” J. Mol. Biol. 262, 732-745.” (Contact” numbering scheme),Lefranc M P et al., “IMGT unique numbering for immunoglobulin and T cellreceptor variable domains and Ig superfamily V-like domains,” Dev CompImmunol, 2003 January; 27(1):55-77 (“IMGT” numbering scheme), andHonegger A and Plückthun A, “Yet another numbering scheme forimmunoglobulin variable domains: an automatic modeling and analysistool,” J Mol Biol, 2001 Jun. 8; 309(3):657-70, (AHo numbering scheme).

The boundaries of a given CDR or FR may vary depending on the schemeused for identification. For example, the Kabat scheme is basedstructural alignments, while the Chothia scheme is based on structuralinformation. Numbering for both the Kabat and Chothia schemes is basedupon the most common antibody region sequence lengths, with insertionsaccommodated by insertion letters, for example, “30a,” and deletionsappearing in some antibodies. The two schemes place certain insertionsand deletions (“indels”) at different positions, resulting indifferential numbering. The Contact scheme is based on analysis ofcomplex crystal structures and is similar in many respects to theChothia numbering scheme.

Table 1, below, lists the positions of CDR-L1, CDR-L2, CDR-L3 andCDR-H1, CDR-H2, CDR-H3 as identified by the Kabat, Chothia, and Contactschemes, respectively. For CDR-H1, residue numbering is given listedusing both the Kabat and Chothia numbering schemes. It is noted thatbecause the Kabat numbering scheme places insertions at H35A and H35B,the end of the Chothia CDR-H1 loop when numbered using the Kabatnumbering convention varies between H32 and H34, depending on the lengthof the loop.

TABLE 1 CDR Kabat Chothia Contact CDR-L1 L24--L34 L24--L34 L30--L36CDR-L2 L50--L56 L50--L56 L46--L55 CDR-L3 L89--L97 L89--L97 L89--L96CDR-H1 H31--H35B H26--H32..34 H30--H35B (Kabat Numbering¹) CDR-H1H31--H35 H26--H32 H30--H35 (Chothia Numbering²) CDR-H2 H50--H65 H52--H56H47--H58 CDR-H3 H95--H102 H95--H102 H93--H101 ¹Kabat et al. (1991),“Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest,” 5th Ed. Public HealthService, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD ²Al-Lazikani etal., (1997) JMB 273, 927-948

Thus, unless otherwise specified, a “CDR” or “complementary determiningregion,” or individual specified CDRs (e.g., “CDR-H1, CDR-H2), of agiven antibody or region thereof, such as a variable region thereof,should be understood to encompass a (or the specific) complementarydetermining region as defined by any of the known schemes. Likewise,unless otherwise specified, a “FR” or “framework region,” or individualspecified FRs (e.g., “FR-H1, FR-H2), of a given antibody or regionthereof, such as a variable region thereof, should be understood toencompass a (or the specific) framework region as defined by any of theknown schemes. In some instances, the scheme for identification of aparticular CDR, FR, or FRs or CDRs is specified, such as the CDR asdefined by the Kabat, Chothia, or Contact method. In other cases, theparticular amino acid sequence of a CDR or FR is given.

The term “meditope-enabled” antibody and “meMAb” refer to an antibody orfunctional fragment thereof that is able to bind to a meditope, via ameditope binding site. Examples of meditope-enabled antibodies include,but are not limited to, cetuximab and others described herein. A“meditope binding site” is a region of the meditope-enabled antibodycontaining the amino acid residues that interact with a bound meditope,which residues include framework region (FR) residues of the heavy andlight chains. With reference to a Fab fragment or a Fab portion of anantibody, the meditope binding site is located within the central cavityof the Fab fragment or portion.

The “central cavity,” with respect to the three-dimensional structure ofa Fab, refers to the internal cavity of the Fab, lined by portions ofthe heavy and light chain variable and constant regions. The centralcavity thus is lined by residues of the VH, VL, CH1, and CL regions anddoes not include the antigen binding site.

In some embodiments, the meditope binding site includes residues 40, 41,83, and 85 of the light chain of a meditope-enabled antibody, accordingto Kabat numbering, and/or residues 39, 89, 105, and 108 of the heavychain of the meditope-enabled antibody, according to Kabat numbering.

In some embodiments, the meditope binding site is located within acavity formed by residues 8, 9, 10, 38, 39, 40, 41 42, 43, 44, 45, 82,83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 142, 162, 163,164, 165, 166, 167, 168, and 173 of the light chain and 6, 9, 38, 39,40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 84, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 103, 104, 105, 106,107, 108, 111, 110, 147, 150, 151, 152, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 185,186, and 187 of the heavy chain of the antibody, according to Kabatnumbering.

With respect to a Fab portion of a meditope-enabled antibody, themeditope binding site includes residues within the central cavity. Themeditope-binding site typically further includes constant regionresidues.

The term “meditope,” as used herein, refers to a peptide or peptidesthat binds to a central cavity such as a meditope-binding site of ameditope-enabled antibody, which antibody has a threonine at position40, an asparagine at position 41, and an aspartage at position 85 of itslight chain, according to Kabat numbering, or contains a meditopebinding site containing residues that correspond to those within themeditope-binding site of cetuximab, meditope-enabled trastuzumab, ormeditope-enabled M5A, disclosed herein. Exemplary meditopes include, butare not limited to, the cQFD and cQYN peptides and variants thereof(“meditope variants” or “variant meditopes”), as well as multivalent andlabeled meditopes. Other molecules may also bind to meditope bindingsites of meditope-enabled antibodies, with functional characteristicssimilar to those of a meditope. Such molecules, meditope analogs, mayinclude, but are not limited to, small molecules, aptamers, nucleic acidmolecules, peptibodies and any other substance able to bind to the samemeditope binding site as a meditope. In some embodiments, the meditopesequence is cyclized as disclosed herein (e.g. the terminal (or nearterminal) cysteine residues form a disulfide bond).

A “therapeutic agent,” as used herein, is an atom, molecule, or compoundthat is useful in treatment of a disease or condition.

A “therapeutically effective amount,” “therapeutically effectiveconcentration” or “therapeutically effective dose” is the amount of acompound that produces a desired therapeutic effect in a subject, suchas preventing or treating a target condition, alleviating symptomsassociated with the condition, producing a desired physiological effect,or allowing imaging or diagnosis of a condition that leads to treatmentof the disease or condition. The precise therapeutically effectiveamount is the amount of the composition that will yield the mosteffective results in terms of efficacy of treatment in a given subject.This amount will vary depending upon a variety of factors, including,but not limited to, the characteristics of the therapeutic compound(including activity, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, andbioavailability), the physiological condition of the subject (includingage, sex, disease type and stage, general physical condition,responsiveness to a given dosage, and type of medication), the nature ofthe pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or carriers in the formulation,and the route of administration. One skilled in the clinical andpharmacological arts will be able to determine a therapeuticallyeffective amount through routine experimentation, namely by monitoring asubject's response to administration of a compound and adjusting thedosage accordingly. For additional guidance, see Remington: The Scienceand Practice of Pharmacy 21^(st) Edition, Univ. of Sciences inPhiladelphia (USIP), Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, Pa.,2005.

A “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to a pharmaceuticallyacceptable material, composition, or vehicle that is involved incarrying or transporting a compound of interest from one tissue, organ,or portion of the body to another tissue, organ, or portion of the body.For example, the carrier may be a liquid or solid filler, diluent,excipient, solvent, or encapsulating material, or some combinationthereof. Each component of the carrier must be “pharmaceuticallyacceptable” in that it must be compatible with the other ingredients ofthe formulation. It also must be suitable for contact with any tissue,organ, or portion of the body that it may encounter, meaning that itmust not carry a risk of toxicity, irritation, allergic response,immunogenicity, or any other complication that outweighs its therapeuticbenefits.

A “route of administration” may refer to any administration pathwayknown in the art, including but not limited to aerosol, enteral, nasal,ophthalmic, oral, parenteral, rectal, transdermal, or vaginal.“Transdermal” administration may be accomplished using a topical creamor ointment or by means of a transdermal patch. “Parenteral” refers to aroute of administration that is generally associated with injection,including infraorbital, infusion, intraarterial, intracapsular,intracardiac, intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal,intrapulmonary, intraspinal, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrauterine,intravenous, subarachnoid, subcapsular, subcutaneous, transmucosal, ortranstracheal.

“In combination” or “in combination with,” when used herein in thecontext of multiple agents, therapeutics, or treatments, means in thecourse of treating the same disease or condition in a subjectadministering two or more agents, drugs, treatment regimens, treatmentmodalities or a combination thereof (e.g., an antibody in combinationwith a meditope or a multivalent tethering agent), in any order. Thisincludes simultaneous administration (or “coadministration”),administration of a first agent prior to or after administration of asecond agent, as well as in a temporally spaced order of up to severaldays apart. Such combination treatment may also include more than asingle administration of any one or more of the agents, drugs, treatmentregimens or treatment modalities. Further, the administration of the twoor more agents, drugs, treatment regimens, treatment modalities or acombination thereof may be by the same or different routes ofadministration.

A “therapeutic antibody” may refer to any antibody or functionalfragment thereof that is used to treat cancer, autoimmune diseases,transplant rejection, cardiovascular disease or other diseases orconditions such as those described herein. Examples of therapeuticantibodies that may be used according to the embodiments describedherein include, but are not limited to murine antibodies, murinized orhumanized chimera antibodies or human antibodies including, but notlimited to, Erbitux (cetuximab), ReoPro (abciximab), Simulect(basiliximab), Remicade (infliximab); Orthoclone OKT3 (muromonab-CD3);Rituxan (rituximab), Bexxar (tositumomab) Humira (adalimumab), Campath(alemtuzumab), Simulect (basiliximab), Avastin (bevacizumab), Cimzia(certolizumab pegol), Zenapax (daclizumab), Soliris (eculizumab),Raptiva (efalizumab), Mylotarg (gemtuzumab), Zevalin (ibritumomabtiuxetan), Tysabri (natalizumab), Xolair (omalizumab), Synagis(palivizumab), Vectibix (panitumumab), Lucentis (ranibizumab), andHerceptin (trastuzumab).

“Treating” or “treatment” of a condition may refer to preventing thecondition, slowing the onset or rate of development of the condition,reducing the risk of developing the condition, preventing or delayingthe development of symptoms associated with the condition, reducing orending symptoms associated with the condition, generating a complete orpartial regression of the condition, or some combination thereof.

As used herein, the terms “including,” “containing,” and “comprising”are used in their open, non-limiting sense.

As used herein, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include pluralreferents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.

To provide a more concise description, some of the quantitativeexpressions given herein are not qualified with the term “about”. It isunderstood that, whether the term “about” is used explicitly or not,every quantity given herein is meant to refer to the actual given value,and it is also meant to refer to the approximation to such given valuethat would reasonably be inferred based on the ordinary skill in theart, including equivalents and approximations due to the experimentaland/or measurement conditions for such given value.

As used herein, “alkyl” refers to a saturated, straight- orbranched-chain hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms.Representative alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl,ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, 2-methyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl,2-methyl-1-butyl, 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-3-butyl,2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-1-pentyl, 3-methyl-1-pentyl,4-methyl-1-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl,4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-butyl,2-ethyl-1-butyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl,neopentyl, n-hexyl, and the like, and longer alkyl groups, such asheptyl, octyl, and the like. The term “C_(x-y)alkyl,” where x and y areintegers, refers to an alkyl with x-y carbon atoms.

As used herein, an “alkenyl” refers to a straight- or branched-chainhydrocarbon group having one or more double bonds therein and havingfrom 2 to 12 carbon atoms. Illustrative alkenyl groups include, but arenot limited to, ethylenyl, vinyl, allyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl,butadienyl, pentadienyl, hexadienyl, 2-ethylhexenyl, 2-propyl-2-butenyl,4-(2-methyl-3-butene)-pentenyl, and the like. The term “C_(x-y)alkenyl,”where x and y are integers, refers to an alkenyl with x-y carbon atoms.

The term “alkylenyl” or “alkylene” refers to a divalent alkyl group. Theterm “alkenylene” or “alkenylene” refers to a divalent alkenyl group.

As used herein, “alkynyl” refers to a straight- or branched-chainhydrocarbon group having one or more triple bonds therein and havingfrom 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Exemplary alkynyl groups include, but are notlimited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl,methylpropynyl, 4-methyl-1-butynyl, 4-propyl-2-pentynyl,4-butyl-2-hexynyl, and the like.

The term “heteroalkyl,” by itself or in combination with another term,means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain, orcombinations thereof, including at least one carbon atom and at leastone heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, N, P, Si, and S,and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized,and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. Theheteroatom(s) O, N, P, S, and Si may be placed at any interior positionof the heteroalkyl group or at the position at which the alkyl group isattached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples include, but are notlimited to: —CH₂—CH₂—O—CH₃, —CH₂—CH₂—NH—CH₃, —CH₂—CH₂—N(CH₃)—CH₃,—CH₂—S—CH₂—CH₃, —CH₂—CH₂, —S(O)—CH₃, —CH₂—CH₂—S(O)₂—CH₃, —CH═CH—O—CH₃,—Si(CH₃)₃, —CH₂—CH═N—OCH₃, —CH═CH—N(CH₃)—CH₃, —O—CH₃, —O—CH₂—CH₃, and—CN. Up to two or three heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, forexample, —CH₂—NH—OCH₃ and —CH₂—O—Si(CH₃)₃.

Similarly, the term “heteroalkylene,” by itself or as part of anothersubstituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a divalent radical derivedfrom heteroalkyl, as exemplified, but not limited by,—CH₂—CH₂—S—CH₂—CH₂— and —CH₂—S—CH₂—CH₂—NH—CH₂—. For heteroalkylenegroups, heteroatoms can also occupy either or both of the chain termini(e.g., alkyleneoxy, alkylenedioxy, alkyleneamino, alkylenediamino, andthe like). Still further, for alkylene and heteroalkylene linkinggroups, no orientation of the linking group is implied by the directionin which the formula of the linking group is written. For example, theformula —C(O)₂R′— represents both —C(O)₂R′— and —R′C(O)₂—. As describedabove, heteroalkyl groups, as used herein, include those groups that areattached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom, such as—C(O)R′, —C(O)NR′, —NR′R″, —OR′, —SR′, and/or —SO₂R′. Where“heteroalkyl” is recited, followed by recitations of specificheteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R″ or the like, it will be understoodthat the terms heteroalkyl and —NR′R″ are not redundant or mutuallyexclusive. Rather, the specific heteroalkyl groups are recited to addclarity. Thus, the term “heteroalkyl” should not be interpreted hereinas excluding specific heteroalkyl groups, such as —NR′R″ or the like.

The terms “cycloalkyl” and “heterocycloalkyl,” by themselves or incombination with other terms, mean, unless otherwise stated, cyclicversions of “alkyl” and “heteroalkyl,” respectively. Additionally, forheterocycloalkyl, a heteroatom can occupy the position at which theheterocycle is attached to the remainder of the molecule. Examples ofcycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohexenyl, 3-cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl,and the like. Examples of heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limitedto, 1-(1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridyl), 1-piperidinyl, 2-piperidinyl,3-piperidinyl, 4-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuran-2-yl,tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydrothien-2-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl,1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, and the like. A “cycloalkylene” and a“heterocycloalkylene,” alone or as part of another substituent, means adivalent radical derived from a cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl,respectively.

The term “aryl” means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated,aromatic, hydrocarbon substituent, which can be a single ring ormultiple rings (preferably from 1 to 3 rings) that are fused together(i.e., a fused ring aryl) or linked covalently. A fused ring aryl refersto multiple rings fused together wherein at least one of the fused ringsis an aryl ring. The term “heteroaryl” refers to aryl groups (or rings)that contain at least one heteroatom such as N, O, or S, wherein thenitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogenatom(s) are optionally quaternized. Thus, the term “heteroaryl” includesfused ring heteroaryl groups (i.e., multiple rings fused togetherwherein at least one of the fused rings is a heteroaromatic ring). A5,6-fused ring heteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, whereinone ring has 5 members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein atleast one ring is a heteroaryl ring. Likewise, a 6,6-fused ringheteroarylene refers to two rings fused together, wherein one ring has 6members and the other ring has 6 members, and wherein at least one ringis a heteroaryl ring. And a 6,5-fused ring heteroarylene refers to tworings fused together, wherein one ring has 6 members and the other ringhas 5 members, and wherein at least one ring is a heteroaryl ring. Aheteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the moleculethrough a carbon or heteroatom. Non-limiting examples of aryl andheteroaryl groups include phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 4-biphenyl,1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl,4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 2-phenyl-4-oxazolyl,5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl,4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl,2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl,5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolyl,5-isoquinolyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolyl, and6-quinolyl. Substituents for each of the above noted aryl and heteroarylring systems are selected from the group of acceptable substituentsdescribed below. An “arylene” and a “heteroarylene,” alone or as part ofanother substituent, mean a divalent radical derived from an aryl andheteroaryl, respectively. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl groupsinclude pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, indolyl,benzoxadiazolyl, benzodioxolyl, benzodioxanyl, thianaphthanyl,pyrrolopyridinyl, indazolyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyridopyrazinyl,quinazolinonyl, benzoisoxazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, benzofuranyl,benzothiophenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl,imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, furylthienyl,pyridyl, pyrimidyl, benzothiazolyl, purinyl, benzimidazolyl,isoquinolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, diazolyl, triazolyl,tetrazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl,pyrrolopyrimidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzoxazolyl, or quinolyl. Theexamples above may be substituted or unsubstituted and divalent radicalsof each heteroaryl example above are non-limiting examples ofheteroarylene.

The term “boronic ester” refers to a substituent —B(OR)₂, wherein each Rgroup is independently a C₁₋₄alkyl, or the two R groups taken togetherform a C₂₋₆alkylene.

The term “acetal” refers to a —CH(OR)₂ group, wherein each R group isindependently a C₁₋₄alkyl, or the two R groups taken together form aC₂₋₆alkylene. Exemplary acetal groups include dimethylacetal ordiethylacetal, or a cyclic acetal. The term “ketal” refers to a —C(OR)₂—group, wherein each R group is independently a C₁₋₄alkyl, or the two Rgroups taken together form a C₂₋₆alkylene. Exemplary ketals includedimethylketal or diethylketal, or a cyclic ketal.

The term “halo” represents chloro, fluoro, bromo, or iodo. In someembodiments, halo is chloro, fluoro, or bromo. The term “halogen” asused herein refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.

The term “ortho ester” refers to a —C(OR)₃ group, wherein each R groupis independently a C₁₋₄alkyl, or two of the R groups taken together forma C₂₋₆alkylene

The term “oxo” means an ═O group and may be attached to a carbon atom ora sulfur atom.

The term “phosphonate ester” refers to a —P(O)(OR)₂ group, wherein eachR group is independently a C₁₋₄alkyl, or the two R groups taken togetherform a C₂₋₆alkylene

As used herein, the term “cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or partiallysaturated, monocyclic, fused polycyclic, bridged polycyclic, or spiropolycyclic carbocycle having from 3 to 15 ring carbon atoms. A nonlimiting category of cycloalkyl groups are saturated or partiallysaturated, monocyclic carbocycles having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms.Illustrative examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limitedto, the following moieties:

As used herein, the term “5-membered heteroaryl” refers to a monocyclic,aromatic heterocycle having five ring atoms that are selected fromcarbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur. Examples of 5-membered heteroarylgroups include, but are not limited to, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl,triazolyl, tetrazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl,oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, and thiadiazolyl. Particular examplesof 5-membered heteraryls include those that may be formed by1,3-cycloaddition reactions such as a Huisgen reaction between an azideand a propargyl group.

As used herein, the term “substituted” means that the specified group ormoiety bears one or more suitable substituents. As used herein, the term“unsubstituted” means that the specified group bears no substituents. Asused herein, the term “optionally substituted” means that the specifiedgroup is unsubstituted or substituted by the specified number ofsubstituents. Where the term “substituted” is used to describe astructural system, the substitution is meant to occur at anyvalency-allowed position on the system.

As used herein, the expression “one or more substituents” denotes one tomaximum possible number of substitution(s) that can occur at anyvalency-allowed position on the system. In a certain embodiment, “one ormore substituents” means 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents. In anotherembodiment, one or more substituent means 1, 2, or 3 substituents.

A “substituent group” or “substituent” as used herein, means a groupselected from the following moieties:

-   -   (A) oxo, halogen, —CF₃, —CN, —OH, —NH₂, —COOH, —CONH₂, —NO₂,        —SH, —SO₂Cl, —SO₃H, —SO₄H, —SO₂NH₂, —NHNH₂, —ONH₂,        —NHC═(O)NHNH₂, —NHC═(O) NH₂, —NHSO₂H, —NHC═(O)H, —NHC(O)—OH,        —NHOH, —OCF₃, —OCHF₂, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted        heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted        heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted heteroaryl,        and    -   (B) alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and        heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent selected        from:        -   i. oxo, halogen, —CF₃, —CN, —OH, —NH₂, —COOH, —CONH₂, —NO₂,            —SH, —SO₂Cl, —SO₃H, —SO₄H, —SO₂NH₂, —NHNH₂, —ONH₂,            —NHC═(O)NHNH₂, —NHC═(O) NH₂, —NHSO₂H, —NHC═(O)H, —NHC(O)—OH,            —NHOH, —OCF₃, —OCHF₂, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted            heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted            heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstituted            heteroaryl, and        -   ii. alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl,            and heteroaryl, substituted with at least one substituent            selected from:            -   1. oxo, halogen, —CF₃, —CN, —OH, —NH₂, —COOH, —CONH₂,                —NO₂, —SH, —SO₂Cl, —SO₃H, —SO₄H, —SO₂NH₂, —NHNH₂, —ONH₂,                —NHC═(O)NHNH₂, —NHC═(O) NH₂, —NHSO₂H, —NHC═(O)H,                —NHC(O)—OH, —NHOH, —OCF₃, —OCHF₂, unsubstituted alkyl,                unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl,                unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl,                unsubstituted heteroaryl, and            -   2. alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl,                aryl, or heteroaryl, substituted with at least one                substituent selected from: oxo, halogen, —CF₃, —CN, —OH,                —NH₂, —COOH, —CONH₂, —NO₂, —SH, —SO₂Cl, —SO₃H, —SO₄H,                —SO₂NH₂, —NHNH₂, —ONH₂, —NHC═(O)NHNH₂, —NHC═(O) NH₂,                —NHSO₂H, —NHC═(O)H, —NHC(O)—OH, —NHOH, —OCF₃, —OCHF₂,                unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl,                unsubstituted cycloalkyl, unsubstituted                heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, and unsubstituted                heteroaryl.

A “size-limited substituent” or “size-limited substituent group,” asused herein, means a group selected from all of the substituentsdescribed above for a “substituent group” wherein each substituted orunsubstituted alkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, eachsubstituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted orunsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted orunsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₅cycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is asubstituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, eachsubstituted or unsubstituted aryl is a substituted or unsubstitutedC₆-C₁₀ aryl, and each substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl is asubstituted or unsubstituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl. A “lowersubstituent” or “lower substituent group,” as used herein, means a groupselected from all of the substituents described above for a “substituentgroup,” wherein each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is a substitutedor unsubstituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, each substituted or unsubstitutedheteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8 memberedheteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is asubstituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, each substituted orunsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted aryl is asubstituted or unsubstituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl, and each substituted orunsubstituted heteroaryl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 9membered heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, each substituted group described in the compoundsherein is substituted with at least one substituent group. Morespecifically, in some embodiments, each substituted alkyl, substitutedheteroalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted heterocycloalkyl,substituted aryl, substituted heteroaryl, substituted alkylene,substituted heteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substitutedheterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene, and/or substitutedheteroarylene described in the compounds herein are substituted with atleast one substituent group. In other embodiments, at least one or allof these groups are substituted with at least one size-limitedsubstituent group. In other embodiments, at least one or all of thesegroups are substituted with at least one lower substituent group.

In other embodiments of the compounds herein, each substituted orunsubstituted alkyl may be a substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl,each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted orunsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkyl, each substituted orunsubstituted cycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₈cycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is asubstituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl, eachsubstituted or unsubstituted aryl is a substituted or unsubstitutedC₆-C₁₀ aryl, and/or each substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl is asubstituted or unsubstituted 5 to 10 membered heteroaryl. In someembodiments of the compounds herein, each substituted or unsubstitutedalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, eachsubstituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted orunsubstituted 2 to 20 membered heteroalkylene, each substituted orunsubstituted cycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₈cycloalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene isa substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkylene, eachsubstituted or unsubstituted arylene is a substituted or unsubstitutedC₆-C₁₀ arylene, and/or each substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryleneis a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 10 membered heteroarylene.

In some embodiments, each substituted or unsubstituted alkyl is asubstituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₈ alkyl, each substituted orunsubstituted heteroalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 2 to 8membered heteroalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl is asubstituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, each substituted orunsubstituted heterocycloalkyl is a substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7membered heterocycloalkyl, each substituted or unsubstituted aryl is asubstituted or unsubstituted C₆-C₁₀ aryl, and/or each substituted orunsubstituted heteroaryl is a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 9membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, each substituted orunsubstituted alkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₈ alkylene,each substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene is a substituted orunsubstituted 2 to 8 membered heteroalkylene, each substituted orunsubstituted cycloalkylene is a substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₇cycloalkylene, each substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene isa substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkylene, eachsubstituted or unsubstituted arylene is a substituted or unsubstitutedC₆-C₁₀ arylene, and/or each substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryleneis a substituted or unsubstituted 5 to 9 membered heteroarylene.

Any atom that is represented herein with an unsatisfied valence isassumed to have the sufficient number of hydrogen atoms to satisfy theatom's valence.

When any variable, such as alkyl, R³, or R⁵, appears in more than oneplace in any formula or description provided herein, the definition ofthat variable on each occurrence is independent of its definition atevery other occurrence.

Numerical ranges, as used herein, are intended to include sequentialwhole numbers. For example, a range expressed as “from 0 to 4” or “0-4”includes 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4.

When a multifunctional moiety is shown, the point of attachment to thecore is indicated by a line or hyphen. For example, —OH refers to amoiety in which an oxygen atom is the point of attachment of thehydroxyl group to the remainder of the molecule.

Any formula given herein is intended to represent compounds havingstructures depicted by the structural formula as well as certainvariations or forms. For example, compounds of any formula given hereinmay have asymmetric or chiral centers and therefore exist in differentstereoisomeric forms. All stereoisomers, including optical isomers,enantiomers, and diastereomers, of the compounds of the general formula,and mixtures thereof, are considered to fall within the scope of theformula. Furthermore, certain structures may exist as geometric isomers(i.e., cis and trans isomers), as tautomers, or as atropisomers. Allsuch isomeric forms, and mixtures thereof, are contemplated herein aspart of the present invention. Thus, any formula given herein isintended to represent a racemate, one or more enantiomeric forms, one ormore diastereomeric forms, one or more tautomeric or atropisomericforms, and mixtures thereof.

Diastereomeric mixtures may be separated into their individualdiastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences bymethods well known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, bychromatography and/or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers may beseparated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomericmixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g.,chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride, orformation of a mixture of diastereomeric salts), separating thediastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing or de-salting) theindividual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers.Enantiomers may also be separated by use of chiral HPLC column. Thechiral centers of compounds of the present invention may be designatedas “R” or “S” as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations, or by “D” or“L” designations consistent with the peptide literature.

As used herein, a box around a portion of a structure, drawn with asubscript, indicates that the structural fragment that appears withinthe box is repeated according to the subscript. For example, thesubstructure:

where x is 0, 1, or 2, indicates the fragment is absent from thestructure, or is -Fragment-, or is

-Fragment-Fragment-. For example, within formula (X), the followingsubstructure:

where p is 0 or 1, means that the —X—NH— group within the box is absentfrom the structure (p is 0), or is present once (p is 1).

The compounds of the invention can form pharmaceutically acceptablesalts, which are also within the scope of this invention. A“pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt of a free acid orbase of a compound described herein that is non-toxic, isphysiologically tolerable, is compatible with the pharmaceuticalcomposition in which it is formulated, and is otherwise suitable forformulation and/or administration to a subject. Reference to a compoundherein is understood to include reference to a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt of said compound unless otherwise indicated.

Compound salts include acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organicacids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organicbases. In addition, where a given compound contains both a basic moiety,such as, but not limited to, a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidicmoiety, such as, but not limited to, a carboxylic acid, one of skill inthe art will recognize that the compound may exist as a zwitterion(“inner salt”); such salts are included within the term “salt” as usedherein. Salts of the compounds of the invention may be prepared, forexample, by reacting a compound with an amount of a suitable acid orbase, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which thesalt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.

Exemplary salts include, but are not limited, to sulfate, citrate,acetate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, bisulfate,phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, lactate, salicylate, acidcitrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate,succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucuronate,saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate (“mesylate”),ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, and pamoate(i.e., 1,1′-methylene-bis(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts. Apharmaceutically acceptable salt may involve the inclusion of anothermolecule such as an acetate ion, a succinate ion or other counterion.The counterion may be any organic or inorganic moiety that stabilizesthe charge on the parent compound. Furthermore, a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt may have more than one charged atom in its structure.Instances where multiple charged atoms are part of the pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt can have multiple counterions. Hence, a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt can have one or more charged atoms and/or one or morecounter ion.

Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, ascorbates, benzoates,benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates,camphorates, camphorsulfonates, fumarates, hydrochlorides,hydrobromides, hydroiodides, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates,naphthalenesulfonates, nitrates, oxalates, phosphates, propionates,salicylates, succinates, sulfates, tartarates, thiocyanates,toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) and the like.

Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such assodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such ascalcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example,organic amines) such as dicyclohexylamines, t-butyl amines, and saltswith amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basicnitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as loweralkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides andiodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutylsulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, lauryl, and stearylchlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyl halides (e.g. benzyl andphenethyl bromides), and others.

Additionally, acids and bases which are generally considered suitablefor the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from pharmaceuticalcompounds are discussed, for example, by P. Stahl et al, Camille G.(eds.) Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts. Properties, Selection and Use.(2002) Zurich: Wiley-VCH; S. Berge et al, Journal of PharmaceuticalSciences (1977) 66(1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics(1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry(1996), Academic Press, New York; and in The Orange Book (Food & DrugAdministration, MD, available from FDA). These disclosures areincorporated herein by reference thereto.

Additionally, any compound described herein is intended to refer also toany unsolvated form, or a hydrate, solvate, or polymorph of such acompound, and mixtures thereof, even if such forms are not listedexplicitly. “Solvate” means a physical association of a compound of theinvention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical associationinvolves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, includinghydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable ofisolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules areincorporated in the crystal lattice of a crystalline solid. “Solvate”encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Suitablesolvates include those formed with pharmaceutically acceptable solventssuch as water, ethanol, and the like. In some embodiments, the solventis water and the solvates are hydrates.

Any formula given herein is also intended to represent unlabeled formsas well as isotopically labeled forms of the compounds. Isotopicallylabeled compounds have structures depicted by the formulas given hereinexcept that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having a selectedatomic mass or mass number. Examples of isotopes that can beincorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes ofhydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine, chlorine, andiodine, such as ²H, ³H, ¹¹C, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹⁵N, ¹⁸O, ¹⁷O, ³¹P, ³²P, ³⁵S,¹⁸F, ³⁶Cl, and ¹²⁵I, respectively. Such isotopically labelled compoundsare useful in metabolic studies (for example with ¹⁴C), reaction kineticstudies (with, for example ²H or ³H), detection or imaging techniques[such as positron emission tomography (PET) or single-photon emissioncomputed tomography (SPECT)] including drug or substrate tissuedistribution assays, or in radioactive treatment of patients. Inparticular, an ¹⁸F or ¹¹C labeled compound may be particularly suitablefor PET or SPECT studies. Further, substitution with heavier isotopessuch as deuterium (i.e., ²H) may afford certain therapeutic advantagesresulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased invivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements. Isotopically labeledcompounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally beprepared by carrying out the procedures disclosed in the schemes or inthe examples and preparations described below by substituting a readilyavailable isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeledreagent.

B. Antibodies and Antibody-Binding Substances

Provided herein are antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies (mAbs),and fragments, e.g., functional fragments, thereof, and compounds andcompositions, including peptides, such as meditopes, and meditopeanalogs, that bind to the antibodies. The substances, e.g., meditopes,generally bind to regions/binding sites of the antibodies and fragmentsother than (e.g., separate from) the complementarity determining regions(CDRs), typically to residues within the framework regions (FRs) and/orconstant regions of the antibodies and fragments. Also provided arecomplexes, compounds, and compositions containing the antibodies andsubstances, e.g., meditopes, as well as methods and uses of the same,including therapeutic, diagnostic, research, and other uses of theantibodies and substances, and methods for producing the same.

In certain aspects, the provided embodiments are based on the discoverydescribed herein that certain peptides, C-QFDLSTRRLK-C (cQFD; SEQ IDNO: 1) and C-QYNLSSRALK-C (cQYN; SEQ ID NO: 2), non-covalently bind to amurine-human chimeric antibody, cetuximab, by interacting with residuesoutside the complementarity determining regions (CDRs), includingresidues in the framework and constant region. Also as described herein,the ability to bind to these peptides was based on certain aspectsspecific to cetuximab and in the studies herein binding was notobserved, for example, to fully human antibodies, murine antibodies, orother chimeric antibodies). As demonstrated herein, these meditopes arecapable of binding the chimeric antibody simultaneously with itsantigen. See FIG. 4. As demonstrated herein, the binding site for thesemeditopes on cetuximab also are distinct from the binding sites of otherframework-binding antigens such as the superantigens StaphylococcalProtein A (SpA) and Peptostreptococcus magnus Protein L (PpL) (FIG. 7).In certain aspects, the provided embodiments build upon this discovery,for example, by modifying other mAbs to allow their binding to these andother meditopes (i.e., “meditope-enabling”) and generating variantmeditopes and/or altered meditope-enabled antibodies, for example, thosehaving altered properties, including improved binding affinity,toxicity, PK/PD, and/or pH dependence.

C. Meditope-Enabled Antibodies and Complexes

Provided are meditope-enabled antibodies that are capable of binding toone or more meditopes via meditope-binding sites. In some cases, themeditope-enabled antibody binds to a cyclic peptide of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2(meditope 1 or 2) and/or to one or more variants thereof, such asmeditopes 1, 2, 16-18, 23, 29, 31, 32, 36, 39, 42, 43, 45, 46, 51, 52,54, or 55 (meditopes based on peptides having the sequences set forth inSEQ ID NOs: 1, 2, 16-18, 23, 29, 31, 32, 36, 39, 42, 43, 45, 46, 51, 52,54, or 55), or in some cases, any of meditopes 1, 2, or 15-55. Among theprovided meditope-enabled antibodies are those that bind to a meditopeor meditopes with an affinity similar to that of cetuximab. For example,in certain aspects, the antibodies bind to the meditope(s) with adissociation constant of less than at or about 10 μM, less than at orabout 5 μM, or less than at or about 2 μM, less than at or about 1 μM,less than at or about 500, 400, 300, 200, 100 nM, or less, such as at orabout 200 picomolar or less. In some cases, the dissociation constant,such as any of those listed herein, is that measured using a particulartechnique, such as surface plasmon resonance (SPR), isothermal titrationcalorimetry (ITC), fluorescence, fluorescence polarization, NMR, IR,calorimetry titrations; kinetic exclusion; circular dichroism,differential scanning calorimetry, or other known method. For example,in some cases, the analog or meditope exhibits a binding constant ofless than at or about 10 μM, less than at or about 5 μM, or less than ator about 2 μM, less than at or about 1 μM, less than at or about 500,400, 300, 200, 100 nm, or less, as measured by SPR or as measured by ITCor as measured by any of these methods.

In some examples, the meditope-binding site is a structural feature ofthe monoclonal antibody, cetuximab, a human-murine chimeric antibodyused for the treatment of EGFR-expressing metastatic colorectal cancerand head and neck cancers. Thus, in some cases, the meditope-bindingsite contains residues corresponding to those within the meditopebinding site of cetuximab. In a study reported herein, x-raycrystallographic analysis has revealed that the peptides of SEQ ID NO: 1binds to a meditope-binding site within the central cavity of thecetuximab Fab fragment, defined by various residues of the heavy andlight chains (see FIGS. 1 and 4A), with a binding constant of ˜700 nM(see FIGS. 30A-30B).

Several interactions between cetuximab's meditope binding site and thecQFD (SEQ ID NO: 1, meditope 1) and cQYN (SEQ ID NO: 2, meditope 2)meditopes are based on particular structural features of cetuximab,particularly within the framework and constant regions of the centralcavity of the Fab fragment. The regions of cetuximab that constitute themeditope binding site are unique and appear to be the result of thechimeric nature of this antibody. Specifically, the Fab variable regions(Fvs) are murine and the Fab constant regions (CH1 and CL) are human.The engineering of this Fab produced a combination of residues not foundin a sequence alignment of murine and human chimeric antibodies. Forexample, data herein show that the meditopes did not bind to fully humanIgG framework (e.g., trastuzumab), to other chimeric antibodies such asrituximab (FIG. 29), or to mouse antibodies, confirming that thecetuximab meditope-binding site is highly specific. In addition to theseresults, superposition of the molecular structure of trastuzumab (1N8Z;Cho et al., Nature, “Structure of the extracellular region of HER2 aloneand in complex with the Herceptin Fab,” 2003 Feb. 13; 421(6924):756-60)and rituxumab (20SL; Du et al., J Biol Chem, 2007 May 18;282(20):15073-80. Epub 2007 Mar. 29) Fabs on to the meditope boundcetuximab Fab structure further highlighted the uniqueness of theframework. Superposition of multiple human and murine Fabs onto thecetuximab-cyclic peptide (meditope 1) structure indicated that the keyinteractions between this peptide and murine-human chimeric Fab areabsent in both human-only and murine-only IgG structures compared inthis study. Point mutations of key residues within the cQFD cyclicpeptide (meditope 1) reduced its binding affinity for the cetuximab Fab,further confirming the high specificity and structural model. Thus, theinteraction appears to be specific to the central cavity of thisspecific murine-human chimera Fab and the selected meditope.

In certain embodiments, the unique interactions between the meditopesand the cetuximab binding site are exploited to generate additionalmeditope-enabled antibodies. Meditope-enabled antibodies are useful, forexample, to improve antibody and cell purification methods, improvingthe therapeutic efficacy of mAbs, enhancing targeted delivery of imagingor therapeutic agents, including in pre-targeted delivery and imaging,and improving mAb-based imaging methods, and in some aspects are broadlyapplicable to any monoclonal antibody.

In some embodiments, the meditope-enabled antibodies are generated bymodifying an antibody other than cetuximab (sometimes referred to as thetemplate antibody), such as an antibody having one or more CDRs distinctfrom those of cetuximab, to confer the ability to bind to one or more ofthe provided meditopes, such as a meditope of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, orvariant thereof. The template antibody can be a human or humanizedantibody or a mouse antibody. In one aspect, the modifications includesubstituting residues within the central cavity of the Fab fragment,typically within the framework regions (FRs) of the heavy and lightchain variable regions and/or the constant regions to render thetemplate antibody meditope-enabled. For example, where the templateantibody is a human or humanized antibody, the modifications generallyinclude substitutions at residues within the heavy and light chainvariable region FRs. In some embodiments, such residues are replacedwith the corresponding residue present in cetuximab, or comparable aminoacid. Thus, in certain embodiments, residues within the FRs of a humanor humanized antibody are replaced with corresponding murine residues;in certain embodiments, they are replaced by other residues, such asthose having similar functional groups or moieties for interacting withthe meditopes. Typically, the residues replaced by corresponding murine(or other) residues are found within the central Fab cavity, and thusare not exposed to the immune system. As such, in some embodiments,introducing these amino acid substitutions in a human or humanizedantibody do not increase or do not substantially increase theantigenicity of the modified template antibody, in the context ofdelivery to a human subject. In addition, antigenicity predictionalgorithms may be further used to indicate that the human sequence withthe point mutations should not be antigenic.

In some embodiments, the one or more residues that are replaced, areselected from light chain framework residues 10, 39-43, 83, 85, 100 and104, according to Kabat numbering (see Kabat E. A., et al. (1991)Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition. NIHPublication No. 91-3242, incorporated herein by reference in itsentirety), and/or heavy chain framework residue numbers 40, 89 and 105,according to Kabat numbering (see FIG. 2). In general, unless otherwisespecified, amino acid positions in the heavy or light chain of anantibody refer to Kabat numbering. Also encompassed within the presentdisclosure are residues in other antibodies corresponding to theresidues of cetuximab described herein, such as those within thecetuximab meditope-binding site. In some embodiments, residues in thetemplate antibody corresponding to light chain residues 9, 10, 39, 40,41, 42, 43, 83, 85, 100, and/or 104, and/or heavy chain residues 40, 89,and/or 105, are replaced, for example, with amino acids present at thosepositions within cetuximab.

In one embodiment, the one or more residues replaced are light chainframework residues including, but not limited to, 40, 41, 83 and 85,according to Kabat numbering. In one embodiment, light chain residue 40is replaced with threonine; light chain residue 41 is replaced withasparagine, light chain residue 83 is replaced with isoleucine orvaline, and/or light chain residue 85 is replaced with aspartate. In aparticular example, light chain framework Pro40 is replaced with Thr(P40T) or Ser (P40S), light chain framework Gly41 is replaced with Asn(G41N), light chain framework residue Phe83 is replaced with Ile (F83I)or Val (F83V) and light chain framework residue Thr85 is replaced withAsp (T85D) or Asn (T85N).

Thus, among the provided meditope-enabled antibodies are antibodieshaving one or more modifications, typically amino acid substitutions, atresidues that correspond to positions within the meditope binding siteof cetuximab or other meditope-enabled antibody, such as those describedherein, including meditope-enabled trastuzumab and meditope-enabled M5A.Among the antibodies are those having a VL region with a threonine,serine, or aspartate at position 40, a residue other than glycine atposition 41, and an aspartate or asparagine at position 85, according toKabat numbering, for example, an antibody with a VL region having athreonine at position 40, an asparagine at position 41, and an aspartateat position 85. In some embodiments, the antibody has a VH region with aserine at position 40 and an isoleucine at position 89 and/or a VHregion with a serine or proline at position 40 and an isoleucine,tyrosine, methionine, phenylalanine, or tryptophan at position 89,according to Kabat numbering. In some embodiments, the VL region has anisoleucine or leucine at position 10, and/or an isoleucine at position83. In some embodiments, the VL region has a valine or isoleucine atposition 9 and/or a residue other than glutamine at position 100.

In some examples, the VL region has a valine or isoleucine at position9, an isoleucine or leucine at position 10, an arginine at position 39,a threonine at position 40, an asparagine at position 41, a glycine atposition 42, a serine at position 43, an isoleucine at position 83, anaspartate at position 85, and an alanine at position 100; and the VHregion has a serine at position 40 and an isoleucine at position 89,according to Kabat numbering.

In some examples, the VL region does not contain a proline at position40, a glycine at position 41, or a threonine at position 85, accordingto Kabat numbering, and/or the VH region does not contain an asparagineor alanine at position 40 or a valine at position 89, according to Kabatnumbering. In some examples, the VL region does not contain an serine atposition 10, a proline at position 40, a glycine at position 41, anphenylalanine at position 83, or a threonine at position 85, accordingto Kabat numbering, and/or the VH region does not contain an asparagineor alanine at position 40 or a valine at position 89, according to Kabatnumbering.

In some aspects, the antibody has a light chain having P8, V9 or 19, 110or L10, Q38, R39, T40, N41 G42, S43, P44, R45, D82, 183, A84, D85, Y86,Y87, G99, A100, G101, T102, K103, L104, E105, R142, S162, V163, T164,E165, Q166, D167, S168, and Y173, according to Kabat numbering, and/or aheavy chain having Q6, P9, R38, Q39, S40, P41, G42, K43, G44, L45, S84,D86, T87, A88, 189, Y90, Y91, W103, G104, Q105, G106, T107, L108, V109,T110, VIII, Y147, E150, P151, V152, T173, F174, P175, A176, V177, Y185,S186, and L187, according to Kabat numbering.

In other embodiments, the meditope-enabled antibodies are generated viaCDR grafting, typically by modifying one or more complementaritydetermining region (CDR) (e.g., one or more of CDRs 1-3) of the heavyand/or light chain of a meditope-enabled antibody, such as any of themeditope-enabled antibodies described herein, to replace them with otherCDRs, such as CDRs of existing or new antibodies. CDR grafting isstandard practice for producing humanized monoclonal antibodies, e.g.,by grafting CDRs of an antibody generated in a non-human species, suchas mouse, onto a human antibody framework. See U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,558,864and 8,133,982; Kettleborough et al., “Humanization of a mouse monoclonalantibody by CDR-grafting: the importance of framework residues on loopconformation,” Protein Eng., 4:773-783 (1991). Thus, in certainembodiments, the antigen specificity of a meditope-enabled antibody isaltered by grafting the CDRs of preexisting or newly-generatedantibodies of interest. Also among the provided meditope-enabledantibodies are such CDR-grafted meditope-enabled antibodies.

In some embodiments, the meditope-enabled antibodies are generated,using one of the antibodies disclosed herein (e.g., cetuximab,meditope-enabled trastuzumab, or meditope-enabled M5A (anti-CEA)antibody) as a template sequence, and carrying out one or more knownantibody engineering methods to alter it, for example, to alter itsantigen-binding characteristics, producing a meditope-enabled antibodywith distinct characteristics. Known antibody engineering methodstypically employed to alter antigen binding and other properties includevarious in vitro randomization, affinity maturation, and selectionmethods, including error-prone PCR, spiked PCR, site-directedmutagenesis, phage display and other selection methods. Also providedare constructs, libraries, and expression systems, including GPI-linkedexpression systems, for carrying out such methods.

Thus, in certain embodiments, the provided meditope-enabled antibody hasa light chain and/or heavy chain variable region with the frameworkregion or regions (FRs) of a meditope-enabled antibody, such ascetuximab, a meditope-enabled trastuzumab, or a meditope-enabled M5A (orFR(s) with at least at or about 75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96,97, 98, or 99% identity to the FR(s) of such an antibody). In someaspects, such an antibody has one or more CDRs that are distinct fromthe CDRs of that meditope-enabled antibody.

For example, in some embodiments, the VL region has an amino acidsequence comprising a light chain framework region (FR) 1 (FR-L1), anFR-L2, an FR-L3, and/or an FR-L4 of the light chain sequence set forthin SEQ ID NO: 71 (or an FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 that is atleast at or about 75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99%identical to the FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 of SEQ ID NO: 71),and in some aspects at least one CDR that is distinct from the CDRs ofthe light chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 71; and/or a VH regionwith an amino acid sequence having a heavy chain FR1 (FR-H1), an FR-H2,an FR-H3, and/or an FR-H4, of the heavy chain sequence set forth in SEQID NO: 72 (or an FR-H1, FR-H2, FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 that is at least ator about 75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99%identical to the FR-H1, FR-H2, FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 of SEQ ID NO: 72),and in some aspects at least one CDR that is distinct from the CDRs ofthe heavy chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 72.

In some embodiments, the VL region has an amino acid sequence comprisinga light chain framework region (FR) 1 (FR-L1), an FR-L2, an FR-L3,and/or an FR-L4 of the light chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 9(or an FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 that is at least at or about75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to theFR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 of SEQ ID NO: 9), and in some aspectsat least one CDR that is distinct from the CDRs of the light chainsequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 9; and/or a VH region with an aminoacid sequence having a heavy chain FR1 (FR-H1), an FR-H2, an FR-H3,and/or an FR-H4, of the heavy chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6(or an FR-H1, FR-H2, FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 that is at least at or about75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to theFR-H1, FR-H2, FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 of SEQ ID NO: 6), and in some aspectsat least one CDR that is distinct from the CDRs of the heavy chainsequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6.

In some embodiments, the VL region has an amino acid sequence comprisinga light chain framework region (FR) 1 (FR-L1), an FR-L2, an FR-L3,and/or an FR-L4 of the light chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 68(or an FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 that is at least at or about75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to theFR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 of SEQ ID NO: 68), and in some aspectsat least one CDR that is distinct from the CDRs of the light chainsequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 68; and/or a VH region with an aminoacid sequence having a heavy chain FR1 (FR-H1), an FR-H2, an FR-H3,and/or an FR-H4, of the heavy chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 70(or an FR-H1, FR-H2, FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 that is at least at or about75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to theFR-H1, FR-H2, FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 of SEQ ID NO: 70), and in some aspectsat least one CDR that is distinct from the CDRs of the heavy chainsequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 70.

In some embodiments, the VL region has an amino acid sequence comprisinga light chain framework region (FR) 1 (FR-L1), an FR-L2, an FR-L3,and/or an FR-L4 of the light chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 61(or an FR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 that is at least at or about75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to theFR-L1, FR-L2, FR-L3, and/or FR-L4 of SEQ ID NO: 61), and in some aspectsat least one CDR that is distinct from the CDRs of the light chainsequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 61; and/or a VH region with an aminoacid sequence having a heavy chain FR1 (FR-H1), an FR-H2, an FR-H3,and/or an FR-H4, of the heavy chain sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 63(or an FR-H1, FR-H2, FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 that is at least at or about75, 80, 85, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, or 99% identical to theFR-H1, FR-H2, FR-H3, and/or FR-H4 of SEQ ID NO: 63), and in some aspectsat least one CDR that is distinct from the CDRs of the heavy chainsequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 63.

In some embodiments, the meditope-enabled antibody has one or more CDRsdistinct from the CDRs set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6, 7, 9, 10, 12, 14, 61,63, 68, 69, 70, 71, and/or 72.

In some embodiments, the meditope is an antibody other than cetuximab,does not specifically bind to an EGFR, binds to an antigen other thanEGFR, and/or does not specifically bind to the epitope on EGFR that isspecifically bound by cetuximab.

In some examples, the meditope-enabled antibody is generated based on atemplate antibody that is selected from among abagovomab, abciximab,adalimumab, adecatumumab, alemtuzumab, altumomab, altumomab pentetate,anatumomab, anatumomab mafenatox, arcitumomab, atlizumab, basiliximab,bectumomab, ectumomab, belimumab, benralizumab, bevacizumab,brentuximab, canakinumab, capromab, capromab pendetide, catumaxomab,certolizumab, clivatuzumab tetraxetan, daclizumab, denosumab,eculizumab, edrecolomab, efalizumab, etaracizumab, ertumaxomab,fanolesomab, Fbta05, fontolizumab, gemtuzumab, girentuximab, golimumab,ibritumomab, igovomab, infliximab, ipilimumab, labetuzumab, mepolizumab,muromonab, muromonab-CD3, natalizumab, necitumumab nimotuzumab,ofatumumab, omalizumab, oregovomab, palivizumab, panitumumab,ranibizumab, rituximab, satumomab, sulesomab, ibritumomab, ibritumomabtiuxetan, tocilizumab, tositumomab, trastuzumab, Trbs07, ustekinumab,visilizumab, votumumab, zalutumumab, brodalumab, anrukinzumab,bapineuzumab, dalotuzumab, demcizumab, ganitumab, inotuzumab,mavrilimumab, moxetumomab pasudotox, rilotumumab, sifalimumab,tanezumab, tralokinumab, tremelimumab, the antibody produced by thehybridoma 10B5, B6H12.2, and urelumab, fragments thereof, antibodieshaving the CDRs and/or antigen-binding regions thereof, and/orantibodies that compete for binding with such antibodies; and/orantibodies having a sequence set forth in any of SEQ ID NOs: 78-124,and/or 125-170, fragments thereof antibodies having the CDRs and/orantigen-binding regions thereof, and/or antibodies that compete forbinding with such antibodies.

Table 2 lists CAS® Registry Numbers (on the world wide web atcas.org/expertise/cascontent/registry/regsys.html) for certainantibodies.

TABLE 2 Antibody CAS Registry number abagovomab 792921-10-9 abciximab143653-53-6 adalimumab 331731-18-1 adecatumumab 503605-66-1 alemtuzumab216503-57-0 indium (111In) 156586-92-4 altumomab pentetate arcitumomab154361-48-5 arcitumumab 154361-48-5 atlizumab 375823-41-9 basiliximab152923-56-3 bectumomab 158318-63-9 belimumab 356547-88-1 benralizumab1044511-01-4 bevacizumab 216974-75-3 brentuximab 914088-09-8 canakinumab914613-48-2 capromab pendetide 145464-28-4 capromab 151763-64-3catumaxomab 509077-98-9 certolizumab 428863-50-7 certolizumab428863-50-7 cetuximab 205923-56-4 clivatuzumab tetraxetan 943976-23-6daclizumab 152923-56-3 denosumab 615258-40-7 eculizumab 219685-50-4edrecolomab 156586-89-9 efalizumab 214745-43-4 etaracizumab 892553-42-3etrumaxomab 509077-99-0 fanolesomab 225239-31-6 FBTA05 Lymphomun/FBTA05fontolizumab 326859-36-3 gemtuzumab 220578-59-6 girentuximab 916138-87-9golimumab 476181-74-5 ibritumomab 174722-31-7 igovomab 171656-50-1Infliximab 170277-31-3 ipilimumab 477202-00-9 labetuzumab 219649-07-7mepolizumab 196078-29-2 muromonab-CD3 140608-64-6 natalizumab189261-10-7 nimotuzumab 828933-61-3 ofatumumab 679818-59-8 omalizumab242138-07-4 oregovomab 213327-37-8 palivizumab 188039-54-5 panitumumab339177-26-3 ranibizumab 347396-82-1 rituximab 174722-31-7 satumomab138955-26-7 sulesomab 167747-19-5 tiuxetan (ibritumomab) 174722-31-7tocilizumab 375823-41-9 tositumomab 192391-48-3 trastuzumab 180288-69-1ustekinumab 815610-63-0 votumumab 148189-70-2 zalutumumab 667901-13-5brodalumab 1174395-19-7 anrukinzumab 910649-32-0 bapineuzumab648895-38-9 dalotuzumab 1005389-60-5 demcizumab (OMP- 1292853-12-321M18) ganitumab 905703-97-1 inotuzumab 635715-01-4 mavrilimumab1085337-57-0 moxetumomab 1020748-57-5 moxetumomab 1020748-57-5 pasudotoxrilotumumab 872514-65-3 sifalimumab 1143503-67-6 tanezumab 880266-57-9tralokinumab 1044515-88-9 tremelimumab 745013-59-6 urelumab 934823-49-1necitumumab 906805-06-9

In other examples, the template antibody is selected from among:abagovomab, abciximab, adalimumab, adecatumumab, alemtuzumab, altumomab,altumomab pentetate, anatumomab, anatumomab mafenatox, arcitumomab,atlizumab, basiliximab, bectumomab, ectumomab, belimumab, benralizumab,bevacizumab, brentuximab, canakinumab, capromab, capromab pendetide,catumaxomab, certolizumab, clivatuzumab tetraxetan, daclizumab,denosumab, eculizumab, edrecolomab, efalizumab, etaracizumab,ertumaxomab, fanolesomab, Fbta05, fontolizumab, gemtuzumab,girentuximab, golimumab, ibritumomab, igovomab, infliximab, ipilimumab,labetuzumab, mepolizumab, muromonab, muromonab-CD3, natalizumab,necitumumab, nimotuzumab, ofatumumab, omalizumab, oregovomab,palivizumab, panitumumab, ranibizumab, rituximab, satumomab, sulesomab,ibritumomab, ibritumomab tiuxetan, tocilizumab, tositumomab,trastuzumab, Trbs07, ustekinumab, visilizumab, votumumab, zalutumumab,the antibody produced by the hybridoma 10B5, and brodalumab, ortiuzetan. In some such examples, the one or more CDRs are CDRs presentin these template antibodies, and/or the antibodies specifically bind tothe same antigen or epitope as such antibodies, and/or compete forbinding with such antibodies to their antigens.

Thus, in some cases, the meditope-enabled antibodies (includingfragments thereof) specifically binds to an antigen selected from thegroup consisting of: CA-125, glycoprotein (GP) IIb/IIIa receptor,TNF-alpha, CD52, TAG-72, Carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA), interleukin-6receptor (IL-6R), IL-2, interleukin-2 receptor a-chain (CD25), CD22,B-cell activating factor, interleukin-5 receptor (CD125), VEGF, VEGF-A,CD30, IL-1beta, prostate specific membrane antigen (PSMA), CD3, EpCAM,EGF receptor (EGFR), MUC1, human interleukin-2 receptor, Tac, RANKligand, a complement protein, e.g., C5, EpCAM, CD11a, e.g., human CD11a,an integrin, e.g., alpha-v beta-3 integrin, vitronectin receptor alpha vbeta 3 integrin, HER2, neu, CD3, CD15, CD20 (small and/or large loops),Interferon gamma, CD33, CA-IX, TNF alpha, CTLA-4, carcinoembryonicantigen, IL-5, CD3 epsilon, CAM, Alpha-4-integrin, IgE, e.g., IgE Fcregion, an RSV antigen, e.g., fusion protein of respiratory syncytialvirus (RSV), TAG-72, NCA-90 (granulocyte cell antigen), IL-6, GD2, GD3,IL-12, IL-23, IL-17, CTAA16.88, IL13, interleukin-1 beta, beta-amyloid,IGF-1 receptor (IGF-1R), delta-like ligand 4 (DLL4), alpha subunit ofgranulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor receptor, hepatocytegrowth factor, IFN-alpha, nerve growth factor, IL-13, PD-L1, CD326,CD47, and CD137. In some examples, the meditope-enabled antigen binds toanother antigen identified as a target in a disease or condition ofinterest, such as cancer or other disease.

The meditope-enabled antibodies generally further include a constantregion, typically a heavy and light chain constant region, whichgenerally are human or partially human constant regions. In someaspects, the heavy chain constant region includes a CH1, or a portionthereof. In some aspects, the light chain constant region includes a CL,or a portion thereof. In some embodiments, the portion of the constantregion is sufficient to render the antibody capable of binding to themeditope, e.g., with the requisite binding affinity. In some aspects,the constant regions are the constant regions of cetuximab ortrastuzumab. Thus, in some aspects, the heavy chain constant regions areone or more human IgG1 constant regions; in some aspects, the lightchain constant regions are kappa constant chain regions. In otherexamples, the constant regions can include those of other isotypes,including human (or other organism, e.g., murine or chicken) IgG1, IgG2,IgG3, IgG4, IgEs, IgA1, IgA2, IgD, or IgM, and can include kappa orlambda constant regions. Thus, among the provided meditope-enabledantibodies are those generated by mutation of residues in other IgGs,such as human, murine, or chicken, or other immunoglobulins. In otherwords, the meditope-enabling methods provided herein may be used for anyantibody, including IgA, IgE, IgD, and IgM and from any organism thatproduces antibodies including but not limited to chicken, murine, rat,bovine, rabbit, primates, and goat.

For example, the sequences of the first constant region (CH1) of a humanIgG1, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4, are compared in FIG. 55A. FIG. 55B shows thesequence differences in the IgG2-4 CH1, compared to the IgG1 CH1, mappedonto the co-crystal structure of cetuximab and the cQFD meditope(meditope 1, SEQ ID NO: 1). As shown in the Figure, the residues thatare different among these isotypes are not within the meditope-bindingregion of cetuximab, confirming that the meditope-enabling technology isapplicable to isotypes other than the IgG1 of cetuximab. As anotherexample, the sequence and structural alignment of an IgG1 and an IgE Fabdomain indicates residues on the IgE near the meditope binding site(FIG. 26).

The provided methods for meditope-site grafting of the Fab cavity withinmonoclonal antibodies can be used to create a unique handle for meditopebinding and used with the technology previously disclosed and fornewly-generated antibodies. In certain embodiments, the meditope bindingsite can be created on pre-existing and all future monoclonalantibodies.

As described below in section F, also provided are methods for modifyingthe meditope-enabled antibodies, for example, to alter variousproperties of the meditope-enabled antibodies, including aspects of theinteraction with the meditopes, including affinity, avidity,pH-dependence, as well as other aspects, including pharmacokinetics (PK)and pharmacodynamics (PD) of the antibodies. Thus, also among theprovided meditope-enabled antibodies are those modified antibodiesgenerated according to those methods, e.g., by generating apharmacophore binding model, including antibodies having any one or moreof the modifications described in section F, below.

Also among the antibodies used as template antibodies to generate themeditope-enabled antibodies are modified antibodies and portionsthereof, such as a CovX-Body™. Thus, among the provided meditope-enabledantibodies are CovX-bodies, modified to allow their binding to one ormore of the provided meditopes, e.g., with an affinity as describedherein.

Also provided are complexes containing one or more meditope bound to ameditope-enabled antibody, such as any of the antibodies describedherein.

Also provided are nucleic acids, such as cDNA and RNA molecules,encoding the meditope-enabled antibodies, and vectors and librariescontaining the same, as well as methods for their use, includingselection and expression methods and methods for generating transgenicanimals using such constructs.

D. Meditopes

Also provided are meditopes, including variant, modified, andmultivalent meditopes, that bind to meditope-enabled antibodies, andcomplexes and compositions containing the same, and methods and usesthereof. In certain embodiments, the meditopes include meditopes 1 and 2(cQFD (SEQ ID NO: 1) and cQYN (SEQ ID NO: 2)), which were originallyidentified as candidate peptides for binding to the CDR region ofcetuximab, as described by Riemer, et al. (2004); J Immunol 173,394-401; Riemer, et al. (2005); J Natl Cancer Inst 97, 1663-1670. Asdemonstrated herein, the cQFD and cQYN meditopes bind to sites withincetuximab distinct from the cetuximab CDRs, and thus were not likelycandidates for specific cetuximab-like antibody immunogens for use as avaccine.

Nucleic acids encoding the meditopes, including meditope variants andmultivalent meditopes, as well as vectors, cells, libraries, and othersystems containing the same, also are provided.

I. Variant Meditopes

Among the provided meditopes are meditope variants (also called variantmeditopes), having one or more modifications, e.g., structuralmodifications, as compared to meditope 1 or 2 (meditope of SEQ ID NO: 1or 2), and methods for producing the same. In some embodiments, cQFD andcQYN meditopes are used as starting points in the design of meditopevariants. In some aspects, the meditope variants are designed to havealtered properties, such as increased or altered affinity, altered pHdependence, or different affinities under different physiologicalconditions for one or more of the provided meditope-enabled antibodies,including cetuximab and other antibodies described herein, e.g., ascompared to the unmodified meditopes, cQFD and cQYN. Meditope variantsare designed and produced using various chemical and biophysicalmethods.

Meditope variants include, but are not limited to, variantsincorporating modifications to meditopes, e.g., cQFD and cQYN and othersdescribed herein. Suitable modifications include, but are not limitedto, any peptide modification known in the art, such as, but not limitedto, modifications to the manner and/or position of peptide cyclization,modifications to one or more amino acid components of the cyclicpeptide, or adding or deleting one or more amino acid from the cyclicpeptide. In a particular example, cQFD may be altered with one or moreof the following modifications: a modification of Arg8, a modificationof Phe3, a modification of Leu5, a modification of Leu10, change to themode of peptide cyclization, and/or an incorporation of hydratablecarbonyl functionality at one or more positions, and one or more aminoacid deletions or additions. In the case of cQYN, suitable modificationsmay include one or more of the following: a modification of Arg8, amodification of Leu5, a modification of Leu10, change to the mode ofpeptide cyclization, and/or an incorporation of hydratable carbonylfunctionality at one or more positions, and one or more deletions oradditions. Certain amino acid positions within the meditope may bedeleted or replaced with a different natural amino acid or an unnaturalamino acid, or the meditope may be chemically conjugated with afragment. It is shown herein that a meditope in which Arg9 of SEQ ID NO:1 has been mutated to citrulline binds to cetuximab. In addition, theamino and carboxy termini can be extended with further amino acidsbeyond (i.e., in addition to) the cyclic portion of the meditope variantin order to make additional contact to the Fab. For example, Protein Lhas been added to the C-terminus of the cQFD meditope and preliminarydata shows that this binds with much higher affinity. Such modificationsare discussed further in Examples 6 and 7.

In some embodiments, the meditopes include those listed in Tables 3 and4, as well as such meditopes with additional amino acids, such as thoseup to 16 amino acids in length. For example, in some aspects, themeditope is one of meditopes 1, 2, or 15-55, further including a serinebefore the first residues, i.e., at position zero. The meditopes listedin Table 3 employ a disulfide linkage to connect the C and N termini(except that meditope 31 contained an additional tail, meaning that thedisulfide linkage is not between the two terminal residues); for thepeptides in Table 4, a lactam bridge, a linkage other than disulfide(such as [3+2]cycloaddition), or no linkage is used (e.g., an acyclic orlinear variant). Additional meditopes that may be used according to theembodiments described herein include any meditope as defined hereinpeptide that binds to an antibody framework binding interface (i.e.,between the Fab light and heavy chains) of cetuximab or any othertherapeutic antibody. For example, in addition to the cyclic peptidescQFD and cQYN, some embodiments include one or more variants of cQFD andcQYN.

TABLE 3  SEQ ID Meditope NO Number Sequence Modification (red)Linkage method 1 1 C-QFDLSTRRLK-C original Disulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 2 2C-QYNLSSRALK-C original Disulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 15 15 C-gFDLSTRRLK-C q =D-glutamine Disulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 16 16 C-QYDLSTRRLK-C Y = tyrosineDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 17 17 C-QXDLSTRRLK-C X = β-β′-di-phenyl-AlaDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 18 18 C-QFDXSTRRLK-C X = β-β′-di-phenyl-AlaDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 19 19 C-QFDFSTRXLK-C F = phenylalanine, X =Disulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys citrulline 20 20 C-QFDFSTRRLK-C F = phenylalanineDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 21 21 C-QFDESTRRLK-C E = glutamic acidDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 22 22 C-QFDYSTRRLK-C Y = tyrosineDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 23 23 C-QFDLSTRRQK-C Q = glutamineDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 24 24 C-QFDLSTRQLK-C Q = glutamineDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 25 25 C-QYNLSTARLK-C Y = tyrosine; N =Disulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys asparagine; A = alanine 26 26 C-QADLSTRRLK-C A =alanine Disulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 27 27 C-QFDASTRRLK-C A = alanineDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 28 28 C-QFDLSTARLK-C A = alanineDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 29 29 C-QFDLSTRRAK-C A = alanineDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 30 30 C-QFDLSTRREK-C E = glutamic acidDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys 31 31 AcC-QFDLSTRRLR- AcC-N-acetylcysteineDisulfide 1-AcCys:12-Cys CGGGSK R = arginine

TABLE 4  SEQ ID NO Sequence Modification (red) Linkage method 32 32G-QFDLSTRRLK-G G = glycine Lactam 1-Gly:12-Gly 33 33 G-QHDLSTRRLK-G H =histidine Lactam 1-Gly:12-Gly 34 34 G-QNDLSTRRLK-G N = asparagineLactam 1-Gly:12-Gly 35 35 G-QQDLSTRRLK-G Q = glutamineLactam 1-Gly:12-Gly 36 36 G-QXDLSTRRLK-G X = 2-bromo-L-phenylalanineLactam 1-Gly:12-Gly 37 37 G-QXDLSTRRLK-G X = 3-bromo-L-phenylalanineLactam 1-Gly:12-Gly 38 38 G-QXDLSTRRLK-G X = 4-bromo-L-phenylalanineLactam 1-Gly:12-Gly 39 39 G-QFDLSTRXLK-G X = citrullineLactam 1-Gly:12-Gly 40 40 G-QFDLSTXXLK-G X = citrullineLactam 1-Gly:12-Gly 41 41 G-QFDLSTXRLK-G X = citrullineLactam 1-Gly:12-Gly 42 42 Q-FDLSTRRLK-X X = 7-aminoheptanoic acidLactam 1-Gln: 11-X 43 43 X-QFDLSTRRLK-X X = β-alanine Lactam 1-X: 12-X44 44 X-QFDLSTRRLK-X′ X = diaminopropionic acid;  Lactam 1-X: 12-X′ X′ =iso-aspartic acid 45 45 X-QFDLSTRRLK-X′ X = β-alanine; X′ =Lactam 1-X: 12-X′ iso-aspartic acid 46 46 X-QFDLSTRRLK-X′ X =diaminopropionic Lactam 1-X: 12-X′ acid; X′ = β-alanine 47 47F-DLSTRRL-K Lactam 1-Phe:9-Lys 48 48 C-QFDLSTRRLK-CDisulfide 1-Cys:12-Cys; Lactam 4-Asp to 11-Lys 49 49 Q-YDLSTRRLK-X Y =tyrosine, X = 7- Lactam 1-Gln: 11-X aminoheptanoic acid 50 50X-QFDLSTRRLK-X′ X = β-azidoalanine, X′ = [3 + 2] cycloadditionpropargylglycine Azide-1-X: alkyne-12-X′ 51 51 Q-XDLSTRRLK-X′ X =β-β′-di-phenyl-Ala,  Lactam 1-Gln: 11-X′ X′ = 7-aminoheptanoic acid 5252 qFDLSTRRLK-X q = D-glutamine, X = 7- Lactam 1-Gln: 11-Xaminoheptanoic acid 53 53 Q-XDXSTRRLK-X′ X = II-IV-di-phenyl-Ala, Lactam 1-Gln: 11-X′ X′ = 7-aminoheptanoic acid 54 54 Q-FDLSTXRLK-X′ X =n-butyl-arginine, X′ = Lactam 1-Gln: 11-X′ 7-aminoheptanoic acid 55 55SQFDLSTRRLKS No linkage

The meditope variants typically have an amino acid sequence length ofbetween 5 and 16 amino acids, e.g., 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,15, or 16 amino acids in length, such as between 8 and 13 amino acids inlength, e.g., between 9 and 12 amino acids in length. The meditope canadditionally be conjugated to or associated with (e.g., as part of afusion protein or peptide) with another molecule, such as anotherpeptide, including a linker or agent. Thus, in this case, the compoundcontaining the meditope may contain additional amino acid residuesbeyond the lengths described in this paragraph, where the meditopeportion contains between 5 and 16 amino acids and the complex orcompound contains additional amino acids. Examples are described herein,e.g., SEQ ID NO: 31 above.

In some embodiments, the variant meditopes are cyclic peptides. In otherembodiments, they are linear or acyclic peptides.

The meditopes can include peptides, or cyclic peptides derived from suchpeptides, for example, where the peptides have the formula:X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-X11-X12  (Formula I),

for example, where:

X1=Cys, Gly, β-alanine, diaminopropionic acid, β-azidoalanine, or null;

X2=Gln or null;

X3=Phe, Tyr, β-β′-diphenyl-Ala, His, Asp, 2-bromo-L-phenylalanine,3-bromo-L-phenylalanine, or 4-bromo-L-phenylalanine, Asn, Gln, amodified Phe, a hydratable carbonyl-containing residue; or a boronicacid-containing residue;

X4=Asp or Asn;

X5=Leu; 3-β′-diphenyl-Ala; Phe; Trp; Tyr; a non-natural analog ofphenylalanine, tryptophan, or tyrosine; a hydratable carbonyl-containingresidue; or a boronic acid-containing residue;

X6=Ser;

X7=Thr or Ser;

X8=Arg, Ser, a modified Arg, or a hydratable carbonyl or boronicacid-containing residue;

X9=Arg, Ala;

X10=Leu, Gln, Glu, β-β′-diphenyl-Ala; Phe; Trp; Tyr; a non-naturalanalog of phenylalanine, tryptophan, or tyrosine; a hydratablecarbonyl-containing residue; or a boronic acid-containing residue;

X11=Lys; and

X12=Cys, Gly, 7-aminoheptanoic acid, β-alanine, diaminopropionic acid,propargylglycine, isoaspartic acid, or null.

In some aspects, the modified Arg has a structure of the formula shownin FIG. 34. In some aspects, the modified Phe is a Phe with one or morehalogen incorporated into the phenyl ring. In some aspects, formula I isnot SEQ ID NO: 1 or SEQ ID NO: 2.

In some embodiments, the meditopes are peptides having the structure ofFormula (X):

wherein:

-   the center marked with “*” is in the “R” or “S” configuration;-   R³ and R^(3′) are each, independently, H or phenyl, optionally    substituted with one, two, or three substituents independently    selected from C₁₋₄alkyl, —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo;-   R⁵ is:    -   (A) C₁₋₈alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more        substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, acetal,        ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,        —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,        —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and —CONH₂ group; or    -   (B) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substituted with:        -   a) one or two phenyl groups, wherein each phenyl is            optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents            independently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and            iodo; or        -   b) a naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group;-   R⁶ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OH or —C₁₋₄alkyl-SH;-   R⁷ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OH or —C₁₋₄alkyl-SH;-   m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;-   R⁸ is:    -   (a) —OH, —NR^(a)R^(b), —N(R^(c))C(O)R^(e), or        —N(R^(c))C(═NR^(d))R^(e);    -   wherein:        -   R^(a) is H;        -   R^(b) is H or C₁₋₈alkyl optionally substituted with one or            more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo,            acetal, and ketal, —B(OH)₂, —SH, boronic ester, phosphonate            ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,            —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, or —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group;        -   R^(c) is H, C₁₋₈alkyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, branched alkyl, or            aryl;        -   R^(d) is H or a C₁₋₈alkyl, C₂₋₈alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl,            C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, branched alkyl, or aryl group, each            optionally substituted with one or more substituents            selected from the group consisting of —N₃, —NH₂, —OH, —SH,            halogen, oxo, acetal, ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester,            phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO,            —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and            —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group; and R^(e) is H; —NHR^(d); or a            C₁₋₁₂alkyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, C₂₋₁₂alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl, or            aryl group, each optionally substituted with one or more            substituents selected from the group consisting of —N₃,            —NH₂, —OH, —SH, oxo, C₂₋₄acetal, C₂₋₄ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic            ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO,            —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, and —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl            group; or    -   (b) a C₁₋₁₂ alkyl substituted with an oxo, acetal, ketal,        —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, —SH, —OH, phosphonate ester, ortho        ester, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, or        —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group;-   R⁹ is C₁₋₄alkyl or —C₁₋₂alkylene-RX;    -   wherein R^(x) is —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CH₂NHC(O)NH₂, or        —CH₂NHC(═NH)NH₂;-   R¹⁰ is:    -   (1) a C₁₋₈alkyl optionally substituted with one or more        substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, acetal,        ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,        —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl,        —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and —CONH₂ group; or    -   (2) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substituted with one or two phenyl groups,        or one naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group, wherein each phenyl        is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituents        independently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and        iodo;-   n is 0 or 1;-   p is 0 or 1;-   X is C₁₋₈alkylene or C₂₋₈alkenylene, each carbon thereof optionally    substituted with oxo, —C(O)—, —NHC(O)—, —CO₂H, —NH₂, or    —NHC(O)R^(y);    -   wherein one carbon of said alkylene is optionally replaced with        —C(O)NH—, a 5-membered heteroaryl ring, or —S—S—; and    -   R^(y) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH(R^(z))C(O)— or —CH(R^(z))CO₂H;        -   wherein R^(z) is —H or —C₁₋₄alkyl optionally substituted            with —OH, —SH, or —NH₂; or a pharmaceutically acceptable            salt thereof.

In some cases X is C₁₋₈alkylene or C₂₋₈alkenylene, each carbon thereofoptionally substituted with —CO₂H, —NH₂, or —NHC(O)R^(y); wherein onecarbon of said alkylene is optionally replaced with —C(O)NH—, a5-membered heteroaryl ring, or —S—S—; and R^(y) is —C₁₋₄alkyl or—CH(R^(z))CO₂H; wherein R^(z) is —H or —C₁₋₄alkyl optionally substitutedwith —OH, —SH, or —NH₂; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some cases, such meditopes are not SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, or are notcyclic peptides derived from such sequences, and/or are not meditope 1or 2.

In some embodiments of the meditope of Formula (X), m is 0, 1, or 2. Inother embodiments, R³ is H or phenyl and R^(3′) is phenyl,2-bromophenyl, 3-bromophenyl, or 4-bromophenyl. In further embodiments,R⁵ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, ortert-butyl, each optionally substituted with an oxo, —B(OH)₂, —CO₂H, or—CONH₂ group, or with one or two phenyl groups each optionallysubstituted with a bromo or chloro substituent. In further embodiments,R⁸ is —OH, —NH₂, —N(R^(c))C(O)R^(e), or —N(R^(c))C(═NR^(d))R^(e). Instill further embodiments, R^(c) is H or methyl, R^(d) is H orC₁₋₄alkyl, and R^(e) is C₁₋₄alkyl, or —NH(C₁₋₄alkyl). In otherembodiments, R⁹ is methyl or ethyl, optionally substituted with —CO₂H,—CONH₂, —CH₂NHC(O)NH₂, or —CH₂NHC(═NH)NH₂. In still other embodiments,R¹⁰ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, ortert-butyl, each optionally substituted with an oxo, —B(OH)₂, —CO₂H, or—CONH₂ group. In still other embodiments, —X—NH— is -Cys-Cys-,-Gly-Gly-, —C(O)(CH₂)₆—NH—, -β-Ala-β-Ala-,—C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂CH═CHCH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—,—C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂NHC(O)CH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—, -β-Ala-C(O)CH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—, or—C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂-triazinyl-CH₂—CH(CO₂H)—NH—.

In some embodiments, the meditopes are peptides having the structure ofFormula (XA):

The center marked with “*” is in the “R” or “S” configuration. Thesymbol

 denotes the point of attachment of R^(1A) to L^(1A).

R³ and R^(3′) are each, independently, H or phenyl, optionallysubstituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selectedfrom C₁₋₄alkyl, —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo;

R⁵ is: (A) C₁₋₈alkyl, optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, acetal, ketal,—B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl,—CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and —CONH₂group; or (B) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substitute, with: a) one or two phenylgroups, wherein each phenyl is optionally substituted with one, two, orthree substituents independently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro,bromo, and iodo; or b) a naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group.

R⁶ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OH or —C₁₋₄alkyl-SH. R⁷ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OH or—C₁₋₄alkyl-SH. The symbol m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

R⁸ is —OH, —NR^(a)R^(b), —N(R^(c))C(O)R^(e), or—N(R^(c))C(═NR^(d))R^(e). R^(a) is H. R^(b) is H or C₁₋₈alkyl optionallysubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the groupconsisting of oxo, acetal, and ketal, —B(OH)₂, —SH, boronic ester,phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,—CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, or —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group. R^(c) is H,C₁₋₈alkyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, branched alkyl, or aryl. R^(d) is H or aC₁₋₈alkyl, C₂₋₈alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, branched alkyl, oraryl group, each optionally substituted with one or more substituentsselected from the group consisting of —N₃, —NH₂, —OH, —SH, halogen, oxo,acetal, ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,—CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group. R^(e) is H; —NHR^(d); or a C₁₋₁₂alkyl,C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, C₂₋₁₂alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl, or aryl group, eachoptionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from thegroup consisting of —N₃, —NH₂, —OH, —SH, oxo, C₂₋₄acetal, C₂₋₄ketal,—B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO,—CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, and —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group.Alternatively, R⁸ is a C₁₋₁₂ alkyl substituted with an oxo, acetal,ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, —SH, —OH, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,—CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, or —CO₂C₁₋₄alkylgroup.

R⁹ is C₁₋₄alkyl or —C₁₋₂alkylene-R^(x). R^(x) is —CO₂H, —CONH₂,—CH₂NHC(O)NH₂, or —CH₂NHC(═NH)NH₂.

R¹⁰ is: (1) a C₁₋₈alkyl optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, acetal, ketal,—B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO,—CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and—CONH₂ group; or (2) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substituted with one or twophenyl groups, or one naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group, wherein eachphenyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituentsindependently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo;

The symbol n is 0 or 1. The symbol p is 0 or 1.

X is: (1) a linker resulting from any of the meditope cyclizationstrategies discussed herein; (2) substituted alkylene, substitutedheteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substitutedheterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene or substituted heteroarylene or(3) C₁₋₈alkylene or C₂₋₈alkenylene, each carbon thereof optionallysubstituted with oxo, —C(O)—, —NH₂, —NHC(O)— or —NHC(O)R^(y). One carbonof the X C₁₋₈alkylene is optionally replaced with —C(O)NH—, a 5-memberedheteroaryl ring, or —S—S—. R^(y) is —C₁₋₄alkyl or —CH(R^(z))C(O)— or—CH(R_(z))CO₂H. R^(z) is —H or —C₁₋₄alkyl optionally substituted with—OH, —SH, or —NH₂. Formula XA includes all appropriate pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts. In (1), X is considered a substituted linker due toits chemical trivalency and because X may optionally include furthersubstituents as set forth above (e.g. —NH₂ and oxo). In someembodiments, X is:

In Formula (IE), ** represents the point of attachment to the glutamineattached to X in Formula (XA) and *** represents the point of attachmentto the nitrogen attached to X and lysine in Formula (XA). The symbol

 denotes the point of attachment of X to the remainder of the molecule.

In some embodiments of the meditope of Formula (XA), m is 0, 1, or 2. Inother embodiments, R³ is H or phenyl and R^(3′) is phenyl,2-bromophenyl, 3-bromophenyl, or 4-bromophenyl. In further embodiments,R⁵ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, ortert-butyl, each optionally substituted with an oxo, —B(OH)₂, —CO₂H, or—CONH₂ group, or with one or two phenyl groups each optionallysubstituted with a bromo or chloro substituent. In further embodiments,R⁸ is —OH, —NH₂, —N(R^(c))C(O)R^(e), or —N(R^(c))C(═NR^(d))R^(e). Instill further embodiments, R^(c) is H or methyl, R^(d) is H orC₁₋₄alkyl, and R^(e) is C₁₋₄alkyl, or —NH(C₁₋₄alkyl). In otherembodiments, R⁹ is methyl or ethyl, optionally substituted with —CO₂H,—CONH₂, —CH₂NHC(O)NH₂, or —CH₂NHC(═NH)NH₂. In still other embodiments,R¹⁰ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, ortert-butyl, each optionally substituted with an oxo, —B(OH)₂, —CO₂H, or—CONH₂ group. In still other embodiments, —X—NH— is -Cys-Cys- (e.g.bound through a disulfide bridge), -Gly-Gly-, —C(O)(CH₂)₆—NH—,-β-Ala-β-Ala-, —C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂CH═CHCH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—,—C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂NHC(O)CH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—, -β-Ala-C(O)CH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—, or—C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂-triazinyl-CH₂—CH(CO₂H)—NH—.

Modifications

Based on the structural and thermodynamic data, multiple positionswithin the meditopes 1 and 2 described herein have been identified astarget sites for modification, e.g., with different natural ornon-natural amino acids, to enhance the overall binding affinity and/orto alter another property as described herein. Such modificationsinclude, but are not limited to, modification of cQFD or cQYN togenerate a head-to-tail cyclic lactam peptide, modification of Arg8,modification of position 3 (e.g., Phe3 of cQFD or variant thereof),modification of Leu5, modification of Leu10, and/or incorporation ofhydratable carbonyl functionality (see FIG. 31). As demonstrated herein,mutation of each of Phe3, Leu5, and Arg8 to alanine in the originalmeditope of cQFD reduced the affinity of the resulting compounds for themeditope-enabled antibody binding interface by 10-140-fold. In someaspects, the variant meditopes include those having modifications at oneor more of position 1, 3, 5, 8, 10, and 12 of the meditope of SEQ ID NO:1 or 2, or other meditope listed in Table 3 or 4.

Position 8

In some embodiments, the meditope variants contain a modification in theposition corresponding to position 8 (Arg8) of meditope 1 or 2. In theunmodified meditope (cQFD; SEQ ID NO: 1), Arg8 is extended, making ahydrogen bond with the heavy chain carbonyl of Q105 of themeditope-enabled antibody heavy chain. The immediate area about thisresidue is hydrophobic yet solvent exposed (FIG. 33A). In some aspects,the meditopes contain a modified residue at this position (e.g.,modified Arg8). In some examples, the modified residue maintains theiminium functionality of the Arg8 residue useful for meditope-enabledantibody H-bonding, and introduces a substituted or unsubstitutedhydrophobic arm to fill the cavity. Such modifications result insignificant gains in binding, due to entropic increases, as supported byligand docking calculations. Such modifications may be incorporated byusing an N-alkyl guanidinium group, or an alkyl-amidine functionality.In either case, the substituted group of the terminal N-atom can bealkyl or aryl, wherein each position of the alkyl or aryl group may beoptionally substituted with additional functionalities within the groupincluding the terminal position. In one example, a modified Arginine(modified Arg8), having a structure as shown in FIG. 34, is substitutedfor Arg8 of the meditope, e.g., of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2 with the butylgroup on the NH₂ (shown in FIG. 34 as NHR). In some aspects, the variantmeditope contains an n-butyl-arginine or butylamidine modification atposition 8.

Position 3

In some embodiments, the meditope variants contain a modification in theposition corresponding to position 3, such as Phe3 of meditope 1. Asshown herein with structural data, the hydroxyl group of the meditopevariant Phe3Tyr cQYN (SEQ ID NO: 2) has an alteration in the extendedconformation of the Arg8 side chain as compared to cQFD (SEQ ID NO: 1)(see FIGS. 30C and 35). Data herein suggest the formation of a favorablehydrogen bond network, with water bound to the Fab. Enthalpy-drivenoptimization has proven successful in many small-molecule approaches indrug design and there are opportunities in the provided meditopes forengineering increases in entropy. In some embodiments, approachesresulting in enthalpic and/or entropic gains in meditope designs areused to generate the variant meditopes, e.g., to optimize binding.

For example, when bound to a meditope-enabled antibody, the hydrophobicphenyl ring of Phe3 is surrounded by a fairly polar array of side chainresidues of the meditope-enabled antibody Fab (FIG. 35). In someembodiments, one or more halogens is introduced on the phenyl ring ofthis residue, to allow for a halogen bonding interaction with the polarside chain residues. A halogen bond is a relatively strong non-covalentbond, similar to a hydrogen bond but involving the interaction of ahalogen such as bromine or chlorine (or other halogen), with an oxygenatom. In some aspects, the residue at this position is modified toincorporate a halogen substituent. In some aspects, Phe3 is replacedwith 2-bromo-, 3-bromo-, or 4-bromophenylalanine, in order to place abromine atom in a position suitable for halogen bonding with ameditope-enabled antibody, e.g., at positions Tyr87 (light chain),Gln38, and/or Tyr91 (heavy chain) of a meditope-enabled antibody,respectively. Such phenylalanine derivatives are commercially availableand in some aspects are incorporated into the cyclic peptide meditopevariant by solid phase peptide synthesis (SPPS). Exemplary variantmeditopes include those containing 2-bromo-L-phenylalanine,3-bromo-L-phenylalanine, or 4-bromo-L-phenylalanine in the positioncorresponding to Phe3 of meditope 1.

In another example, the meditope incorporates an additional phenyl groupat this position, for example, by replacing Phe3 withβ,β′-diphenylalanine.

Positions 5 and 10 (e.g., Leu5, Leu10 of Meditopes 1 or 2)

In some embodiments, the meditope variants contain a modification in theposition corresponding to position 5 or 10 (Leu5 or Leu10) of meditopes1 or 2. As shown herein, the side chains of Leu5 and Leu10 of meditope 1make hydrophobic contacts to the meditope-enabled Fab, cetuximab (seeFIG. 36, right panel; Leu10). In certain embodiments, one or moreproperties of the meditopes, e.g., affinity, are altered byincorporating a different natural amino acid, or a non-natural aminoacid at one or both of these positions, e.g., thereby changing theamount of surface area that can be extended. In one embodiment, naturalamino acids (Phe/Tyr/Trp) and non-natural analogs (e.g.,β,β′-diphenyl-L-alanine, or amino acids incorporating side chains thatinclude branched alkyl, extended aromatics such as napthyl, or otherhydrophobic groups) are systematically introduced via SPPS at one orboth positions.

“Hydratable” Functionality

In certain embodiments, one or more Fab hydroxyl-bearing side chainssurrounding the meditope-binding site of a meditope-enabled antibodyis/are exploited through selective trapping, by formation of a covalentbond with a meditope that incorporates a hydratable functionality. Thus,in some embodiments, the meditope contains one or more residues withhydratable substituents, e.g., in order to create a highly selective butirreversible interaction with a meditope-enabled antibody or othersubstance. For example, Arg8 of the meditope 1 extends in proximity toSer43 of the light chain (3.5 Å) and Tyr91 (3.8 Å) of themeditope-enabled antibody heavy chain, according to Kabat numbering(FIG. 36, left panel). Incorporation of a hydratable functionality atthe end of Arg8 or Leu10 of the meditope would allow for selectiveformation of a serine or tyrosine hemi-acetal. Such a covalent adductwould essentially afford irreversible binding. In addition, residuescontaining boronic acid may also be integrated into the meditope as ahydratable group. Boronic acid plays an important role in the structuralactivity of bortezamib (Velcade®), which is used to treat multiplemyeloma. Further representative examples of hydratable residues are alsoshown in FIG. 34, where R=—CH₂CHO or —CH₂B(OH)₂. In some examples, suchvariants are prepared by incorporating residues containing such groupsusing SPPS.

Such hydratable strategies can be applied to engineering new amino acidresidues within the antibody Fab-meditope binding site and introducingthe requisite complementary “hydratable” functionalities withindifferent positions of the meditope. A similar strategy can be appliedby introducing cysteine residues into the Fab region and use thisfunctionality for nucleophilic attack on a “hydratable” functionalitysuch as an electrophilic carbonyl group or derivative thereof containedwithin the meditope or for making selective disulfide bonds (—S—S—)between the Fab region and the meditope containing the requisite thiolor thiol equivalent functionalities. Other embodiments of this ideawould include introducing Michael acceptors contained in the meditopesuch as α,β-unsaturated carbonyl functionalities. These functionalitiesare well-known to selectively react with thiols to form stable covalentcarbon-sulfur bonds.

Alternative Cyclization Strategies and Replacement of Disulfide Bridge

In certain embodiments, the variant meditopes include a disulfidebridge, as in cQFD and cQYN. Disulfide bridges may be formed by thereaction of the side chains of two cysteine residues. In certainembodiments, the disulfide bridge in a meditope, e.g., meditope 1 or 2,is replaced with an alternative linkage or is removed. Thus, among thevariant meditopes are those having alternative linkages or lacking thedisulfide bridge of the original meditopes.

In some aspects, the linkage is made between one or more unnatural aminoacids within the amino acid chain. Examples of linkages that may be madewith unnatural amino acids include linkages comprising (i) stablehydrazone or oxime-based linkages made by reaction of a residuecomprising an aldehyde or ketone with a residue comprising an aminegroup, where the amine nitrogen is substituted with —NH2 or alkyloxygroup (e.g., reaction of a p-acetylphenylalanine, m-acetylphenylalanine,or p-(3-oxobutanoyl)-L-phenylalanine residue with ap-(2-amino-3-hydroxyethyl)-phenylalanine residue), (ii) thiol reactiveby incorporating phenylselenidylalanine, (iii) a UV crosslinkercontaining benzophenone by incorporating p-benzoyl-L-phenylalanine, (iv)amine reactive by incorporating p-isopropylthiocarbonyl-phenylalanine orp-ethylthiocarbonyl-phenylalanine, (v) heterocyclic linkages, such as atriazine, thiazole, thiazolidine, or oxazole linkage, made, for example,by reaction of a residue containing an azide group with a residuecontaining an alkyne group via Huisgen cycloaddition (e.g., reaction ofa p-propargyloxyphenylalanine residue with a p-azidophenylalanineresidue); (v) an amide bond made by reaction of an acid group in oneresidue with an amine group in another residue; (vi) an ester bond madeby reaction of an acid group in one residue with an alcohol in anotherresidue, such as a serine; (vii) a double bond, made by reaction of tworesidues each containing a terminal olefin, e.g., by olefin metathesis(e.g., reaction of two allylglycine residues or two N-allyl substitutedamino acids), or (viii) by reaction of any other pair of suitableresidues known in the art. For a review, see, for example, Davies, J.S., “The Cyclization of Peptides and Depsipeptides,” J. Peptide Sci.2003, 9, 471-501. In one embodiment, the meditope may direct a reactivegroup to an unnatural amino acid incorporated into the Fab, such asp-acetylphenylalanine.

Various methods for cyclization of a meditope may be used, e.g., toaddress in vivo stability and to enable chemoselective control forsubsequent conjugation chemistry. In some embodiments, the cyclizationstrategy is a lactam cyclization strategy, including head-to-tail(head-tail) lactam cyclization (between the terminal residues of theacyclic peptide) and/or lactam linkage between other residues. Lactamformation may also be effected by incorporating residues such asglycine, β-Ala, 7-aminoheptanoic acid, and the like, into the acyclicmeditope cyclization precursors to produce different lactam ring sizesand modes of connectivity. Additional cyclization strategies such as“click” chemistry and olefin metathesis also can be used (see FIG. 31,right boxes). Such methods of peptide and peptidomimetic cyclization arewell known in the art.

In some embodiments, the meditopes containing lactam linkages are morestable, in vivo, e.g., have a linkage that is more stable in vivocompared to meditopes with other linkages.

In some embodiments, the terminal residues of an acyclic peptide arereacted to form a cyclic meditope, e.g., cyclic meditope variant. Inother embodiments, other positions are amenable to cyclization,including between residues 3 and 11 and 4 and 11. Thus, in some aspects,the meditopes contain a linkage formed between residues other than theN-terminal and C-terminal residues, such as between residues 3 and 11and/or 4 and 11, e.g., of a 12-amino acid peptide.

In some embodiments, the meditopes, e.g., variant meditopes, contain areactive amine functionality (e.g., Lys11), which can be used forsubsequent conjugation of the meditope variant, e.g., to a scaffold orlinker or to an agent, such as a diagnostic, e.g., imaging, agent ortherapeutic agent as described herein. For example, FIG. 13 shows aprocedure for conjugation of a meditope variant with fluorescein forFACS analysis; this strategy can be applied to other imaging and otheragents, including DOTA for in vivo PET imaging.

In some embodiments, thiol functionalities can be introduced in anysuitable position on the meditope and can be selectively modified usinga number of external reagents containing imagining agents, otherproteins and peptides, metal chelators, siRNAs, nanoparticles, andcytotoxic drugs.

Characterization of Meditopes

In some embodiments, the meditopes, such as variant meditopes, arecharacterized, for example, by ITC, SPR and/or diffraction and/or othermethods, such as those described herein in the Examples. In one example,the synthesis of meditopes and characterization thereof is carried outin an iterative fashion, e.g., such that the meditope variant with themost desirable property, e.g., highest affinity for one or moremeditope-enabled antibodies or other desired property, such as pHdependence, is subsequently modified to improve the desired property.

In one example, for characterization of binding of meditopes tomeditope-enabled antibodies, the meditope is purified to >95%homogeneity and structurally characterized by mass spectrometry.Peptides are dialyzed in water, their concentrations measured by UV-Visand calibrated with elemental analysis, and diluted (>100×) into theappropriate buffer. Binding to a meditope-enabled antibody is rigorouslycharacterized by ITC, SPR, X-ray diffraction, or a combination thereof.ITC measurements may be performed on a TA Instruments nanoITC, with only1-2 mg of peptide per measurement. In one example, for SPR measurements,low density and high density chips are conjugated with ameditope-enabled antibody, e.g., a Fab or a full IgG. In some cases, thechips are first characterized using an antigen, such as a solublefragment of the entire extracellular domain of EGFR (residues 1-621) inthe case of cetuximab. In a study reported herein, the cQFD meditopebound with similar enthalpy and entropy to the cetuximab Fab fragment ascompared to the fully intact cetuximab IgG, e.g., as measured by SPR andITC. Accordingly, binding measurements may be carried out using the fullIgG or Fab fragment of cetuximab or other meditope-enabled antibody. Inone example, for diffraction, the co-crystallization conditions of thecetuximab Fab fragment and the meditope of SEQ ID NO: 1 arewell-established and diffraction quality crystals are typically obtainedin 1 to 3 days, typically 1 day. Full data sets are collected in 8 to 12hours with an in-house source (Rigaku 007-HF and an R-Axis IV++) and in10 min at the Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Lightsource, which allowsfor rapid characterization of the interactions of the meditope variantswith meditope-enabled antibodies.

In some aspects, ITC, SPR and X-ray diffraction data, e.g.,collectively, provide atomic detail to guide subsequent chemicalmodifications and ultimately improve the affinity of the meditopesand/or make other alterations to the meditopes. A calculation based onΔG=−RT In Ka shows that the difference between micromolar and nanomolaraffinity of a meditope for cetuximab results from a change in freeenergy at 300 K of ˜4 kCal/mol, which is on the order of a stronghydrogen bond. Thus, the loss of an ordered water molecule from aprotein binding pocket or the reorientation of an amino acidresidue-chain may be sufficient to alter binding by orders of magnitude.

In some examples, other approaches are used to alter properties of themeditopes, e.g., to improve the affinity of the meditope-Fabinteraction. In one example, structural data, such as those obtained inthe studies described above, may be used to replace residues in the Fab,by mutagenesis, for example, to add additional hydrogen bonds,substitute amino acids for unnatural amino acids or alter thehydrophobic interface, for example, in ways that might better complementmeditope binding. In some examples, fluorescence polarization assays areused to identify meditope variants that can displace a given meditope,such as SEQ ID NO: 1. In other examples, the same technique is used toidentify small molecules that can displace the meditope and then usethese small molecules as templates to further improve the bindingaffinity of the meditopes.

In some examples, the meditope variants are designed based on pHdependence, e.g., to have differing affinities at different pHconditions. Thus, in certain embodiments, the meMAb-meditope interactionis tailored with respect to pH. Examples of such meditopes are describedherein. In some aspects, the binding affinities of the meditope variantsare measured as a function of buffer pH. For example, variant meditopesinclude meditopes with a binding affinity for one or moremeditope-enabled antibody or fragment that is decreased at a lysosomalpH level or is increased in a hypoxic environment. For example, providedare variant meditopes that exhibit higher binding affinity for ameditope-enabled antibody at a neutral pH (e.g., pH 7-8, e.g., pH7.3-7.5) and exhibit a relatively lower binding affinity for theantibody at a more acidic pH, such as a pH between at or about 4 and6.5, e.g., at an endosomal pH (e.g., between at or about 5 and at orabout 6.5) or at a lysosomal pH (e.g., between at or about 4.5 and at orabout 5). See FIG. 27, showing several examples. In another example, themeditopes have increased binding affinity for the antibody in a hypoxicenvironment, such as a tumor environment, for example, as compared tothe affinity observed under other physiological conditions, such as inthe blood. In some embodiments, modification of meditope variants ormeditope “analogs” for the specific release at low pHs (e.g., inlysosomes for drug delivery) is provided; and modification of meditopesso that they bind with higher affinity in a hypoxic environment (e.g.,tumor stroma pH is often lower than normal tissues). Also provided aremethods for generating such meditope variants.

According to some embodiments, the meditope binding site may beexploited or optimized to enhance binding of, purification of, and/orimaging or other method using the meditope-enabled antibodies andfunctional fragments thereof. In a separate embodiment, a meditope maycontain one or more cysteine residue that binds to one or moreengineered cysteine in the Fab at the meditope binding site (e.g.,ThioMAbs). The meditope is thereby conjugated to any diagnostic and/ortherapeutic substance, molecule or compound. For example, the substancemay be a small molecule diagnostic molecule, such as a marker. The “Cysmeditope” directs the conjugate to the antibody and binds via a covalentlinkage. Alternatively, the meditope may be conjugated to the Fab to oneor more unnatural amino acids that are incorporated into the meditopebinding site.

II. Multivalent Meditopes

Also among the provided meditopes are multivalent meditopes. In certainaspects, conjugation of a meditope, to a linker or scaffold (e.g., toform a multivalent tethering entity), significantly improves overallaffinity for and targeting to a meditope-enabled mAb bound to anantigen, e.g., a tumor-associated antigen.

Full-length monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) and F(Ab)′₂ fragments includetwo Fab domains (in the case of full-length mAbs, coupled to a dimericFc). Such bivalent antibodies (e.g., IgGs) preferentially bind to cellsexpressing antigen at high densities. Combinations of monoclonalantibodies (mAbs) that recognize unique epitopes on the same antigen canproduce synergistic effects, including enhancement of various antibodyeffector functions (e.g., ADCC, complement-dependent lysis, signalinginhibition), enhancement of cell death, and in the case ofcancer-targeting antibodies, enhancement of tumor growth inhibition.See, for example, Dechant M et al., “Complement-dependent tumor celllysis triggered by combinations of epidermal growth factor receptorantibodies,” Cancer Res, 2008 Jul. 1; 68(13):4998-5003; Scheuer W etal., “Strongly enhanced antitumor activity of trastuzumab and pertuzumabcombination treatment on HER2-positive human xenograft tumor models,”Cancer Res, 2009 Dec. 15; 69(24):9330-6; Cardarelli P M et al., “Bindingto CD20 by anti-B1 antibody or F(ab′)(2) is sufficient for induction ofapoptosis in B-cell lines,” Cancer Immunol Immunother, 2002 March;51(1):15-24. Epub 2001 Dec. 18. While the precise mechanism of thisenhanced cell death remains debated, studies indicate that both mAbsshould be multivalent (e.g., full antibodies or F(ab)′₂) to achieveenhanced effects, suggesting that the second bivalent mAb (which bindsto a unique epitope on the same antigen) can cluster cell surfaceantigens and act more efficiently, e.g., more efficiently kill tumorcells. See FIGS. 8 and 16.

In some embodiments herein, such clustering is recapitulated usingmultivalent meditopes. In some aspects, the multivalent meditope usedinstead of a second antibody, in some aspects to achieve synergy incombination with a meditope-enabled antibody. In some aspects, themultivalent meditopes provide advantages compared to use of a secondantibody recognizing a separate epitope. For example, production of themultivalent meditopes can be more efficient, and cost-effective whencompared to a second antibody. For example, although a number ofpreclinical/clinical trials are investigating the co-administration oftwo monoclonal antibodies, the costs of producing and marketing such atherapeutic is likely to be prohibitive. In some aspects, themultivalent meditopes also are comparatively more easily targeted todisease sites, such as tumors. Given the nature of the meditope bindingsite (within the meditope binding site, separate from the antibodyCDRs), and the broadly applicable methods provided herein formeditope-enabling any antibody of choice, the multivalent meditopes alsohave the advantage of being readily applicable to a large range oftherapeutic antibodies, without the need to identify a second antibodyor epitope with therapeutically acceptable characteristics. Thus, insome aspects, use of a multivalent meditope avoids the need to identifya second mAb with acceptable characteristics, and the associated andsignificant cost of its development thereof.

Specificity and affinity are often achieved through multivalency. For abivalent ligand with a linker, this can be expressed asΔG_(Total)=ΔG1+ΔG2−ΔG_(linker). In other words,K_(Total)=K₁*K₂/K_(linker). In the case where the linker makes nocontribution to the free energy (K_(linker)˜1), the apparent affinity ofthe bivalent ligand for the bivalent target is the product of themonomeric binding constants. Thus, significant gains in affinity can beachieved through multivalency in general (e.g., for a meditope withK_(D)=1 μM, the affinity of a ‘theoretical’ bivalent meditope is 1 pM).While such large gains are rarely seen in general (primarily due to thegeometry of bivalent/trivalent/multivalent receptors), synergy isobserved. The geometry of a cell surface-expressed antigen can placestrict constraints on the linker of a multivalent meditope, but can alsoensure specificity, which can be an important goal in some contexts,such as for targeted delivery, e.g., by minimizing the risk ofoff-target effects.

In one example, the multivalent meditope contains an Fc region of anantibody or portion thereof, such as substantially all of the Fc region.The use of the Fc region to ‘dimerize’ ligands is established anddescribed, for example, by Jazayeri J A & Carroll G J., “Fc-basedcytokines: prospects for engineering superior therapeutics,” BioDrugs,22(1):11-26 (2008) In some examples, to generate a bivalent meditope,the meditope is fused to an Fc region (e.g., to the N-terminus of the Fcregion of an IgG) through a linker, typically a peptide linker, e.g., aflexible peptide linker. In one example, the length of the linker ischosen to roughly match the distance between the Fabs of an IgG, such asof 17 amino acids in length. In some aspects, the linker containsglycines, serines, and/or a combination thereof. Exemplary “meditope-Fc”fusions are shown in FIG. 15 (SEQ ID NO: 3 and 4, respectively). Seealso FIG. 16.

In some embodiments, the composition of the linker and/or the distancebetween the Fc and the meditope is systematically altered, e.g., tooptimize affinity and specificity. In one embodiment, each natural orunnatural residue can be substituted at any position within the linkerfor optimization. In some aspects, the linker is between at or about 2and 100 residues in length, e.g., at or about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27,28, 29, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100,125, 150, 175, or 200 residues (amino acids) in length, or more. In oneexample, such linkers are generated using current and future DNAsynthesizers, and inserted between the meditope and the Fc regions. Thelinker may also be ‘rigidified’ to limit the radius of gyration and toenhance the affinity and specificity of the Fc-meditope. For example, acoiled coil domain may be placed between the meditope and the Fc (FIG.18). In other examples, inert protein domains (e.g., immunoglobulinfolds) are substituted for the linker. Multiple immunoglobulin folds canbe placed between the meditope and the Fc domain. In certainembodiments, the composition of the linker is of human origin tomitigate potential antigenicity.

In some examples, the provided meditopes are tethered to a scaffold tocreate a multivalent meditope, e.g., for enhanced selectivity andbinding affinity. In some embodiments, multivalent meditope scaffoldsare used to scaffold or “daisy-chain” meditope-enabled mAbs bound totumor associated antigen to enhance ligand antagonism, alter receptorendocytosis, and/or improve an immune response through ADCC/CDC (seeFIG. 8). Thus, in some embodiments, the meditopes are used to tether twoor more antibodies or functional fragments thereof. Such meditopes maybe part of a multivalent tethering agent, for example, to enhance canceror tumor therapy and imaging. A multivalent tethering agent may includetwo or more meditopes coupled through linker(s), such as through a longlinker and biotin to streptavidin, to create a multivalent meditopetethering entity.

In one embodiment, the multivalent meditope tethering entity is atetravalent meditope tethering agent. In one aspect, the tetramerictethering entity is shown by surface plasmon resonance to have enhancedbinding to an antibody as compared to the monovalent peptide, which isconsistent with a multivalent interaction. In one example, use of suchmultivalent meditopes (e.g., tetravalent meditope) produces enhancedbinding affinity of the meditope-enabled antibody to the antigen (e.g.,in the case of cetuximab, binding affinity for EGFR positive cells),compared to use of the antibody alone or monovalent meditope alone. Suchbinding affinities can be determined using well-known methods, e.g., byFACS analysis. See FIG. 12.

In some embodiments, to address the receptor constraints on the linker,unmodified or modified, e.g., variant, e.g., optimized, meditopes, suchas those obtained as described in Example 6, are coupled to amultivalent scaffold, such as by optimizing the linker. In some aspects,the multivalent meditope is able to “latch-on” to adjacent antibodies,e.g., IgGs, to form a “daisy-chain”-like array (see FIG. 8), which canbe used, for example, in antibodies targeting tumor antigens, given thehigh antigen density of tumor cells. While an intramolecular associationof a bivalent meditope and antibody is possible, the C2 symmetry of theantibody, e.g., IgG, can place severe geometrical constraints on thelinker for such an interaction. Thus, in some aspects, the meditope isbased on a trivalent or higher valency scaffold, ensuring that more thanone antibody would be “daisy chained”. By including a third meditopearm, the lifetime of the initial encounter of a trivalent meditope toantigen-bound antibody can increase. This, in turn, can increase theprobability that an additional arm will bind to a neighboringantigen-bound antibody, thus stabilizing the overall complex. In otherembodiments, a multifunctional meditope may be constructed tosimultaneously bind a memab and other targets, such as other B andT-cell surface proteins, such as T cell receptor and costimulatorymolecules. In some embodiments, multiple meditope-enabled antibodies(for example, including one or more modified meditope-enabledantibodies) having specificities for different meditopes are usedtogether with such different meditopes in such multivalent embodiments.

Various linkers and scaffolds are known in the art and may be used inconnection with these embodiments. An exemplary scaffold synthesisscheme is shown in FIG. 13 and discussed in the Examples herein. In someaspects, the use of templates 4 and 5 shown in FIG. 13 allows for theformation of both bi- and trivalent meditopes, respectively. In someembodiments, different length polyethylene glycol (PEG) and/or otherlinkers are used, for example, to improve or alter binding or otherproperties. In some aspects, the PEG length is between at or about 10 Aand at or about 1000 A. The synthetic approach is also amenable to DOTAincorporation for radionuclide imaging. For example, a 30 Å PEGbifunctional arm has been incorporated in the synthesis of aFITC-labeled divalent meditope, namely compound 13 (FIG. 13). Thedistance between the CDR regions within an IgG is ˜130 Å. The length ofthe PEG linker may be systematically varied to ensure this approach isoptimal. End-to-end distances of commercially available PEGs extend to90 Å (Pierce), which would exceed the IgG distance.

In other embodiments, other scaffolds and/or linkers are used, e.g., togenerate high affinity multivalent meditopes and/or to create synergy.For example, DNA may be used as a scaffold for the meditopes to create amore rigid scaffold. For example, different scaffolds of biological andchemical origin may also be used to achieve multivalency. This includes,but is not limited to, constructing a bivalent or trivalent scaffold,using streptavidin or (see European Application, Publication No.: EP2065402 A1), strepavidin as a tetravalent scaffold, unique scaffolds (onthe world wide web atsciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0022283611000283), Origami DNA(see Gu et al., Nature Nanotechnology 4, 245-248 (2009)) and the like. Achemical scaffold may also be created using molecules including, but notlimited to, DNA (single strand, duplex, Holliday junctions, aptamers andthe like), RNA (single strand, hairpin, stem loop, aptamers and thelike), PNA (peptide nucleic acids), DNA/PNA duplexes and triplexes forrigidity, organic and or inorganic nanoparticles (directly coupled orcoupled through organic polymers such as PEG), organic polymers that canform duplexes with themselves and/or with DNA or PNA.

Characterization of Multivalent Meditopes

Binding properties of the multivalent meditopes to meditope-enabledantibodies can be characterized by any of a number of known methods,including SPR and ITC, for example, to ensure that conjugation to themultivalent scaffold does not affect the meditope-Ig interaction. Insome cases, such measurements can be limited in their ability todetermine mutlivalency and synergistic effects, given that theseapproaches generally do not involve antigen present on a cell surface(such as on the surface of a tumor cell). Thus, in some aspects, FACSanalysis and/or cell viability assays are used to quantify the effect ofthe multivalent meditope directly on cells expressing antigen recognizedby the meditope-enabled antibody (e.g., cells that overexpress EGFR inthe context of cetuximab). Exemplary protocols are described in Example7. In general, a cell line expressing (e.g., over-expressing) theantigen recognized by the meditope-enabled antibody is incubated withthe meditope-enabled antibody under conditions whereby the antibodybinds to the antigen expressed on the cells. In some cases, varyingconcentrations of the antibody are used. Either simultaneously orsubsequently, the cells are incubated with the multivalent meditope, insome cases in varying concentrations. Appropriate incubation times andwashes are carried out. A second antibody and monovalent meditopes maybe used as positive and negative controls, respectively. The antibodiesand meditopes may be labeled with agents detectable by flow cytometry ormicroscopy, which are well known. In some examples, a shift (in the caseof FACS) or increased signal in the presence of multivalent meditope,compared to monovalent meditope, indicates a synergistic or additiveeffect. In another example, to further confirm the additive effects ofthe multivalent meditope, the non-labeled, monovalent meditope is usedin a competition assay, to determine whether it can compete with thelabeled multivalent meditope for the antigen-bound meditope-enabledantibody.

In other examples, cell viability assays are used to determine theability of a multivalent meditope to enhance cell-killing effects of ameditope-enabled antibody. For example, a cell expressing the antigen ofinterest may be incubated with varying concentrations of themeditope-enabled antibody and/or multivalent meditope. Monovalentmeditopes and second antibodies again are useful as controls. In someexamples, MTT (3-(4,5-Dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazoliumbromide), is used to quantify the number or percentage of viable cells.Other approaches for measuring cell viability, proliferation, and/ordeath are known in the art and may be used.

In another example, for multivalent meditopes that demonstrate activityin such assays, Western blot analysis or other biochemical or signalingapproach is performed to investigate inhibition of signaling associatedwith a particular antigen, such as a cell surface receptor (e.g., in thecase of cetuximab, to follow the phosphorylation status of EGFR, AKT,MAP which are part of the EGFR signaling pathway). Data from suchstudies may be compared with data from cells treated only withmeditope-enabled antibody (i.e., without meditope), with monovalentmeditopes, and/or with tyrosine kinase or other known inhibitors(AG1478, etc.). In some examples, an increase in cell death as afunction of multivalent meditope concentration is observed,demonstrating synergistic cell killing effects of the multivalentmeditopes.

III. Fusion Proteins

Also provided are fusion proteins containing one or more meditopes. Asdemonstrated herein by diffraction on the meditope-enabled Fab fragmentbound to a cQFD meditope (meditope 1), the N- and C-termini of thatantibody-bound meditope were shown to be juxtaposed to the location ofbound Protein L, a bacterial protein that binds to human antibodies,including IgMs, IgDs, IgGs, IgEs, and IgAs. In some embodiments,provided are meditope-Protein L fusion proteins (MPLs). In some aspects,the Protein L-meditope fusions exhibit binding to meditope-enabledantibodies with greater affinity as compared to meditopes alone and/orProtein alone, e.g., via energy additivity. The MPLs also can beadvantageous compared to Protein L alone and other multivalentconjugates of Protein L, Protein A, and/or similar antibody-bindingproteins, in that they provide specificity for meditope-enabledantibodies and will not target endogenous immunoglobulin molecules whenadministered therapeutically.

Originally isolated from bacterium Peptostreptococcus magnus, Protein Lis a protein that binds to the kappa light chain of human and otherantibodies. Exemplary meditope-Protein L (MPL) fusion proteins includethose in which a provided meditope is coupled to a Protein L, which canbe wild-type Protein L or a variant thereof, such as one of severalvariants known in the art, or a variant modified to improve one or moreproperty, such as to reduce antigenicity. Methods for modifying similarproteins, such as to reduce antigenicity or immunogenicity, or toimprove “immune tolerance,” are known in the art and described, forexample, by Ahlgren et al., J Nucl Med, 2010; 51:1131-1138; Feldwisch Jet al., J Mol Biol, 2010 Apr. 30; 398(2):232-47. Epub 2010 Mar. 10. Forexample, amino acid substitutions can be made, e.g., in an iterativeprocess, randomly or based on structural modeling, following by analysisof the desired property, e.g., antigenicity. In another example,mutations are introduced to improve specificity. In other embodiments,the meditopes are fused with other antibody-binding substances, such asother antibody-binding proteins, for example, Protein A or Protein G.

The MPLs generally include a linker, linking the meditope portion to theProtein L portion. The linker typically includes at least 2, moretypically at least 3, e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 amino acidresidues (e.g., five amino acids such as five glycines). In someaspects, such residues link the C-terminus of the meditope and theN-terminus of Protein L. In one example, the meditope-Protein L fusionprotein has the sequence set forth in

SEQ ID NO: 58 (SCQFDLSTRRLKCGGGGSEVTIKVNLIFADGKIQTAEFKGTFEEATAEAYRYAALLAKVNGEYTADLEDGGNHMNIKFAG).

In some embodiments, the MPLs are used in connection withmeditope-enabled antibodies, in the methods and uses described herein,including those involving the conjugation of the meditopes to agents,such as therapeutic or diagnostic agents, such as cytotoxins,radionuclides, DOTA, proteins or other biological molecules, e.g., totarget disease and/or image disease sites. In some aspects, tofacilitate such conjugation, one or more lysines in the Protein L fusionare mutated, for example, to arginine or asparagine, to generate aProtein L fusion protein that can be specifically conjugated to othermolecules, for example, by leaving the N-terminal amine and the epsilonamine available for conjugation, the latter being solvent exposed andmore reactive. An exemplary fusion protein has the sequence set forth inSEQ ID NO: 59 (S C Q F D L S T R R L R C G G G G S E V T I R V N L I F AD G N I Q T A E F R G T F E E A T A E A Y R Y A A L L A R V N G E Y T AD L E D G G N H M N I K F A G), in which all lysines but one have beenremoved.

The coding sequence of an exemplary meditope-Protein L fusion protein isset forth in SEQ ID NO: 56. The sequence of exemplary meditope-Protein Lfusion proteins are set forth in SEQ ID NO: 57(His6-Smt3-meditope-ProteinL) and SEQ ID NO: 58 (containing twocysteins, set forth in bold text, which in some aspects are used tocyclize the MPL, e.g., by peroxide or overnight with air:SCQFDLSTRRLKCGGGGSEVTIKVNLIFADGKIQTAEFKGTFEEATAEAYRYAALLAKVNGEYTADLEDGGNHMNIKFAG (SEQ ID NO: 58).

In some embodiments, the meditope-Protein L (MPL) construct exhibitsimproved binding affinity for a meditope-enabled antibody as compared tomeditope alone. For example, the improvement can be an at least or an ator about 10,000, 9000, 8000, 7000, 6000, 5000, 4000, 3000, 2000, 1000,900, 800, 700, 600, 500, 400, 300, 200, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30,20, or 10-fold improvement in affinity, e.g., in dissociation constant,for the meditope-enabled antibody as compared with the correspondingmeditope alone and/or with the Protein L alone. In one example, thebinding constants for interactions between Protein L and the meditopealone with the meditope-enabled antibody are approximately 0.5 μM and 1μM, respectively, whereas the binding constant for the MPL to theantibody is approximately 165 pM.

IV. Meditope-Agent Conjugates

In certain embodiments, the meditopes, including one or more meditope,meditope variants, multivalent meditopes, meditope-Protein L fusions(MPLs), multivalent tethering agents or multivalent meditope varianttethering agents are conjugated to one or more therapeutic or diagnosticagent, e.g., imaging agents, therapeutically effective agents orcompounds in therapeutically effective amounts or both. Provided aresuch complexes containing the meditope and one or more agent. Among suchembodiments are those described in section V. Peptidyl Central CavityBinding-Kappa Light Chain Binding Fusion Proteins.

In some aspects, the binding of the meditopes or variants thereof to oneor more meditope-enabled antibody conjugated to a therapeutic ordiagnostic (e.g., imaging) agent or compound is used to treat, prevent,diagnose or monitor a disease or condition. In one aspect, suchconjugation of a meditope, such as a multivalent meditope, to an agent,when used in connection with meditope-enabled monoclonal antibodies,provides a highly versatile platform technology that will significantlyimprove mAb based therapeutics and imaging methods to treat and detectdisease (see FIG. 8).

The diagnostic and therapeutic agents include any such agent, which arewell-known in the relevant art. Among the imaging agents are fluorescentand luminescent substances, including, but not limited to, a variety oforganic or inorganic small molecules commonly referred to as “dyes,”“labels,” or “indicators.” Examples include fluorescein, rhodamine,acridine dyes, Alexa dyes, and cyanine dyes. Enzymes that may be used asimaging agents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosureinclude, but are not limited to, horseradish peroxidase, alkalinephosphatase, acid phosphatase, glucose oxidase, β-galactosidase,β-glucuronidase or β-lactamase. Such enzymes may be used in combinationwith a chromogen, a fluorogenic compound or a luminogenic compound togenerate a detectable signal.

Radioactive substances that may be used as imaging agents in accordancewith the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to,¹⁸F, ³²P, ³³P, ⁴⁵Ti, ⁴⁷Sc, ⁵²Fe, ⁵⁹Fe, ⁶²Cu, ⁶⁴Cu, ⁶⁷Cu, ⁶⁷Ga, ⁶⁸Ga,⁷⁷As, ⁸⁶Y, ⁹⁰Y. ⁸⁹Sr, ⁸⁹Zr, ⁹⁴Tc, ⁹⁴Tc, ^(99m)Tc, ⁹⁹Mo, ¹⁰⁵Pd, ¹⁰⁵Rh,¹¹¹Ag, ¹¹¹In ¹²³I, ¹²⁴I, ¹²⁵I, ¹³¹I, ¹⁴²Pr, ¹⁴³Pr, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ¹⁵³Sm,¹⁵⁴⁻¹⁵⁸¹Gd, ¹⁶¹Tb, ¹⁶⁶Dy, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ¹⁶⁹Er, ¹⁷⁵Lu, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁸⁶Re, ¹⁸⁸Re,¹⁸⁹Re, ¹⁹⁴Ir, ¹⁹⁸Au, ¹⁹⁹Au, ²¹¹At, ²¹¹Pb, ²¹²Bi, ²¹²Pb, ²¹³Bi, ²²³Ra and²²⁵Ac. Paramagnetic ions that may be used as additional imaging agentsin accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but arenot limited to, ions of transition and lanthanide metals (e.g. metalshaving atomic numbers of 21-29, 42, 43, 44, or 57-71). These metalsinclude ions of Cr, V, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu,Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yb and Lu.

When the imaging agent is a radioactive metal or paramagnetic ion, theagent may be reacted with another long-tailed reagent having a long tailwith one or more chelating groups attached to the long tail for bindingto these ions. The long tail may be a polymer such as a polylysine,polysaccharide, or other derivatized or derivatizable chain havingpendant groups to which the metals or ions may be added for binding.Examples of chelating groups that may be used according to thedisclosure include, but are not limited to, ethylenediaminetetraaceticacid (EDTA), diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), DOTA, NOTA,NETA, TETA, porphyrins, polyamines, crown ethers,bis-thiosemicarbazones, polyoximes, and like groups. The chelate isnormally linked to the PSMA antibody or functional antibody fragment bya group, which enables the formation of a bond to the molecule withminimal loss of immunoreactivity and minimal aggregation and/or internalcross-linking. The same chelates, when complexed with non-radioactivemetals, such as manganese, iron and gadolinium are useful for MRI, whenused along with the antibodies and carriers described herein.Macrocyclic chelates such as NOTA, DOTA, and TETA are of use with avariety of metals and radiometals including, but not limited to,radionuclides of gallium, yttrium and copper, respectively. Otherring-type chelates such as macrocyclic polyethers, which are of interestfor stably binding nuclides, such as ²²³Ra for RAIT may be used. Incertain embodiments, chelating moieties may be used to attach a PETimaging agent, such as an Al—¹⁸F complex, to a targeting molecule foruse in PET analysis.

Exemplary therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, drugs,chemotherapeutic agents, therapeutic antibodies and antibody fragments,toxins, radioisotopes, enzymes (e.g., enzymes to cleave prodrugs to acytotoxic agent at the site of the tumor), nucleases, hormones,immunomodulators, antisense oligonucleotides, RNAi molecules (e.g.,siRNA or shRNA), chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents anddyes. The therapeutic agent may also include a metal, metal alloy,intermetallic or core-shell nanoparticle bound to a chelator that actsas a radiosensitizer to render the targeted cells more sensitive toradiation therapy as compared to healthy cells. Further, the therapeuticagent may include paramagnetic nanoparticles for MRI contrast agents(e.g., magnetite or Fe₃O₄) and may be used with other types of therapies(e.g., photodynamic and hyperthermal therapies and imaging (e.g.,fluorescent imaging (Au and CdSe)).

Chemotherapeutic agents are often cytotoxic or cytostatic in nature andmay include alkylating agents, antimetabolites, anti-tumor antibiotics,topoisomerase inhibitors, mitotic inhibitors hormone therapy, targetedtherapeutics and immunotherapeutics. In some embodiments thechemotherapeutic agents that may be used as therapeutic agents inaccordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are notlimited to, 13-cis-retinoic acid, 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine, 5-azacitidine,5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, actinomycin-D,adriamycin, aldesleukin, alemtuzumab, alitretinoin, all-transretinoicacid, alpha interferon, altretamine, amethopterin, amifostine,anagrelide, anastrozole, arabinosylcytosine, arsenic trioxide,amsacrine, aminocamptothecin, aminoglutethimide, asparaginase,azacytidine, bacillus calmette-guerin (BCG), bendamustine, bevacizumab,etanercept, bexarotene, bicalutamide, bortezomib, bleomycin, busulfan,calcium leucovorin, citrovorum factor, capecitabine, canertinib,carboplatin, carmustine, cetuximab, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cladribine,cortisone, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, darbepoetin alfa, dasatinib,daunomycin, decitabine, denileukin diftitox, dexamethasone, dexasone,dexrazoxane, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, decarbazine, docetaxel,doxorubicin, doxifluridine, eniluracil, epirubicin, epoetin alfa,erlotinib, everolimus, exemestane, estramustine, etoposide, filgrastim,fluoxymesterone, fulvestrant, flavopiridol, floxuridine, fludarabine,fluorouracil, flutamide, gefitinib, gemcitabine, gemtuzumab ozogamicin,goserelin, granulocyte-colony stimulating factor, granulocytemacrophage-colony stimulating factor, hexamethylmelamine, hydrocortisonehydroxyurea, ibritumomab, interferon alpha, interleukin-2,interleukin-11, isotretinoin, ixabepilone, idarubicin, imatinibmesylate, ifosfamide, irinotecan, lapatinib, lenalidomide, letrozole,leucovorin, leuprolide, liposomal Ara-C, lomustine, mechlorethamine,megestrol, melphalan, mercaptopurine, mesna, methotrexate,methylprednisolone, mitomycin C, mitotane, mitoxantrone, nelarabine,nilutamide, octreotide, oprelvekin, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel,pamidronate, pemetrexed, panitumumab, PEG Interferon, pegaspargase,pegfilgrastim, PEG-L-asparaginase, pentostatin, plicamycin,prednisolone, prednisone, procarbazine, raloxifene, rituximab,romiplostim, ralitrexed, sapacitabine, sargramostim, satraplatin,sorafenib, sunitinib, semustine, streptozocin, tamoxifen, tegafur,tegafur-uracil, temsirolimus, temozolamide, teniposide, thalidomide,thioguanine, thiotepa, topotecan, toremifene, tositumomab, trastuzumab,tretinoin, trimitrexate, alrubicin, vincristine, vinblastine,vindestine, vinorelbine, vorinostat, or zoledronic acid.

Therapeutic antibodies and functional fragments thereof, that may beused as therapeutic agents in accordance with the embodiments of thedisclosure include, but are not limited to, alemtuzumab, bevacizumab,cetuximab, edrecolomab, gemtuzumab, ibritumomab tiuxetan, panitumumab,rituximab, tositumomab, and trastuzumab and other antibodies associatedwith specific diseases listed herein.

Toxins that may be used as therapeutic agents in accordance with theembodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, ricin,abrin, ribonuclease (RNase), DNase I, Staphylococcal enterotoxin-A,pokeweed antiviral protein, gelonin, diphtheria toxin, Pseudomonasexotoxin, and Pseudomonas endotoxin.

Radioisotopes that may be used as therapeutic agents in accordance withthe embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, ³²P,⁸⁹Sr, ⁹⁰Y. ^(99m)Tc, ⁹⁹Mo, ¹³¹I, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁸⁶Re, ²³Bi, ²²³Ra and²²⁵Ac.

V. Peptidyl Central Cavity Binding-Kappa Light Chain Binding FusionProteins

In another aspect, provided herein is a peptide having the formulaR^(1A)-L^(1A)-R^(2A) (IB). In Formula (IB), R^(1A) is a peptidyl centralcavity binding moiety such as a meditope (e,g, a cyclized meditope).L^(1A) is a linker of about 2 Å to about 100 Å in length. R^(2A) is apeptidyl kappa light chain binding moiety.

L^(1A) may be a peptidyl linker (i.e. a chemically bivalent peptide) ora PEG linker (i.e. a chemically bivalent polyethylene glycol). Inembodiments disclosed herein, L^(1A) is a peptidyl linker. L^(1A) mayalso be a peptidyl linker having two amino acids. L^(1A) may also be apeptidyl linker having three amino acids. L^(1A) may also be a peptidyllinker having four amino acids. L^(1A) may also be a peptidyl linkerhaving five amino acids. L^(1A) may also be a peptidyl linker having sixamino acids. L^(1A) may also be a peptidyl linker having seven aminoacids. L^(1A) may also be a peptidyl linker having eight amino acids.The length of L^(1A) may also independently be any one and only one ofthe following lengths: about 2 Å, 3 Å, 4 Å, 5 Å, 6 Å, 7 Å, 8 Å, 9 Å, 10Å, 11 Å, 12 Å, 13 Å, 14 Å, 15 Å, 16 Å, 17 Å, 18 Å, 19 Å, 20 Å, 21 Å, 22Å, 23 Å, 24 Å, 25 Å, 26 Å, 27 Å, 28 Å, 29 Å, 30 Å, 31 Å, 32 Å, 33 Å, 34Å, 35 Å, 36 Å, 37 Å, 38 Å, 39 Å, 40 Å, 41 Å, 42 Å, 43 Å, 44 Å, 45 Å, 46Å, 47 Å, 48 Å, 49 Å, 50 Å, 51 Å, 52 Å, 53 Å, 54 Å, 55 Å, 56 Å, 57 Å, 58Å, 59 Å, 60 Å, 61 Å, 62 Å, 63 Å, 64 Å, 65 Å, 66 Å, 67 Å, 68 Å, 69 Å, 70Å, 71 Å, 72 Å, 73 Å, 74 Å, 75 Å, 76 Å, 77 Å, 78 Å, 79 Å, 80 Å, 81 Å, 82Å, 83 Å, 84 Å, 85 Å, 86 Å, 87 Å, 88 Å, 89 Å, 90 Å, 91 Å, 92 Å, 93 Å, 94Å, 95 Å, 96 Å, 97 Å, 98 Å, 99 Å, 100 Å. A person having ordinary skillin the art will understand that the term “about” in the previoussentence applies to all of the individual lengths in the list. Thelength of L^(1A) may be from about 5 Å to about 40 Å in length. L^(1A)may also be from about 10 Å to about 25 Å in length. In embodimentsdisclosed herein, L^(1A) is about 15 Å in length. In embodimentsdisclosed herein, L^(1A) is about 16 Å in length. In embodimentsdisclosed herein, L^(1A) is about 17 Å in length. In embodimentsdisclosed herein, L^(1A) is about 18 Å in length. In embodimentsdisclosed herein, L^(1A) is about 19 Å in length. In embodimentsdisclosed herein, L^(1A) is about 20 Å in length. In embodimentsdisclosed herein, L^(1A) is about 21 Å in length. In embodimentsdisclosed herein, L^(1A) is about 22 Å in length.

In embodiments disclosed herein, L^(1A) linker is a flexible linker. Theterm “flexible linker,” as used herein, refers to a linker havingflexibility greater than that of a peptidyl linker having only prolineamino acids. Thus, in embodiments disclosed herein where L^(1A) ispeptidyl linker, not all of the amino acids forming L^(1A) are proline.In embodiments disclosed herein, no more than 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 40%,30%, 20% or 10% of the amino acids forming L^(1A) are proline. Inembodiments disclosed herein, none of the amino acids forming the L^(1A)are proline. An L^(1A) peptidyl linker may include only amino acidsselected from alanine, glycine, serine, glutamic acid, glutamine,proline, arginine, lysine, threonine and aspartic acid. In embodimentsdisclosed herein, an L^(1A) peptidyl linker may include only amino acidsselected from alanine, glycine, serine, glutamic acid, glutamine,threonine and aspartic acid. An L^(1A) peptidyl linker may also includeonly amino acids selected from glycine, serine and glutamic acid. Inembodiments disclosed herein, an L^(1A) peptidyl flexible linker mayhave the sequence -GGGGS- or -GGGGG-.

In embodiments disclosed herein, the L^(1A) linker may include aproteolytic cleavage site. A “proteolytic cleavage site,” as usedherein, refers to a location between two amino acids within an aminoacid sequence that is recognized and cleaved by a protease. Aproteolytic cleavage site may be included within the L^(1A) linker suchthat the linker is preferably (e.g. more likely to be) cleaved inspecific tissues within an organism, such as a human body. For example,it is known that certain proteases are preferably (e.g. more likely tobe) present and active within tumors, which are commonly referred to astumor specific proteases. Thus, the L^(1A) linker may incorporate atumor specific proteolytic cleavage site (i.e. a proteolytic cleavagesite recognized and cleaved by tumor specific proteases). In embodimentsdisclosed herein, the L^(1A) linker includes an MMP cleavage site (i.e.a proteolytic cleavage site recognized and cleaved by an MMP proteasesuch as MMP9 or MMP14), an ADAM cleavage site (i.e. a proteolyticcleavage site recognized and cleaved by an ADAM protease) or a cathepsincleavage site (i.e. a proteolytic cleavage site recognized and cleavedby an ADAM protease). The L^(1A) linker may also include aprostate-specific antigen (PSA) serine cleavage site (i.e. a proteolyticcleavage site recognized and cleaved by a PSA serine protease).

A “peptidyl central cavity binding moiety,” as used herein, is apeptidyl moiety (a chemically monovalent peptide) that binds to a“central cavity” as defined herein (i.e. a meditope meditope asdescribed herein (e.g. a meditope or meditope variant (variant meditope)as described above)) covalently bound to the R^(1A) linker.

Thus, R^(1A) may be: X0-X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-X6-X7-X8-X9-X10-X11-X12- (IA). InFormula (IA), X0 is Ser or null. X1 is Cys, Ser, Gly, β-alanine,diaminopropionic acid, β-azidoalanine, or null. X2 is Gln or null. X3 isPhe, Tyr, β-β′-diphenyl-Ala, His, Asp, 2-bromo-L-phenylalanine,3-bromo-Lphenylalanine, 4-bromo-L-phenylalanine, Asn, Gln, a modifiedPhe, a hydratable carbonyl-containing residue; or a boronicacid-containing residue. X4 is Asp or Asn. X5 is Leu, β-β′-diphenyl-Ala,Phe, Trp, Tyr, a non-natural analog of phenylalanine, tryptophan, ortyrosine, a hydratable carbonyl-containing residue or a boronicacid-containing residue. X6 is Ser or Cys. X7 is Thr, Ser or Cys. X8 isArg, Ser, a modified Arg, a hydratable carbonyl-containing residue orboronic acid-containing residue. X9 is Arg or Ala. X10 is Leu, Gln, Glu,β-β′-diphenyl-Ala, Phe, Trp, Tyr, a non-natural analog of phenylalanine,tryptophan, tyrosine, a hydratable carbonyl-containing residue, or aboronic acid containing residue. X11 is Lys or Arg. X12 is Cys, Gly,7-aminoheptanoic acid, β-alanine, diaminopropionic acid,propargylglycine, isoaspartic acid, or null. X12 is bound to theremainder of the molecule (i.e. L^(1A)).

In embodiments of Formula (IA), X0 is Ser or null. In embodiments ofFormula (IA), X1 is Cys, Ser, Gly, or null. In embodiments of Formula(IA), X2 is Gln or null. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X3 is Phe, Tyr,His, Asp, Asn, or Gln. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X4 is Asp or Asn.In embodiments of Formula (IA), X5 is Leu, Trp, Tyr, or Phe. Inembodiments of Formula (IA), X6 is Ser or Cys. In embodiments of Formula(IA), X7 is Thr, Ser or Cys. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X8 is Argor Ser. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X8 is Arg. In embodiments ofFormula (IA), X9 is Arg or Ala. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X10 isLeu, Gln, Glu, Trp, Tyr, or Phe. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X11 isLys or Arg. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X12 is Cys, Gly, or null. Inembodiments of Formula (IA), X12 is bound to the remainder of themolecule (i.e. L^(1A)).

In embodiments of Formula (IA), X0 is Ser or null; X1 is Cys, Ser, Gly,or null; X2 is Gln or null; X3 is Phe, Tyr, His, Asp, Asn, or Gln; X4 isAsp or Asn; X5 is Leu, Trp, Tyr, or Phe; X6 is Ser or Cys; X7 is Thr,Ser or Cys; X8 is Arg or Ser; X9 is Arg or Ala; X10 is Leu, Gln, Glu,Trp, Tyr, or Phe; X11 is Lys or Arg; X12 is Cys, Gly, or null; and X12is bound to the remainder of the molecule (i.e. L^(1A)). In embodimentsof Formula (IA), X0 is Ser or null; X1 is Cys, Ser, Gly, or null; X2 isGln or null; X3 is Phe, Tyr, His, Asp, Asn, or Gln; X4 is Asp or Asn; X5is Leu, Trp, Tyr, or Phe; X6 is Ser or Cys; X7 is Thr, Ser or Cys; X8 isArg; X9 is Arg or Ala; X10 is Leu, Gln, Glu, Trp, Tyr, or Phe; X11 isLys or Arg; X12 is Cys, Gly, or null; and X12 is bound to the remainderof the molecule (i.e. L^(1A)).

In embodiments of Formula (IA), X0 is Ser. In embodiments of Formula(IA), X0 is null. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X1 is Cys. Inembodiments of Formula (IA), X2 is Gln. In embodiments of Formula (IA),X3 is Phe or Tyr. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X4 is Asp or Asn. Inembodiments of Formula (IA), X5 is Leu. In embodiments of Formula (IA),X6 is Ser. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X7 is Thr or Ser. Inembodiments of Formula (IA), X8 is Arg or Ser. In embodiments of Formula(IA), X8 is Arg. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X9 is Arg or Ala. Inembodiments of Formula (IA), X10 is Leu. In embodiments of Formula (IA),X11 is Lys. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X12 is Cys. In embodimentsof Formula (IA), X12 is bound to the remainder of the molecule (i.e.L^(1A)).

In embodiments of Formula (IA), X0 is Ser or null; X1 is Cys; X2 is Gln;X3 is Phe or Tyr; X4 is Asp or Asn; X5 is Leu; X6 is Ser; X7 is Thr orSer; X8 is Arg or Ser; X9 is Arg or Ala; X10 is Leu; X11 is Lys; X12 isCys; and X12 is bound to the remainder of the molecule (i.e. L^(1A)). Inembodiments of Formula (IA), X0 is null; X1 is Cys; X2 is Gln; X3 is Pheor Tyr; X4 is Asp or Asn; X5 is Leu; X6 is Ser; X7 is Thr or Ser; X8 isArg; X9 is Arg or Ala; X10 is Leu; X11 is Lys; X12 is Cys; and X12 isbound to the remainder of the molecule (i.e. L^(1A)). In embodimentsR^(1A) is SEQ ID NO:1. In embodiments R^(1A) is SEQ ID NO:2. Inembodiments R^(1A) is SEQ ID NO: 16. In embodiments R^(1A) is the aminoacid sequence SCQFDLSTSRLKC. In embodiments of Formula (IA), X0 is Seror null; X1 is Cys; X2 is Gln; X3 is Phe; X4 is Asp; X5 is Leu; X6 isSer; X7 is Thr; X8 is Arg; X9 is Arg; X10 is Leu; X11 is Lys or Arg; andX12 is Cys.

As described above, a meditope may be linear or circularized. Meditopecyclization strategies are discussed in detail above and are equallyapplicable to the Formula (IB) and embodiments thereof. Thus, in Formula(IA) above, residues within R^(1A) optionally are joined together toform a cyclic meditope. In some aspects, the cyclization is via alinkage between X1 and X12, X1 and X11, X3 and X11, X4 and X11, or X2and X12. In some embodiments, X12 may be optionally joined together withX0 or X1 to forma cyclic meditope. In one such example, X1 and X12 areoptionally joined together to form a cyclic meditope. Thus, in someembodiments provided herein, R^(1A) may be:

In Formula (IC), X2, X3, X4, X5, X6, X7, X8, X9, X10 and X11 are asdefined in Formula (IA). The symbol

denotes the point of attachment of L2A to L^(1A). L2A is a linkerresulting from any of the meditope cyclization strategies discussedherein. L2A may be a substituted alkylene, substituted heteroalkylene,substituted cycloalkylene, substituted heterocycloalkylene, substitutedarylene or substituted heteroarylene. L2A may be considered asubstituted linker due to its chemical trivalency and because L2A mayoptionally include further substituents as set forth above (e.g. —NH₂and oxo).

In some embodiments, L2A is a R³²-substituted or unsubstituted alkylene,R³²-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, R³²-substituted orunsubstituted cycloalkylene, R³²-substituted or unsubstitutedheterocycloalkylene, R³²-substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or R³²substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments, L2A isa R³²-substituted alkylene, R³²-substituted heteroalkylene,R³²-substituted cycloalkylene, R³²-substituted heterocycloalkylene,R³²-substituted arylene, or R³²-substituted heteroarylene. In someembodiments, L2A is substituted with a lower substituent. In someembodiments, L2A is substituted with a size limited substituent. In someembodiments, L2A is a lower substituent. In some embodiments, L2A is asize limited substituent.

R³² is independently oxo, halogen, —CF₃, —CN, —OH, —NH₂, —COOH, —CONH₂,—NO₂, —SH, —SO₂Cl, —SO₃H, —SO₄H, —SO₂NH₂, —NHNH₂, —ONH₂, —NHC═(O)NHNH₂,—NHC═(O) NH₂, —NHSO₂H, —NHC═(O)H, —NHC(O)—OH, —NHOH, —OCF₃, —OCHF₂,—CH₂CH₂CH₂NHC(═NH)(NH₂),

—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂NH₃, —CH₂CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂OH, —CH(CH3)OH,—CH₂CH₂CONH₂, —CH₂CONH₂, —CH₂SH, —CH₃, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH(CH₃)(CH₂CH₃),—CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂SCH₃, benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl,

R³³-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R³³-substituted or unsubstitutedheteroalkyl, R³³-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R³³substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R³³-substituted orunsubstituted aryl, R³³-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,R³³-substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, R³³-substituted orunsubstituted heteroalkylene, R³³-substituted or unsubstitutedcycloalkylene, R³³ substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene,R³³-substituted or unsubstituted arylene, or R³³-substituted orunsubstituted heteroarylene. In some embodiments, R³² is substitutedwith a lower substituent. In some embodiments, R³² is substituted with asize limited substituent. In some embodiments, R³² is a lowersubstituent. In some embodiments, R³² is a size limited substituent.

R³³ is independently oxo, halogen, —CF₃, —CN, —OH, —NH₂, —COOH, —CONH₂,—NO₂, —SH, —SO₂Cl, —SO₃H, —SO₄H, —SO₂NH₂, —NHNH₂, —ONH₂, —NHC═(O)NHNH₂,—NHC═(O) NH₂, —NHSO₂H, —NHC═(O)H, —NHC(O)—OH, —NHOH, —OCF₃, —OCHF₂,imidazolyl, indolyl, —NHC(═NH)(NH₂), —SCH₃, R³⁴-substituted orunsubstituted alkyl, R³⁴-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,R³⁴-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R³⁴-substituted orunsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R³⁴-substituted or unsubstituted aryl,R³⁴-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, R³⁴-substituted orunsubstituted alkylene, R³⁴-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene,R³⁴-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, R³⁴-substituted orunsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, R³⁴-substituted or unsubstitutedarylene, or R³⁴-substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In someembodiments, R³³ is substituted with a lower substituent. In someembodiments, R³³ is substituted with a size limited substituent. In someembodiments, R³³ is a lower substituent. In some embodiments, R³³ is asize limited substituent.

In some embodiments of the compounds provided herein, each R³⁴ isindependently hydrogen, oxo, halogen, —CF₃, —CN, —OH, —NH₂, —COOH,—CONH₂, —NO₂, —SH, —SO₂Cl, —SO₃H, —SO₄H, —SO₂NH₂, —NHNH₂, —ONH₂,—NHC═(O)NHNH₂, —NHC═(O) NH₂, —NHSO₂H, —NHC═(O)H, —NHC(O)—OH, —NHOH,—OCF₃, —OCHF₂, imidazolyl, indolyl, —NHC(═NH)(NH₂), —SCH₃, unsubstitutedalkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl,unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, unsubstitutedheteroaryl, unsubstituted alkylene, unsubstituted heteroalkylene,unsubstituted cycloalkylene, unsubstituted heterocycloalkylene,unsubstituted arylene, or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In someembodiments, R³⁴ is a lower substituent. In some embodiments, R³⁴ is asize limited substituent.

In embodiments provided herein, L2A is:

wherein X1, X0, L1B, and X12 are as described herein below for Formula(XA1), including embodiments. In embodiments of the formula immediatelyabove for embodiments of L2A, * represents the point of attachment to X2and ** represents the point of attachment to X11. The symbol

 denotes the point of attachment to L^(1A).

In embodiments provided herein, L2A is:

In Formula (ID), * represents the point of attachment to X2 and **represents the point of attachment to X11. The symbol

 denotes the point of attachment to L^(1A).

In embodiments of Formula (IA), X0 is Ser or null; X1 is Cys; X2 is Gln;X3 is Phe; X4 is Asp; X5 is Leu; X6 is Ser; X7 is Thr; X8 is Arg; X9 isArg; X10 is Leu; X11 is Lys or Arg; and X12 is Cys. In embodiments ofFormula (IC), X2 is Gln; X3 is Phe; X4 is Asp; X5 is Leu; X6 is Ser; X7is Thr; X8 is Arg; X9 is Arg; X10 is Leu; and X11 is Lys or Arg.

In embodiments, R^(1A) is

wherein: X0 is Ser or null; X1 is Cys, Ser, Gly, β-alanine,diaminopropionic acid, β-azidoalanine, or null; X2 is Gln or null; X3 isPhe, Tyr, β,β′-diphenyl-Ala, His, Asp, 2-bromo-L-phenylalanine,3-bromo-Lphenylalanine, 4-bromo-L-phenylalanine, Asn, Gln, a modifiedPhe, a hydratable carbonyl-containing residue, or a boronicacid-containing residue; X4 is Asp or Asn; X5 is Leu; β,β′-diphenyl-Ala;Phe; Trp; Tyr; a non-natural analog of phenylalanine, tryptophan, ortyrosine; a hydratable carbonyl-containing residue, or a boronicacid-containing residue; X6 is Ser or Cys; X7 is Thr, Ser or Cys; X8 isArg, Ser, a modified Arg, a hydratable carbonyl-containing residue orboronic acid-containing residue; X9 is Arg or Ala; X10 is Leu, Gln, Glu,β,β′-diphenyl-Ala, Phe, Trp, Tyr, a non-natural analog of phenylalanine,tryptophan, tyrosine, a hydratable carbonyl-containing residue, or aboronic acid containing residue; X11 is Lys or Arg; and X12 is Cys, Gly,7-aminoheptanoic acid, β-alanine, diaminopropionic acid,propargylglycine, isoaspartic acid, or null, L1B is a bond, substitutedor unsubstituted alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene,substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstitutedheterocycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted arylene, orsubstituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In embodiments, L1B is abond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted orunsubstituted heteroalkylene. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X0 isnull. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X1 is Cys. In embodiments ofFormula (XA1), X12 is Cys. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X0 is null,L^(1B) is a bond, X1 is Cys, X12 is Cys, and the X1 side chain sulfurforms a disulfide bond with the X12 side chain sulfur. In embodiments,L^(1B) is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substitutedor unsubstituted heteroalkylene and X0 is null. In embodiments, L1B is abond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted orunsubstituted heteroalkylene and X1 is Cys. In embodiments, L1B is abond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted orunsubstituted heteroalkylene and X12 is Cys. In embodiments, L1B is abond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted orunsubstituted heteroalkylene, X0 is null, and X1 is Cys. In embodiments,L1B is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, or substituted orunsubstituted heteroalkylene, X0 is null, and X12 is Cys. Inembodiments, L1B is a bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, orsubstituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene, X0 is null, X1 is Cys, andX12 is Cys. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X0 is null and X1 is Cys.In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X0 is null and X12 is Cys. Inembodiments of Formula (XA1), X0 is null, X1 is Cys, and X12 is Cys. Inembodiments of Formula (XA1), X1 is Cys and X12 is Cys. In embodiments,L1B is a bond and X0 is null. In embodiments, L1B is a bond and X1 isCys. In embodiments, L1B is a bond and X12 is Cys. In embodiments, L1Bis a bond, X0 is null, and X1 is Cys. In embodiments, L1B is a bond, X0is null, and X12 is Cys. In embodiments, L1B is a bond, X0 is null, X1is Cys, and X12 is Cys.

In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X0 is Ser or null. In embodiments ofFormula (XA1), X1 is Cys, Ser, Gly, or null. In embodiments of Formula(XA1), X2 is Gln or null. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X3 is Phe,Tyr, His, Asp, Asn, or Gln. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X4 is Aspor Asn. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X5 is Leu, Trp, Tyr, or Phe. Inembodiments of Formula (XA1), X6 is Ser or Cys. In embodiments ofFormula (XA1), X7 is Thr, Ser or Cys. In embodiments of Formula (XA1),X8 is Arg or Ser. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X8 is Arg. Inembodiments of Formula (XA1), X9 is Arg or Ala. In embodiments ofFormula (XA1), X10 is Leu, Gln, Glu, Trp, Tyr, or Phe. In embodiments ofFormula (XA1), X11 is Lys or Arg. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X12is Cys, Gly, or null. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X12 is bound tothe remainder of the molecule (i.e. L^(1A)).

In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X0 is Ser or null; X1 is Cys, Ser, Gly,or null; X2 is Gln or null; X3 is Phe, Tyr, His, Asp, Asn, or Gln; X4 isAsp or Asn; X5 is Leu, Trp, Tyr, or Phe; X6 is Ser or Cys; X7 is Thr,Ser or Cys; X8 is Arg or Ser; X9 is Arg or Ala; X10 is Leu, Gln, Glu,Trp, Tyr, or Phe; X11 is Lys or Arg; X12 is Cys, Gly, or null; and X12is bound to the remainder of the molecule (i.e. L^(1A)). In embodimentsof Formula (XA1), X0 is Ser or null; X1 is Cys, Ser, Gly, or null; X2 isGln or null; X3 is Phe, Tyr, His, Asp, Asn, or Gln; X4 is Asp or Asn; X5is Leu, Trp, Tyr, or Phe; X6 is Ser or Cys; X7 is Thr, Ser or Cys; X8 isArg; X9 is Arg or Ala; X10 is Leu, Gln, Glu, Trp, Tyr, or Phe; X11 isLys or Arg; X12 is Cys, Gly, or null; and X12 is bound to the remainderof the molecule (i.e. L^(1A)).

In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X0 is Ser. In embodiments of Formula(XA1), X0 is null. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X1 is Cys. Inembodiments of Formula (XA1), X2 is Gln. In embodiments of Formula(XA1), X3 is Phe or Tyr. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X4 is Asp orAsn. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X5 is Leu. In embodiments ofFormula (XA1), X6 is Ser. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X7 is Thr orSer. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X8 is Arg or Ser. In embodimentsof Formula (XA1), X8 is Arg. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X9 is Argor Ala. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X10 is Leu. In embodiments ofFormula (XA1), X11 is Lys. In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X12 is Cys.In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X12 is bound to the remainder of themolecule (i.e. L^(1A)).

In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X0 is Ser or null; X1 is Cys; X2 isGln; X3 is Phe or Tyr; X4 is Asp or Asn; X5 is Leu; X6 is Ser; X7 is Thror Ser; X8 is Arg or Ser; X9 is Arg or Ala; X10 is Leu; X11 is Lys; X12is Cys; and X12 is bound to the remainder of the molecule (i.e. L^(1A)).In embodiments of Formula (XA1), X0 is Ser or null; X1 is Cys; X2 isGln; X3 is Phe or Tyr; X4 is Asp or Asn; X5 is Leu; X6 is Ser; X7 is Thror Ser; X8 is Arg; X9 is Arg or Ala; X10 is Leu; X11 is Lys; X12 is Cys;and X12 is bound to the remainder of the molecule (i.e. L^(1A)).

In some embodiments, L1B is a bond, R²⁹-substituted or unsubstitutedalkylene, R²⁹-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene,R²⁹-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, R²⁹-substituted orunsubstituted heterocycloalkylene, R²⁹-substituted or unsubstitutedarylene, or R²⁹-substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene. In someembodiments, L1B is substituted with a lower substituent. In someembodiments, L1B is substituted with a size limited substituent. In someembodiments, L1B is a lower substituent. In some embodiments, L1B is asize limited substituent. In embodiments, L1B is a bond, substituted orunsubstituted alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkylene.In embodiments, L1B is a bond.

R²⁹ is independently oxo, halogen, —CF₃, —CN, —OH, —NH₂, —COOH, —CONH₂,—NO₂, —SH, —SO₂Cl, —SO₃H, —SO₄H, —SO₂NH₂, —NHNH₂, —ONH₂, —NHC═(O)NHNH₂,—NHC═(O) NH₂, —NHSO₂H, —NHC═(O)H, —NHC(O)—OH, —NHOH, —OCF₃, —OCHF₂,

—CH₂CH₂CH₂NHC(═NH)(NH₂),

—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂NH₃, —CH₂CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂CO₂H, —CH₂OH, —CH(CH3)OH,—CH₂CH₂CONH₂, —CH₂CONH₂, —CH₂SH, —CH₃, —CH(CH₃)₂,—CH(CH₃)(CH₂CH₃), —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂SCH₃, benzyl, 4-hydroxybenzyl,

R³⁰-substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, R³⁰-substituted or unsubstitutedheteroalkyl, R³⁰-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R³⁰substituted or unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R³⁰-substituted orunsubstituted aryl, or R³⁰-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. Insome embodiments, R²⁹ is substituted with a lower substituent. In someembodiments, R²⁹ is substituted with a size limited substituent. In someembodiments, R²⁹ is a lower substituent. In some embodiments, R²⁹ is asize limited substituent.

R³⁰ is independently oxo, halogen, —CF₃, —CN, —OH, —NH₂, —COOH, —CONH₂,—NO₂, —SH, —SO₂Cl, —SO₃H, —SO₄H, —SO₂NH₂, —NHNH₂, —ONH₂, —NHC═(O)NHNH₂,—NHC═(O) NH₂, —NHSO₂H, —NHC═(O)H, —NHC(O)—OH, —NHOH, —OCF₃, —OCHF₂,imidazolyl, indolyl, —NHC(═NH)(NH₂), —SCH₃, R³¹-substituted orunsubstituted alkyl, R³¹-substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl,R³¹-substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, R³¹-substituted orunsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, R³¹-substituted or unsubstituted aryl,or R³¹-substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R³⁰is substituted with a lower substituent. In some embodiments, R³⁰ issubstituted with a size limited substituent. In some embodiments, R³⁰ isa lower substituent. In some embodiments, R³⁰ is a size limitedsubstituent.

R³¹ is independently hydrogen, oxo, halogen, —CF₃, —CN, —OH, —NH₂,—COOH, —CONH₂, —NO₂, —SH, —SO₂Cl, —SO₃H, —SO₄H, —SO₂NH₂, —NHNH₂, —ONH₂,—NHC═(O)NHNH₂, —NHC═(O) NH₂, —NHSO₂H, —NHC═(O)H, —NHC(O)—OH, —NHOH,—OCF₃, —OCHF₂, imidazolyl, indolyl, —NHC(═NH)(NH₂), —SCH₃, unsubstitutedalkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted cycloalkyl,unsubstituted heterocycloalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, or unsubstitutedheteroaryl. In some embodiments, R³¹ is a lower substituent. In someembodiments, R³¹ is a size limited substituent.

In embodiments, R^(1A) is

wherein R³ and R^(3′) are each, independently, H or phenyl, optionallysubstituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selectedfrom C₁₋₄alkyl, —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo; R⁵ is: (A)C₁₋₈alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selectedfrom the group consisting of oxo, acetal, ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester,phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CHO,—CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and —CONH₂ group; or(B) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substituted with: a) one or two phenyl groups,wherein each phenyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or threesubstituents independently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, andiodo; or b) a naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group; R⁶ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OHor —C₁₋₄alkyl-SH; R⁷ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OH or —C₁₋₄alkyl-SH; m is 0, 1, 2, 3,4, or 5; R⁸ is: (a) —OH, —NR^(a)R^(b), —N(R^(c))C(O)R^(e), or—N(R^(c))C(═NR^(d))R^(e); wherein: R^(a) is H; R^(b) is H or C₁₋₈alkyloptionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from thegroup consisting of oxo, acetal, ketal, —B(OH)₂, —SH, boronic ester,phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,—CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group; R^(c) is H,C₁₋₈alkyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, or aryl; R^(d) is H or a C₁₋₈alkyl,C₂₋₈alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, or aryl group, each optionallysubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the groupconsisting of —N₃, —NH₂, —OH, —SH, halogen, oxo, acetal, ketal, —B(OH)₂,boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO,—CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and —CO₂C₁₋₄alkylgroup; and R^(e) is H; —NHR^(d); a C₁₋₁₂alkyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl,C₂₋₁₂alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl, or aryl group, each optionally substitutedwith one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —N₃,—NH₂, —OH, —SH, oxo, C₂₋₄acetal, C₂₋₄ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester,phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,—CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, and —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group; or a C₁₋₁₂ alkylsubstituted with an oxo, acetal, ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, —SH,—OH, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,—CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, or —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group; R⁹ is C₁₋₄alkyl or—C₁₋₂alkylene-RX; wherein R^(x) is —CO₂H, —CONH₂, —CH₂NHC(O)NH₂, or—CH₂NHC(═NH)NH₂; R¹⁰ is: (1) a C₁₋₈alkyl optionally substituted with oneor more substituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, acetal,ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,—CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl,—CO₂H, and —CONH₂ group; or (2) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substituted with oneor two phenyl groups, or one naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group,wherein each phenyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or threesubstituents independently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, andiodo; n is 0 or 1; p is 0 or 1; X is C₁₋₈alkylene or C₂₋₈alkenylene,each carbon thereof optionally substituted with oxo, —C(O)—, —NH₂,—NHC(O)— or —NHC(O)R^(y); wherein one carbon of said alkylene isoptionally replaced with —C(O)NH—, a 5-membered heteroaryl ring, or—S—S—; and R^(y) is —C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH(R^(z))C(O)— or —CH(R^(z))CO₂H;wherein R^(z) is —H or —C₁₋₄alkyl optionally substituted with —OH, —SH,or —NH₂; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In embodiments, R³ and R^(3′) are each, independently, H; phenyl,

—COOH, —CONH₂, —CH₂CONH₂. In embodiments, R⁵ is —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂,4-hydroxybenzyl,

or benzyl. In embodiments, R⁶ is —CH₂OH or —CH₂SH. In embodiments, R⁷ is—CH(OH)CH₃, —CH₂OH, or —CH₂SH, In embodiments, R⁸ is —OH and m is 0. Inembodiments, R⁸ is —NHC(═NH)NH₂ and m is 2. In embodiments, R⁹ is—CH₂CH₂CH₂NHC(═NH)NH₂ or —CH₃. In embodiments, R¹⁰ is —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂,—CH₂CH₂CONH₂, —CH₂CH₂COOH, 4-hydroxybenzyl,

or benzyl.

R^(1A) may also be:

The center marked with “*” is in the “R” or “S” configuration. Thesymbol

 denotes the point of attachment of R^(1A) to L^(1A).

R³ and R^(3′) are each, independently, H or phenyl, optionallysubstituted with one, two, or three substituents independently selectedfrom C₁₋₄alkyl, —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo;

R⁵ is: (A) C₁₋₈alkyl, optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, acetal, ketal,—B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl,—CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and —CONH₂group; or (B) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substitute, with: a) one or two phenylgroups, wherein each phenyl is optionally substituted with one, two, orthree substituents independently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro,bromo, and iodo; or b) a naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group.

R⁶ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OH or —C₁₋₄alkyl-SH. R⁷ is —C₁₋₄alkyl-OH or—C₁₋₄alkyl-SH. The symbol m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

R⁸ is —OH, —NR^(a)R^(b), —N(R^(c))C(O)R^(e), or—N(R^(c))C(═NR^(d))R^(e). R^(a) is H. R^(b) is H or C₁₋₈alkyl optionallysubstituted with one or more substituents selected from the groupconsisting of oxo, acetal, and ketal, —B(OH)₂, —SH, boronic ester,phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl,—CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, or —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group. R^(c) is H,C₁₋₈alkyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, branched alkyl, or aryl. R^(d) is H or aC₁₋₈alkyl, C₂₋₈alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl, C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, branched alkyl, oraryl group, each optionally substituted with one or more substituentsselected from the group consisting of —N₃, —NH₂, —OH, —SH, halogen, oxo,acetal, ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,—CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group. R^(e) is H; —NHR^(d); or a C₁₋₁₂alkyl,C₃₋₈cycloalkyl, C₂₋₁₂alkenyl, C₂₋₈alkynyl, or aryl group, eachoptionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from thegroup consisting of —N₃, —NH₂, —OH, —SH, oxo, C₂₋₄acetal, C₂₋₄ketal,—B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO,—CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, and —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl group.Alternatively, R⁸ is a C₁₋₁₂ alkyl substituted with an oxo, acetal,ketal, —B(OH)₂, boronic ester, —SH, —OH, phosphonate ester, ortho ester,—CH═CH—CHO, —CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, or —CO₂C₁₋₄alkylgroup.

R⁹ is C₁₋₄alkyl or —C₁₋₂alkylene-R^(x). R^(x) is —CO₂H, —CONH₂,—CH₂NHC(O)NH₂, or —CH₂NHC(═NH)NH₂.

R¹⁰ is: (1) a C₁₋₈alkyl optionally substituted with one or moresubstituents selected from the group consisting of oxo, acetal, ketal,—B(OH)₂, boronic ester, phosphonate ester, ortho ester, —CH═CH—CHO,—CH═CH—C(O)C₁₋₄alkyl, —CH═CH—CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂C₁₋₄alkyl, —CO₂H, and—CONH₂ group; or (2) a C₁₋₄alkyl group substituted with one or twophenyl groups, or one naphthyl, imidazole, or indole group, wherein eachphenyl is optionally substituted with one, two, or three substituentsindependently selected from —OH, fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo;

The symbol n is 0 or 1. The symbol p is 0 or 1.

X is: (1) a linker resulting from any of the meditope cyclizationstrategies discussed herein; (2) substituted alkylene, substitutedheteroalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, substitutedheterocycloalkylene, substituted arylene or substituted heteroarylene or(3) C₁₋₈alkylene or C₂₋₈alkenylene, each carbon thereof optionallysubstituted with oxo, —C(O)—, —NH₂, —NHC(O)— or —NHC(O)R^(y). One carbonof the X C₁₋₈alkylene is optionally replaced with —C(O)NH—, a 5-memberedheteroaryl ring, or —S—S—. R^(y) is —C₁₋₄alkyl or —CH(R^(z))C(O)— or—CH(R_(z))CO₂H. R^(z) is —H or —C₁₋₄alkyl optionally substituted with—OH, —SH, or —NH₂. Formula XA includes all appropriate pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts. In (1), X is considered a substituted linker due toits chemical trivalency and because X may optionally include furthersubstituents as set forth above (e.g. —NH₂ and oxo). In someembodiments, X is:

In Formula (IE), ** represents the point of attachment to the glutamineattached to X in Formula (XA) and *** represents the point of attachmentto the nitrogen attached to X and lysine in Formula (XA). The symbol

 denotes the point of attachment of X to L^(1A).

In some embodiments of the meditope of Formula (XA), m is 0, 1, or 2. Inother embodiments, R³ is H or phenyl and R^(3′) is phenyl,2-bromophenyl, 3-bromophenyl, or 4-bromophenyl. In further embodiments,R⁵ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, ortert-butyl, each optionally substituted with an oxo, —B(OH)₂, —CO₂H, or—CONH₂ group, or with one or two phenyl groups each optionallysubstituted with a bromo or chloro substituent. In further embodiments,R⁸ is —OH, —NH₂, —N(R^(c))C(O)R^(e), or —N(R^(c))C(═NR^(d))R^(e). Instill further embodiments, R^(c) is H or methyl, R^(d) is H orC₁₋₄alkyl, and R^(e) is C₁₋₄alkyl, or —NH(C₁₋₄alkyl). In otherembodiments, R⁹ is methyl or ethyl, optionally substituted with —CO₂H,—CONH₂, —CH₂NHC(O)NH₂, or —CH₂NHC(═NH)NH₂. In still other embodiments,R¹⁰ is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, ortert-butyl, each optionally substituted with an oxo, —B(OH)₂, —CO₂H, or—CONH₂ group. In still other embodiments, —X—NH— is -Cys-Cys- (e.g.bound through a disulfide bridge), -Gly-Gly-, —C(O)(CH₂)₆—NH—,-β-Ala-β-Ala-, —C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂CH═CHCH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—,—C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂NHC(O)CH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—, -β-Ala-C(O)CH₂CH(CO₂H)—NH—, or—C(O)CH(NH₂)CH₂-triazinyl-CH₂—CH(CO₂H)—NH—.

A “peptidyl kappa light chain binding moiety,” as used herein, refers toa peptidyl moiety optionally conjugated to a therapeutic agent, adiagnostic agent or a detectable agent and comprising an amino acidsequence capable of binding to an antibody kappa light chain or fragmentthereof, wherein: (1) where the peptidyl kappa light chain forms part ofan antibody or functional fragment thereof, the peptidyl moiety binds asufficient distance away from the antigen-binding site of the antibodyor functional fragment thereof such that binding of the antibody orfunctional fragment to an antigen is not decreased by binding of thepeptidyl moiety to the antibody or functional fragment; (2) the peptidylmoiety binds only within the variable region of the peptidyl kappa lightchain; and/or (3) where the peptidyl kappa light chain forms part of anantibody or functional fragment thereof, the peptidyl moiety bindsindependent of antigen specificity.

Useful therapeutic agents, diagnostic agents and detectable agents aredisclosed above. For example, useful agents include compounds andbiomolecules used to treat, prevent, diagnose or monitor a disease orcondition (see FIG. 8). The diagnostic and therapeutic agents includeany such agent, which are well-known in the relevant art. Among theimaging agents are fluorescent and luminescent substances, including,but not limited to, a variety of organic or inorganic small moleculescommonly referred to as “dyes,” “labels,” or “indicators.” Examplesinclude fluorescein, rhodamine, acridine dyes, Alexa dyes, and cyaninedyes. Enzymes that may be used as imaging agents in accordance with theembodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to,horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase, acid phosphatase, glucoseoxidase, β-galactosidase, β-glucuronidase or β-lactamase. Such enzymesmay be used in combination with a chromogen, a fluorogenic compound or aluminogenic compound to generate a detectable signal. Radioactivesubstances that may be used as imaging agents in accordance with theembodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, ¹⁸F, ³²P,³³P, ⁴⁵Ti, ⁴⁷Sc, ⁵²Fe, ⁵⁹Fe, ⁶²Cu, ⁶⁴Cu, ⁶⁷Cu, ⁶⁷Ga, ⁶⁸Ga, ⁷⁷As, ⁸⁶Y,⁹⁰Y. ⁸⁹Sr, ⁸⁹Zr, ⁹⁴Tc, ⁹⁴Tc, ^(99m)Tc, ⁹⁹Mo, ¹⁰⁵Pd, ¹⁰⁵Rh, ¹¹¹Ag, ¹¹¹In,¹²³I, ¹²⁴I, ¹²⁵I, ¹³¹I, ¹⁴²Pr, ¹⁴³Pr, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁵⁴⁻¹⁵⁸¹Gd, ¹⁶¹Tb,¹⁶⁶Dy, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ¹⁶⁹Er, ¹⁷⁵Lu, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁸⁶Re, ⁸⁸Re, ¹⁸⁹Re, ¹⁹⁴Ir, ¹⁹⁸Au,¹⁹⁹Au, ²¹¹At, ²¹¹Pb, ²¹²Bi, ²¹²Pb, ²¹³Bi, ²²³Ra and ²²⁵Ac. Paramagneticions that may be used as additional imaging agents in accordance withthe embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, ionsof transition and lanthanide metals (e.g. metals having atomic numbersof 21-29, 42, 43, 44, or 57-71). These metals include ions of Cr, V, Mn,Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, La, Ce, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy, Ho, Er, Tm, Yband Lu. Examples of chelating groups that may be useful agents accordingto the disclosure include, but are not limited to,ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), diethylenetriaminepentaaceticacid (DTPA), DOTA, NOTA, NETA, TETA, porphyrins, polyamines, crownethers, bis-thiosemicarbazones, polyoximes, and like groups. The chelateis normally linked to the PSMA antibody or functional antibody fragmentby a group, which enables the formation of a bond to the molecule withminimal loss of immunoreactivity and minimal aggregation and/or internalcross-linking. The same chelates, when complexed with non-radioactivemetals, such as manganese, iron and gadolinium are useful for MRI, whenused along with the antibodies and carriers described herein.Macrocyclic chelates such as NOTA, DOTA, and TETA are of use with avariety of metals and radiometals including, but not limited to,radionuclides of gallium, yttrium and copper, respectively. Otherring-type chelates such as macrocyclic polyethers, which are of interestfor stably binding nuclides, such as ²²³Ra for RAIT may be used. Incertain embodiments, chelating moieties may be used to attach a PETimaging agent, such as an Al—¹⁸F complex, to a targeting molecule foruse in PET analysis. Exemplary therapeutic agents include, but are notlimited to, drugs, chemotherapeutic agents, therapeutic antibodies andantibody fragments, toxins, radioisotopes, enzymes (e.g., enzymes tocleave prodrugs to a cytotoxic agent at the site of the tumor),nucleases, hormones, immunomodulators, antisense oligonucleotides, RNAimolecules (e.g., siRNA or shRNA), chelators, boron compounds,photoactive agents and dyes. The therapeutic agent may also include ametal, metal alloy, intermetallic or core-shell nanoparticle bound to achelator that acts as a radiosensitizer to render the targeted cellsmore sensitive to radiation therapy as compared to healthy cells.Further, the therapeutic agent may include paramagnetic nanoparticlesfor MRI contrast agents (e.g., magnetite or Fe₃O₄) and may be used withother types of therapies (e.g., photodynamic and hyperthermal therapiesand imaging (e.g., fluorescent imaging (Au and CdSe)). Chemotherapeuticagents are often cytotoxic or cytostatic in nature and may includealkylating agents, antimetabolites, anti-tumor antibiotics,topoisomerase inhibitors, mitotic inhibitors hormone therapy, targetedtherapeutics and immunotherapeutics. In some embodiments thechemotherapeutic agents that may be used as therapeutic agents inaccordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, but are notlimited to, 13-cis-retinoic acid, 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine, 5-azacitidine,5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, actinomycin-D,adriamycin, aldesleukin, alemtuzumab, alitretinoin, all-transretinoicacid, alpha interferon, altretamine, amethopterin, amifostine,anagrelide, anastrozole, arabinosylcytosine, arsenic trioxide,amsacrine, aminocamptothecin, aminoglutethimide, asparaginase,azacytidine, bacillus calmette-guerin (BCG), bendamustine, bevacizumab,etanercept, bexarotene, bicalutamide, bortezomib, bleomycin, busulfan,calcium leucovorin, citrovorum factor, capecitabine, canertinib,carboplatin, carmustine, cetuximab, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cladribine,cortisone, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, darbepoetin alfa, dasatinib,daunomycin, decitabine, denileukin diftitox, dexamethasone, dexasone,dexrazoxane, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, decarbazine, docetaxel,doxorubicin, doxifluridine, eniluracil, epirubicin, epoetin alfa,erlotinib, everolimus, exemestane, estramustine, etoposide, filgrastim,fluoxymesterone, fulvestrant, flavopiridol, floxuridine, fludarabine,fluorouracil, flutamide, gefitinib, gemcitabine, gemtuzumab ozogamicin,goserelin, granulocyte-colony stimulating factor, granulocytemacrophage-colony stimulating factor, hexamethylmelamine, hydrocortisonehydroxyurea, ibritumomab, interferon alpha, interleukin-2,interleukin-11, isotretinoin, ixabepilone, idarubicin, imatinibmesylate, ifosfamide, irinotecan, lapatinib, lenalidomide, letrozole,leucovorin, leuprolide, liposomal Ara-C, lomustine, mechlorethamine,megestrol, melphalan, mercaptopurine, mesna, methotrexate,methylprednisolone, mitomycin C, mitotane, mitoxantrone, nelarabine,nilutamide, octreotide, oprelvekin, oxaliplatin, paclitaxel,pamidronate, pemetrexed, panitumumab, PEG Interferon, pegaspargase,pegfilgrastim, PEG-L-asparaginase, pentostatin, plicamycin,prednisolone, prednisone, procarbazine, raloxifene, rituximab,romiplostim, ralitrexed, sapacitabine, sargramostim, satraplatin,sorafenib, sunitinib, semustine, streptozocin, tamoxifen, tegafur,tegafur-uracil, temsirolimus, temozolamide, teniposide, thalidomide,thioguanine, thiotepa, topotecan, toremifene, tositumomab, trastuzumab,tretinoin, trimitrexate, alrubicin, vincristine, vinblastine,vindestine, vinorelbine, vorinostat, or zoledronic acid. Therapeuticantibodies and functional fragments thereof, that may be used astherapeutic agents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosureinclude, but are not limited to, alemtuzumab, bevacizumab, cetuximab,edrecolomab, gemtuzumab, ibritumomab tiuxetan, panitumumab, rituximab,tositumomab, and trastuzumab and other antibodies associated withspecific diseases listed herein. Toxins that may be used as therapeuticagents in accordance with the embodiments of the disclosure include, butare not limited to, ricin, abrin, ribonuclease (RNase), DNase I,Staphylococcal enterotoxin-A, pokeweed antiviral protein, gelonin,diphtheria toxin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, and Pseudomonas endotoxin.Radioisotopes that may be used as therapeutic agents in accordance withthe embodiments of the disclosure include, but are not limited to, ³²P,⁸⁹Sr, ⁹⁰Y. ^(99m)Tc, ⁹⁹Mo, ¹³¹I, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁸⁶Re, ²¹³Bi, ²²³Ra and²²⁵Ac.

In embodiments provided herein, the therapeutic agent, diagnostic agentsor detectable agent is a metal chelator bound to a metal ion, a smallmolecule, a chemotherapeutic agent, a therapeutic antibody or functionalfragment, a toxin, a radioisotope, an enzyme, a nuclease, a hormone, animmunomodulator, an oligonucleotide, an organic or inorganicnanoparticle, an RNAi molecule, an siRNA, a chelator, a boron compound,a photoactive agent, a dye, fluorescent or luminescent substance, anenzyme, an enhancing agent, a radioactive substance, and a chelator.

In embodiments disclosed herein, R^(2A) is a protein L moiety (i.e. achemically monovalent form of a protein L peptide, homolog thereof,functional fragment thereof, or functional mutant thereof). Thus, R^(2A)may be X13-VTI-X14-VN-X15-IFADGKIQTA-X17-F-X18-GTFEEATAEAYR-X19-AALLA-X20-VNGEYTADLEDGGNHMNIKFAG-R3 (IF) (SEQ IDNO:183). In Formula (IF), X13 is Glu or null. X14 is Arg or Lys. X15 isLys or Leu. X17 is Glu or Pro. X18 is Pro, Arg or Lys. X19 is Tyr orTrp. X20 is Arg or Lys. R³ is null or a conjugated peptidyl moiety. InFormula IF, any one amino acid in Formula IB may be substituted with aconjugated amino acid.

A “conjugated amino acid” as used herein refers to an amino acid (eithernatural or non-natural) conjugated to a therapeutic agent, a diagnosticagent or a detectable agent, as disclosed herein. In embodimentsprovided herein, the conjugated amino acid is a conjugate lysine (i.e. alysine wherein the terminal side chain amine is covalently bound to atherapeutic agent, a diagnostic agent or a detectable agent).

In embodiments provided herein, R^(2A) isX13-VTI-X14-VN-X15-IFADG-X16-IQTA-X17-F-X18-GTFEEATAEAYR-X19-AALLA-X20-VNGEYTADLEDGGNHMNI-X21-FAG-R3(IG) (SEQ ID NO:184). In Formula (IG), X13 is Glu or null. X14 is Arg,Lys, or a conjugated amino acid. X15 is Lys, a conjugate amino acid orLeu. X16 is Lys or a conjugated amino acid. X17 is Glu or Pro. X18 isPro, Arg, Lys or a conjugate amino acid. X19 is Tyr or Trp. X20 is Arg,Lys or conjugated amino acid. X21 is Lys or a conjugated amino acid. R3is null or a conjugated peptidyl moiety.

A “conjugated peptidyl moiety,” as used herein, refers to a peptidylmoiety having at least one conjugate amino acid. The conjugated peptidylmoiety may be from 1-30 amino acids in length. In embodiments providedherein, the conjugated peptidyl moiety is from 1-10 amino acids inlength. The conjugated peptidyl moiety may be -X22-GG-X23-GS-X24 (SEQ IDNO: 185), wherein X22, X23 and X24 are independently Lys or a conjugatedlysine, and wherein at least one of X22, X23 and X24 is conjugatedlysine.

The conjugated lysine peptidyl moiety may include a metal chelator boundto a metal ion, a small molecule, a chemotherapeutic agent, atherapeutic antibody or functional fragment, a toxin, a radioisotope, anenzyme, a nuclease, a hormone, an immunomodulator, an oligonucleotide,an organic or inorganic nanoparticle, an RNAi molecule, an siRNA, achelator, a boron compound, a photoactive agent, a dye, fluorescent orluminescent substance, an enzyme, an enhancing agent, a radioactivesubstance, and a chelator.

As disclosed below, also provided herein are methods of using thepeptidyl central cavity binding-kappa light chain binding fusionproteins (e.g. of Formula (IB)). For example, a method of treating adisease (e.g. cancer) is provided wherein an effective amount of thepeptide of Formula IB is administered to a patient in need thereof,wherein the peptide of Formula (IB) includes a therapeutic agent (e.g.where the peptidyl kappa light chain binding moiety is conjugated to atherapeutic agent). As disclosed below, also provided herein arepharmaceutical formulations comprising the peptide of Formula (IB).

E. Methods of Use and Compositions

Also provided are methods and uses of the meditopes, including thepeptidyl central cavity binding-kappa light chain binding fusionproteins (e.g. of Formula (IB)) and the peptidyl central cavitybinding-meditope-enabled antibodies, and complexes containing the same,including therapeutic and diagnostic uses, as well as other uses,including antibody purification. Also provided are pharmaceuticalcompositions containing the peptidyl central cavity binding-kappa lightchain binding fusion proteins (e.g. of Formula (IB)), meditopes(including variant and multivalent meditopes and meditope fusionproteins) for use in such diagnostic and therapeutic methods.

I. Therapeutic and Diagnostic Uses and Pharmaceutical Compositions

In one embodiment, the specificity and binding of the meditopes,meditope variants, multivalent meditopes, MPLs, multivalent meditopetethering agents and multivalent meditope variant tethering agents,including the peptidyl central cavity binding-kappa light chain bindingfusion proteins (e.g. of Formula (IB)) etc., are used to delivertherapeutic agents, diagnostic agents (e.g., imaging agents), or acombination thereof for treatment, diagnosis (e.g., imaging) a diseaseor condition, typically when administered in combination with (eithersimultaneously or separately) one or more meditope-enabled monoclonalantibodies.

In one example, meditopes, e.g., multivalent meditopes, are used forpre-targeted therapy or pre-targeted imaging, as described furtherbelow, by administering a meditope-enabled monoclonal antibody beforeadministering the meditopes, meditope variants, multivalent meditopetethering agents or multivalent meditope variant tethering agents.Further, the use of multivalent meditopes can enhance selectivity andimprove tumor detection as has been demonstrated for engineered scFvs orchemically conjugated mAbs, but avoids potential immunogenicity inherentin these non-human constructs.

Thus, the platform technology described herein has a broad impact on themAb delivery field and provides useful methods for the treatment anddiagnosis of various diseases and conditions, including cancers, such asthose against which use of an antibody is indicated. For example,meditope-enabled antibodies directed against EGFR-positive cancers,including colorectal and squamous cell carcinoma head and neck cancers,would benefit from use of where cetuximab and a meditope. Additionally,modifying other therapeutic antibodies to generate meditope-enabledversions of such antibodies allows for the platform technology to beutilized in methods for the treatment and diagnosis of several othercancers, diseases and other conditions.

Use of the meditopes in such methods is advantageous, for example, byway of specificity, e.g., as compared to other means for binding orconjugation to antibodies. For example, PpL (Protein L) and SpA (ProteinA) are not murine-specific or chimeric antibody-specific. PpL binds to˜66% of murine and ˜50% of human IgG Kappa light chains and SpA binds to12% of murine and 50% of human variable heavy chains (Graille et al.,2002). In contrast, as demonstrated herein, the interaction of meditopeswith meditope-enabled antibodies is highly specific, which can avoidadverse effects, including off-target effects, e.g., avoiding binding ofthe therapeutic compound to immunoglobulins endogenous to the subject.

In some embodiments, a meditope administered in combination with ameditope enabled antibody, an antibody-meditope complex, a multivalenttethering agent administered in combination with a meditope enabledantibody, or a combination thereof may be conjugated to one or moreimaging agent. In one aspect, an imaging agent may include, but is notlimited to a fluorescent, luminescent, magnetic protein, or radionuclideprotein, peptide or derivatives thereof (e.g., genetically engineeredvariants). Fluorescent proteins that may be expressed by the mRNAcomponent include green fluorescent protein (GFP), enhanced GFP (EGFP),red, blue, yellow, cyan, and sapphire fluorescent proteins, and reefcoral fluorescent protein. Luminescent proteins that may be expressed bythe mRNA component include luciferase, aequorin and derivatives thereof.Numerous fluorescent and luminescent dyes and proteins are known in theart (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication 2004/0067503;Valeur, B., “Molecular Fluorescence: Principles and Applications,” JohnWiley and Sons, 2002; Handbook of Fluorescent Probes and ResearchProducts, Molecular Probes, 9.sup.th edition, 2002; and The Handbook—AGuide to Fluorescent Probes and Labeling Technologies, Invitrogen, 10thedition, available at the Invitrogen web site; both of which are herebyincorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.)

In other aspects, the meditope administered in combination with ameditope enabled antibody, the antibody-meditope complex, themultivalent tethering agent administered in combination with a meditopeenabled antibody, or a combination thereof may be further conjugated toor otherwise associated with a non-protein imaging agent or a deliveryvehicle such as a nanoparticle, radioactive substances (e.g.,radioisotopes, radionuclides, radiolabels or radiotracers), dyes,contrast agents, fluorescent compounds or molecules, bioluminescentcompounds or molecules, enzymes and enhancing agents (e.g., paramagneticions). In addition, it should be noted that some nanoparticles, forexample quantum dots and metal nanoparticles (described below) may alsobe suitable for use as an imaging agent or a therapeutic agent (e.g.,using hyperthermal and photodynamic therapies as well as imaging agentsthrough fluorescence and or MRI contrast).

The meditope-mAb technology allows for a system that may be used togenerate an antibody-meditope complex that may be further conjugated toone or more meditope-enabled antibody, a therapeutic agent, an imagingagent or a combination thereof. Thus, a set of meditopes or highaffinity meditope variants, each conjugated to a unique cytotoxic orimaging agent, would allow for the co-administration of a desiredmeditope conjugate and meditope-enabled mAb for treatment. The meditopeconjugates are an improvement over the current antibody-drug conjugates,which have drawbacks such as a reduced specificity due to chemicalmodification or release of payload. A method for enhancing the bindingaffinity of a therapeutic antibody or functional fragment thereof isprovided herein. Such a method may include administering to a subject atherapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition via anysuitable route of administration. The pharmaceutical composition mayinclude a meditope or meditope variant in combination with a meditopeenabled antibody, a multivalent meditope or meditope variant tetheringentity in combination with a meditope enabled antibody, ameditope-enabled therapeutic antibody or functional fragment thereof, apharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and any combination thereof. Theenhanced binding affinity of the multivalent meditope may be attributedto the multivalent cross-linking of IgGs bound to the cell surface.Crosslinking IgGs (through parental murine M425 antibody or usinganti-IgG IgM) significantly affects signaling, receptor endocytosis andrecycling, and cell death. Thus, multivalent peptides may actsynergistically with a therapeutic monoclonal antibody to enhance itstherapeutic efficacy.

In some embodiments, the meditope, alone or as part of the tetheringentity, may contain a cysteine or other suitable akylating agent thatbinds to a Fab cysteine at the binding site, thus creating acysteine-cysteine interaction. Alternatively, the meditope may bind tothe Fab at an unnatural amino acid (e.g., p-acetylphenylalanine). TheCys meditope is conjugated to any substance and directs the conjugate tothe IgG.

An antibody-meditope complex may also be used in a method for directingtreatment to a particular type of cell or population of cells in adisease or condition that can be targeted by a therapeutic antibody.Such a method of treatment may include administering a therapeuticallyeffective amount of a pharmaceutical composition to a subject having thedisease or condition via any suitable route of administration. Thepharmaceutical composition may include a meditope or meditope variant incombination with a meditope enabled antibody, a multivalent meditope ormeditope variant tethering entity in combination with a meditope enabledantibody, a meditope-enabled therapeutic antibody or functional fragmentthereof.

In other embodiments, a method for imaging tumors or other tissues isprovided.

In such methods, an unmodified therapeutic antibody may be administeredto target a tumor or other tissue that overexpress the correspondingantigen. Subsequently, a multivalent meditope tethering entity that islabeled with an imaging agent is administered via any suitable route ofadministration and will bind to the therapeutic antibodies that arebound to the target tumor or tissue. See FIG. 8. Examples of imagingagents include but are not limited to radiolabels (e.g., ³H, ¹⁴C, ³⁵S,⁹⁰Y, ^(99m)Tc, ¹²⁵I, ¹³¹I, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁶⁶Ho, and ¹⁵³Sm), metal or magneticlabels (e.g., gold, iron, gadolinium), biotin, chelating agents (e.g.,1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-N,N′,N″,N′″-tetraacetic acid (“DOTA”)) orany agent described above. In one embodiment, the imaging agent usedwith the method described herein is DOTA.

There are several advantages over known methods to the imaging ortreatment methods described above. First, the bivalent character of atherapeutic monoclonal antibody enhances the selectivity to the tumor.As discussed further below, this enhanced selectivity is lost with theuse of scFvs and is not entirely compensated for by enhanced affinity.Second, the mass of the labeled multivalent meditope tethering entitywill be below the renal threshold for filtering (less than 60 kDa, maybe as low as ˜10 kDa), allowing it to be easily filtered out of thebody. In contrast, direct labeling of a therapeutic antibody with animaging agent or other therapeutic agent is typically avoided because itwill circulate for extended periods (days to weeks) in the body. Thus,imaging of tumors or other diseased organs is often accomplished usingless selective scFvs.

In further embodiments, the meditopes may be used to join two or moretherapeutic molecules to form a pharmaceutical compound that may beadministered, as part of a pharmaceutical composition, in atherapeutically effective amount to a subject for treatment of cancer,autoimmune disease or other conditions. The two or more therapeuticmolecules may include, but are not limited to, functional antibodyfragments (e.g., F(ab′)₂ or Fab fragments), peptides or other smallmolecules that can target tumor or disease-specific receptors such asthose described above. The therapeutic molecules may be two or more ofthe same therapeutic molecule or alternatively, may be two or moredifferent molecules that target the same tumor or diseased tissue.

In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compound or composition mayinclude a proprietary antibody, or portion thereof, such as aCovX-Body™. In one example, the meditopes are used as linkers to jointwo or more therapeutic molecules to a specially designed CovX antibody.In one example, a small molecule, peptide or scFv associated with such ameditope is recognized by the meditope-binding site (e.g., frameworkbinding interface) of the CovX antibody. When these components arecombined, the resulting bivalent CovX-Body™ possesses the biologicactions of the small molecule, peptide or scFv while also retaining anextended half-life of the antibody.

In some embodiments, the provided meditopes, meditope-enabledantibodies, and complexes thereof, are used in treatment, diagnosis orimaging of a disease or condition, including any cancer, disease orother condition that may be treated or targeted using a therapeuticantibody. Cancers avoid immune surveillance by actively suppressing theimmune system. One method envisioned for counteracting thisimmunosuppression is through vaccination using epitopes of antigens thatare either uniquely expressed or over-expressed by the tumor cells. Forexample, monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) that block signaling pathways,sequester growth factor and/or induce an immune response have beensuccessfully implemented in the clinic to treat cancer and otherdiseases.

Thus, the diseases and conditions include any cancer, as well as otherdiseases and conditions, such as those targeted using therapeutic mAbs,including, but not limited to, leukemia and lymphomas (which can betreated or imaged using, e.g., meditope-enabled versions of alemtuzumab,bectumomab, gemtuzumab, FBTA05, ibritumomab tiuzetan, ofatumumab,rituximab, tositumomab), breast cancer (which can be treated or imagedusing, e.g., meditope-enabled versions of trastuzumab, adecatumumab,ertumaxomab) prostate cancer (which can be treated or imaged using,e.g., meditope-enabled versions of adecatumumab, capromab pendetide,etaracizumab), colorectal cancer (which can be treated or imaged using,e.g., meditope-enabled versions of labetuzumab, panitumumab, altumumabpentetate, votumumab), gastrointestinal cancers (which can be treated orimaged using, e.g., meditope-enabled versions of arcitumumab,catumaxomab), ovarian cancer (which can be treated or imaged using,e.g., meditope-enabled versions of abagovomab, catumaxomab,etaracizumab, igovomab, oregovomab), lung cancer (which can be treatedor imaged using, e.g., meditope-enabled versions of anatumumabmafenatox), pancreatic cancer (which can be treated or imaged using,e.g., meditope-enabled versions of clivatuzumab tetraxetan), renalcancer (which can be treated or imaged using, e.g., meditope-enabledversions of girentuximab), melanoma cancer (which can be treated orimaged using, e.g., meditope-enabled versions of etaracizumab,ipilimumab, TRBS07), glioma (which can be treated or imaged using, e.g.,meditope-enabled versions of nimotuzumab), bone metastases (which can betreated or imaged using, e.g., meditope-enabled versions of denosumab),head and neck cancer (which can be treated or imaged using, e.g.,meditope-enabled versions of zalutumumab), cardiovascular disease (whichcan be treated or imaged using, e.g., meditope-enabled versions ofabciximab), autoimmune disorders (which can be treated or imaged using,e.g., meditope-enabled versions of adalimumab, infliximab), rheumatoidarthritis (which can be treated or imaged using, e.g., meditope-enabledversions of atlizumab, golimumab, infliximab), transplant rejection(which can be treated or imaged using, e.g., meditope-enabled versionsof basiliximab, daclizumab, muromonab-CD3), Crohn's disease (which canbe treated or imaged using, e.g., meditope-enabled versions ofcertolizumab, fontolizumab, natalizumab, infliximab, visilizumab),hemoglobinuria (which can be treated or imaged using, meditope-enabledversions of eculizumab), psoriasis (which can be treated or imagedusing, e.g., meditope-enabled versions of efalizumab, infliximab,ustekinumab), multiple sclerosis (which can be treated or imaged using,e.g., meditope-enabled versions of natalizumab, ustekinumab), asthma(which can be treated or imaged using, e.g., meditope-enabled versionsof benralizumab, mepolizumab, omalizumab), respiratory syncytial virus(RSV) (which can be treated or imaged using, e.g., meditope-enabledversions of palivizumab), macular degeneration (which can be treated orimaged using, e.g., meditope-enabled versions of ranibizumab),appendicitis (which can be treated or imaged using, e.g.,meditope-enabled versions of fanolesomab) and any other condition thatmay be targeted or treated with an antibody. The above-listed antibodiesand related diseases or disorders are examples only and do not limit theplatform.

In certain embodiments, one or more meditopes, meditope variants,multivalent meditope tethering agents or multivalent meditope varianttethering agents may be conjugated to one or more imaging agents,therapeutically effective agents or compounds in therapeuticallyeffective amounts or both, such that the binding of the meditopes orvariants thereof to one or more meditope-enabled antibody with thetherapeutically effective compound may treat, prevent, diagnose ormonitor a disease or condition. Such conjugation of a high affinityand/or multivalent meditope coupled to meditope-enabled mAbs provides ahighly versatile platform technology that will significantly improve mAbbased therapeutics and imaging methods to treat and detect disease (seeFIG. 8).

II. Other Uses and Compositions

Also provided are methods and compositions for stabilization of scFv(single chain Fab variable) fragments. In general, scFv fragments (e.g.,the scFv format of a given Fab) bind antigen with a substantially loweraffinity than full-length mAbs and other fragments, such as the Fabitself. Such reduced affinity is attributed, at least in part, toabsence of the Fab constant domain that directly affects theorientation, conformational fluctuations of the Fv domains, andpossibly, to poor linker design. On the other hand, scFv and othersmaller fragments can have other advantages, including better tissue,e.g., tumor penetration.

In some embodiments, provided is a method for improving the stabilityand affinity of scFv fragments. In one aspect, such methods are carriedout by incorporating a meditope into an scFv fragment by facilitatingits interaction with residues in the VH and VL regions corresponding toresidues within the meditope binding site of the corresponding Fab orwhole antibody, for example, by introducing a linker between the scFvand the meditope, to stabilize the scFv. Also provided are complexescontaining the scFv bound to one or more meditopes, and compositionscontaining the same, and uses thereof in the provided methods. In someaspects, such methods will help to enforce the proper orientation of thevariable domains and thus enhance the affinity (FIG. 9).

Also provided are isolation and purification methods using themeditopes, including methods for purifying meditope-enabled antibodiesand fragments thereof, and/or cells expressing such antibodies, andcompositions and kits for use in the same. In one embodiment, suchmethods are carried out by coupling the meditope (e.g., any of theprovided meditopes) to a solid support, such as a bead, e.g., magneticbead, plate, column, or other solid support. See FIG. 10. In anotherexample, a meditope having the sequence CQFDLSTRRLRCGGGSK (SEQ ID NO:182) was successfully linked through amine coupling to a solid support,and is useful, for example, in biacore/surface plasmon resonancestudies. See FIG. 29. Such biacore studies in certain embodiments areperformed by flowing antibody over an amine coupled long meditope chip.

Methods for coupling proteins to solid supports are well known to thoseskilled in the art and can be used in connection with this embodiment.Meditope-enabled antibodies or cells expressing the same then can beexposed to the solid support, whereby they are isolated and purified.

There are several advantages to such purification methods compared toother available methods. For example, the provided meditopes are easilysynthesized and can be readily added to common solid supports (includingmagnetic beads). Second, the affinity of the meditopes is easilymodulated by point mutations, which enables the fine-tuning of thepurification procedure and avoids harsh conditions such as low pH thatis commonly used to elute antibodies from Protein A or Protein L. Insome embodiments, these Protein A or Protein L resins usually containthe full length (e.g., wildtype) sequence where there are up to 5domains. One or more of these domains are the same as Protein L andProtein A being used herein. In some examples, the meditopes are madebivalent or multivalent (such as those described in Example 7 below) foruse in extracting meditope-enabled antibodies, such as intactmeditope-enabled antibodies.

In some aspects, the provided purification and isolation methods haveadditional advantages over other purification methods using Protein A orProtein L, including reduction in the high cost associated with theproduction of Protein A or Protein L, improvement compared to thelimited life cycle of these proteins, and avoidance of the risk ofintroducing extraneous biological material such as bacterial pathogens,associated with use of Protein L or A.

F. Modification and Screening of Meditopes and Meditope-EnabledAntibodies

I. Modification of Meditope-Enabled Antibodies

Also provided are methods for modifying meditope-enabled antibodies toalter one or more properties of the antibodies, such as binding affinityor specificity with respect to the meditope, and/or other properties.Also provided are modified antibodies produced by the methods andlibraries for producing the same. In one embodiment, residues that linethe meditope-binding site of a meditope-enabled antibody and/or that areotherwise important for binding of such an antibody to a meditope, aresystematically or randomly altered (e.g., using degenerate libraries andselection), for example, to enhance and/or change the specificity of themeditope or meditope analogs (see, for example, Sheedy et al. 2007 andAkamatsu et al. 2007, hereby incorporated herein by reference, formethods of making alterations). In some aspects, the residues aresubstituted with natural or non-natural amino acids or both, in order toimprove the affinity of the meditope interaction and/or alter anotherproperty of the meditope-antibody interaction. The incorporation of anon-natural amino acid in an antibody to generate a bispecific antibodywas described by Hutchins et al. 2011).

Residues of meditope-enabled antibodies that make contact with themeditope and/or are otherwise important, e.g., line the cavity, forexample, residues within 8 Å of any atom of a bound meditope, that canbe systematically or randomly changed to improve the meditope affinitythrough hydrogen bonding, ionic, electrostatic or steric interaction caninclude, but are not limited to, one or more light chain residues (e.g.,P8, V9 or 19, 110 or L10, S14, E17, Q38, R39, T40, N41 G42, S43, P44,R45, D82, 183, A84, D85, Y86, Y87, G99, A100, G101, T102, K103, L104,E105, K107, R142, S162, V163, T164, E165, Q166, D167, S168, or Y173 ofthe light chain, based on Kabat numbering and with reference tocetuximab, meditope-enabled trastuzumab, or meditope-enabled M5A, oranalogous residues in other meditope-enabled antibodies), and/or one ormore heavy chain residues (e.g., Q6, P9, R38, Q39, S40, P41, G42, K43,G44, L45, S84, D86, T87, A88, 189, Y90, Y91, W103, G104, Q105, G106,T107, L108, V109, T110, Viii, Y147, E150, P151, V152, T173, F174, P175,A176, V177, Y185, S186, or L187 of the heavy chain, based on Kabatnumbering and with reference to cetuximab, meditope-enabled trastuzumab,or meditope-enabled M5A, or analogous residues in other meditope-enabledantibodies), or a combination thereof.

For example, in some aspects, one or more of P8, V9 or 19, 110 or L10,Q38, R39, T40, N41 G42, S43, P44, R45, D82, 183, A84, D85, Y86, Y87,G99, A100, G101, T102, K103, L104, E105, R142, S162, V163, T164, E165,Q166, D167, S168, and Y173 of the light chain, and/or one or more of Q6,P9, R38, Q39, S40, P41, G42, K43, G44, L45, S84, D86, T87, A88, 189,Y90, Y91, W103, G104, Q105, G106, T107, L108, V109, T110, V111, Y147,E150, P151, V152, T173, F174, P175, A176, V177, Y185, S186, and L187(with reference to cetuximab, or analogous residues in othermeditope-enabled antibodies) of the heavy chain are mutated.

Other residues within or in proximity to the meditope binding site maybe mutated to allow a meditope group to hydrate it and bind with highaffinity. For example, the Tyr87 of the light chain residue, the Tyr91of the heavy chain residue, or both, may be used to form a hydrate withan aldehyde or boron containing compound originating from a meditopeanalog. In some aspects, as shown in the Examples herein, meditopes donot affect antigen binding and can be used to deliver drugs, daisychain/crosslink antibodies, to increase the efficiency and/or efficacyof therapeutic antibodies, and in targeted diagnostic, e.g., imaging,methods, among other uses as described herein. Thus, in someembodiments, the meditope binding site of a provided meditope-enabledantibody is altered, for example, such that it can bind to a meditopewith higher affinity and/or can bind with one or more variant meditopes,meditope analogs, and/or small molecules such as DOTA or a DOTAderivative (for radioactive delivery and/or pre-targeted imaging).

In some embodiments, alteration of the residues of the meditope bindingsite is by systematic alteration. In some aspects, mutating all siteswould involve >20⁶, potentially >20¹⁶ combinations of mutations. Thus,in some aspects, desired mutations are efficiently identified using alibrary, in which mutations in the antibody are generated at the DNAlevel. In one aspect, the library contains individual members thatcollectively express each individual natural amino acid at one or morepositions targeted for mutation. In one example, a DNA library iscreated using degenerate oligonucleotides at sites of interest (e.g.,any one or more of the sites described herein, e.g., Ile89, Thr87,Leu108 and Thr110 of the heavy chain and Lys103 and Glu165 light chain),producing a library the members of which collectively encode all 20naturally occurring amino acids at these sites.

In some aspects, an anchor, e.g., a GPI domain, is coupled to theantibody members of the library, such as to the C-terminus of theantibody (e.g., IgG) heavy chain, to facilitate selection of theexpressed antibodies. The library can be transfected using standardmethods and members of the library expressed.

Mutant antibodies of the library having one or more desiredcharacteristics then can be selected. In some aspects, members of thelibrary are selected for their ability to bind to an antigen, e.g., toselect for mutations that do not affect antigen binding. In one example,cells expressing antibodies of the library that bind to a fluorescentlylabeled antigen (e.g., HER2, EGFR, IGFR, CLTA-4, etc) are selected,e.g., by FACS (FIG. 20). In some aspects (either after or instead ofantigen-binding selection), cells expressing antibodies of the libraryare selected for another characteristic, such as binding to a specificmeditope, meditope analog, or other molecule of interest (e.g., DOTA).In another example, two or more characteristics are simultaneouslyselected for.

Selected members of the library, e.g., cells expressing the antibodies,are evaluated and characterized, for example, to determine the desiredmutation or combination of mutations for achieving a particularproperty. In one aspect, sorted cells are characterized by PCR toidentify the resulting mutations that facilitate or enhancemeditope/analog/small molecule binding.

In some aspects, the methods are carried out in an iterative fashion,for example, by repeating the mutation, selection, and characterizationprocess, e.g., multiple times, to “evolve/optimize” the binding or otherdesired characteristic(s).

II. Meditope Analogs and Fragments

Also provided are meditope analogs, and methods for identifying,producing, and screening such analogs. Thus, in some embodiments, othermolecules also bind to meditope binding sites of meditope-enabledantibodies, with functional characteristics similar to those of ameditope. Such molecules are called meditope analogs and include, butare not limited to, small molecules, aptamers, nucleic acid molecules,peptibodies and any other substance able to bind to the same bindinginterface as a meditope. In one example, the analog is a DOTAderivative.

In one embodiment, provided are screening methods for identifying suchanalogs, including small molecule analogs that mimic the meditopes. Suchmethods include fluorescence polarization assays, diffraction based andNMR based fragment screening, and tethering dynamic combinatorialmethods.

In other embodiments, a fragment-based drug discovery approach is usedto identify fragments, small molecules, such as chemical groups, thatbind to the meditopes, meditope binding sites, and/or meditope-enabledantibodies near the meditope binding sites. See, for example, Erlanson,Top Curr Chem (2012) 317:1-32. In some examples, the identifiedfragments are coupled to the meditopes, for example, to improve theiraffinity or other properties of the interaction with the meditopebinding site. In other examples, they are expanded and/or linkedtogether to generate compounds for coupling to meditopes ormeditope-enabled antibodies, or for use as meditope analogs. Methods forfragment and/or meditope analog discovery include, but are not limitedto, the following. In some examples, the fragments are between about orat 100 and about or at 1000 Da.

Fluorescence Polarization Assays

In some aspects, the methods include fluorescence polarization assaysand/or other competition-based assays. In one example, to identifyalternative molecules that can bind at the meditope site and be used forsimilar functions, a fluorescent marker (e.g., Alexafluor, rhodamine,fluorescein) is conjugated to a meditope, e.g., using a suitable method(e.g., amines, sulfhydryl, carboxylate, sugars or other known methods),and allowed to interact with a meditope-enabled antibody. In general,interaction between the labeled meditope and meditope-enabled antibodycauses a change in the fluorescence polarization/intensity of thefluorescent tag. Once established, test compounds (potential analogs),such as small molecule compounds (MW<1000 Da), are added andequilibrated, e.g., with fluorescent tagged meditope-antibody complex,and the fluorescence polarization is monitored. Test compounds thatblock the meditope-antibody interaction will alter the fluorescentpolarization properties. Accordingly, another embodiment is a method ofidentifying compounds that can be optimized and used for targetdelivery. The analogs or potential analogs may be screened and furthercharacterized, e.g., by crystallography or other methods describedherein for characterization of the meditopes.

Diffraction Methods

Diffraction based methods to identify lead compounds are wellestablished (Shuker et al. 1996; Erlanson et al. 2001; Hughes et al.2011). Since cetuximab and other meditope-enabled Fabs diffract beyond2.5 Å, this approach is used in certain embodiments to identify leadcompounds or small molecule fragments that can be coupled to a meditopeor used as analogs. For example, such compounds include fragments thatare then linked together to form synthetic meditope analogs. In oneexample, a compound library is developed to soak into crystals ofcetuximab or other meditope-enabled antibody. Diffraction data fromthese soaks are collected and data sets analyzed. Such methods canidentify additional sites on meditope-enabled antibodies that areamendable for fragment growth and optimization.

The fragments, can be grown (chemically derivatized) to enhance theirbinding and specificity. The fragments can also be chemically tetheredto the meditope. Optimization of this chemical coupling cansignificantly enhance the overall binding affinity of the meditope forthe meditope binding site. Additionally, analogs found by diffractionmethods can be optimized and used in lieu of the meditope for drugdelivery, multivalent scaffolding and other functions. Further,mutations in the light and heavy chains may be made to change thespecificity of the ligand (meditope) and that these diffraction methods(including fluorescence polarization, NMR screening, and phage displaymethods) can be used to optimized alternative ligands.

NMR Screening

NMR can also be used to identify analogs and fragments (e.g., peptidefragments, non-peptide based small molecules) that can be optimized andused as described herein. In one example, to identify such leads, onedimensional (1D) spectra of pools containing fragments, e.g., 15 to 20fragments, are collected. In one embodiment, the fragments used arenon-peptide based small molecules. Next, a meditope-enabled antibody isadded to each pool and a second 1D spectra collected. Compounds thatbind (transiently) to a meditope-enabled antibody undergo rapidmagnetization transfer, resulting in a loss of intensity. Thus, in someaspects, comparing the spectra before and after meditope-enabledantibody binding and identifying peaks that are altered, indicates aninteraction. These peaks can be pre-assigned to a specific compound andthus immediately known or the pools can be subdivided and the spectrarecollected. After several rounds the exact identity of the compound isknown. In these experiments, the precise position of the interaction isnot known. The binding site can be determined by NMR or the fluorescencepolarization assay. Alternatively, the Fab fragment can be labeled withNMR active and inactive nuclei (e.g., ¹³C, ¹⁵N and ²H), multiple NMRexperiments performed to assign the spectrum, and then used with thefragment library to identify the binding position.

Virtual Ligand Screening

Virtual ligand screening is another method that can be used to identifylead meditope analogs, fragments, and other compounds. Using crystalstructures, standard programs (e.g., Schroerdinger Glide) can define a“box’ about a site of a macromolecule (the meditope binding site) anddock known ligands to this site. Potential lead compounds are scored bya select energy function and the top 50 to 200 compounds can bepurchased. In our initial studies, approximately 100 lead compounds havebeen identified, and using crystallography, these lead compounds shouldbe shown to demonstrate that they bind to the meditope site.

In one embodiment, a method of screening for meditopes or meditopeanalogs is provided herein. Such a method may include, but is notlimited to, steps of contacting a library of putative meditopes or smallmolecules with a meditope-enabled antibody; determining whether theputative meditopes of small molecules bind the meditope-enabled antibodyat a framework binding interface; identifying one or more candidatemeditopes or meditope analogs; determining binding affinity of the oneor more candidates; and identifying one or more of the candidates as ameditope or meditope analogs when the binding dissociation constant isless than 0.70 μM. In other contexts, a low affinity meditope isdesired, such that a minimum dissociation constant is specified, forexample, 0.70 μM. In some examples, the candidate is identified as ameditope or analog thereof if it exhibits binding constant of less thanat or about 10 μM, less than at or about 5 μM, or less than at or about2 μM, less than at or about 1 μM, less than at or about 500, 400, 300,200, 100 nm, or less. In some cases, the dissociation constant, such asany of those listed herein, is that measured using a particulartechnique, such as SPR, Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC),fluorescence, fluorescence polarization, NMR, IR, calorimetrytitrations; kinetic exclusion; circular dichroism, differential scanningcalorimetry, or other known method. For example, in some cases, theanalog or meditope exhibits a binding constant of less than at or about10 μM, less than at or about 5 μM, or less than at or about 2 μM, lessthan at or about 1 μM, less than at or about 500, 400, 300, 200, 100 nm,or less, as measured by SPR or as measured by ITC or as measured by anyof these methods.

Additionally, methods of screening for novel framework bindinginterfaces are also provided, and are described further in the examplesbelow.

In another embodiment, provided is a method for identifying andoptimizing fragments useful in connection with the meditopes, such as inbuilding meditope analogs and/or in coupling to the meditopes to improvetheir function. Also provided are such analogs and fragments andcompounds.

Having described the invention with reference to the embodiments andillustrative examples, those in the art may appreciate modifications tothe invention as described and illustrated that do not depart from thespirit and scope of the invention as disclosed in the specification. TheExamples are set forth to aid in understanding the invention but are notintended to, and should not be construed to limit its scope in any way.The examples do not include detailed descriptions of conventionalmethods. Such methods are well known to those of ordinary skill in theart and are described in numerous publications. Further, all referencescited above and in the examples below are hereby incorporated byreference in their entirety, as if fully set forth herein.

The following documents are hereby incorporated by reference in theirentirety for all purposes: U.S. Application Ser. No. 61/597,708, filedFeb. 10, 2012; U.S. application Ser. No. 13/270,207, filed Oct. 10,2011; International Application Number PCT/US2011/055656 filed Oct. 10,2011; International Application Number PCT/US12/32938 filed Apr. 10,2012; U.S. application Ser. No. 13/443,804 filed Apr. 10, 2012.

EXAMPLES Example 1 Determination of Meditope-Antibody Fab CrystalStructures

Meditopes were discovered that bind with high specificity and affinitywithin a central cavity of the Fab region and Fab fragment of cetuximab.These meditopes were bound to cetuximab Fabs and the structuresdetermined crystallographically.

Materials and Methods

Reagents. An antigen binding fragment (Fab) of cetuximab was obtained bydigestion of the cetuximab IgG with immobilized papain (Pierce),followed by reverse purification with Protein A and size exclusionchromatography (SEC) on a Superdex 75 column (GE Healthcare). The singlechain variable fragment of cetuximab (scFvC225) was synthesized with atwenty amino acid linker between the light chain and heavy chain.ScFvC225 and soluble epidermal growth factor receptor domain III(sEGFRdIII) were expressed in Sf9 cells and purified as previouslydescribed (Donaldson, J. M., Kari, C., Fragoso, R. C., Rodeck, U. &Williams, J. C. Design and development of masked therapeutic antibodiesto limit off-target effects: Application to anti-EGFR antibodies. CancerBiol Ther 8 (2009)).

Meditopes CQFDLSTRRLKC (cQFD; SEQ ID NO:1) and CQYNLSSRALKC (cQYN; SEQID NO:2), isolated from a phage display biopanning experiment asdescribed by Riemer, A. B. et al., Vaccination with cetuximab mimotopesand biological properties of induced anti-epidermal growth factorreceptor antibodies, J Natl Cancer Inst 97, 1663-70 (2005), weresynthesized, oxidized and purified at the City of Hope Synthetic andPolymer Chemistry Core Facility.

Crystallization and Diffraction Data.

Cetuximab Fabs (5 mg/mL) were mixed with cQFD and cQYN meditopes at a1:10 molar ratio and screened for crystal formation using the QiagenJCSG Core Suites (IIV) at 20° C. Co-crystals that diffracted beyond 2.2Å were grown in 100 mM sodium phosphate/citrate, pH 4.5, 2.5 Msodium/potassium phosphate and 1.6% w/v mesoerythritol. The crystalswere wicked through 14% w/v mesoerythritol and flash frozen in liquidnitrogen. Crystallization trials and initial screening studies werecarried out in the X-ray facility at City of Hope. Diffraction data werecollected at the Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Lab, beam lines 9.1 and11.1. The initial phases were determined by molecular replacement usingthe program Phaser (McCoy, A. J. et al. Phaser crystallographicsoftware. J Appl Crystallogr 40, 658-674 (2007)) with the unligandedstructure of cetuximab (pdb:1YY8—chains A and B) (Li, S. et al.Structural basis for inhibition of the epidermal growth factor receptorby cetuximab. Cancer Cell 7, 301-11 (2005)). Two Fabs were placed in theasymmetric unit with a Matthews Coefficient of 3.26 and solvent contentof 62.4%. The Z scores (standard deviation of the solution over themean) were 27 and 25 for the rotational search and 38 and 71 for thetranslational search. A third Fab fragment could not be placed (threeFabs in the asymmetric unit cell produces a reasonable Matthewscoefficient of 2.18 at 43% solvent). The cQFD and cQYN meditopes werebuilt into the density manually through multiple iterations using Coot(Emsley, P. & Cowtan, K. Coot: model-building tools for moleculargraphics. Acta Crystallogr D Biol Crystallogr 60, 2126-32 (2004)) andPhenix (Adams, P. D. et al. PHENIX: building new software for automatedcrystallographic structure determination. Acta Crystallogr D BiolCrystallogr 58, 1948-54 (2002)).

Crystallization and Structure Determination

As noted above, cetuximab Fabs were generated and purified and mixedwith cQFD meditope (cyclic peptide of SEQ ID NO: 1) at a 1:10 ratio;commercial factorials were used to screen for crystal formation.Crystals formed after 1 day at 20° C. Initial diffraction analysis ofthese crystals indicated that the unit cell dimensions and space groupwere similar to those for the cetuximab Fab already deposited in theProtein Data Bank (1YY8.pdb) (Li, S. et al. Structural basis forinhibition of the epidermal growth factor receptor by cetuximab. CancerCell 7, 301-11 (2005)). The observation that the CDR loops in thedeposited structure make extensive crystal contacts could have suggestedthat the cQFD meditope was not present in the crystal. Nonetheless, thestructure was solved by molecular replacement and the experimental mapswere examined to identify unmodeled electron density consistent with themeditope. The initial Fo-Fc map clearly indicated an area in the middleof the Fab fragment as a potential binding site (FIG. 1). After aninitial round of refinement using the Fab model only, a continuousstretch of unmodeled density consistent with the meditope was observed.The meditope was built into the density and the R and R_(Free) droppedaccordingly. Water molecules were added during refinement using Phenix(Adams, P. D. et al. PHENIX: building new software for automatedcrystallographic structure determination. Acta Crystallogr D BiolCrystallogr 58, 1948-54 (2002)). The diffraction data and refinementstatistics are given in Table 5 below.

TABLE 5 Diffraction Data and Refinement Statistics for Meditope-AntibodyCo-Crystals for Meditopes cQFD, cQYN cQYD cQYN Data collection Spacegroup P2₁2₁2₁ P2₁2₁2₁ Cell dimensions a, b, c (Å) 64.26, 82.59, 211.6364.16, 82.52, 211.88 α, β, γ (°) 90.0, 90.0, 90.0 90.0, 90.0, 90.0Resolution (Å) 19.85-2.24 (2.30-2.24)* 29.61-2.20 (2.26-2.20)*R_(merge-F) 0.078 (0.50) 0.067 (0.26) I/σI 17.0 (3.1) 25.5 (6.0)Completeness (%) 97.4 (83.3) 99.9 (100) Redundancy 4.2 (3.2) 7.9 (8.2)Refinement Resolution (Å) 19.85-2.24  29.61-2.20  No. reflections 5379158047 R_(work)/R_(free) 18.2/22.6 17.4/22.2 No. atoms Protein 6602 6528Ligand/ion 200/15  188/15  Water 581 618 B-factors Protein 31.4 32.0Ligand/ion 50.3/67.4 64.0/44.2 Water 37.5 38.7 R.m.s. deviations Bondlengths (Å) 0.004 0.007 Bond angles (°) 0.913 1.100 *values inparenthesis are for the highest resolution shell

Based on these observations and as a point of comparison, crystals ofthe cetuximab Fab bound to the meditope cQYN (SEQ ID NO: 2) wereproduced. As for the meditope of SEQ ID NO: 1, clear unmodeled electrondensity was observed in the center of the Fab. Using the firststructure, the differences in sequences were modeled accordingly andmultiple rounds of refinement were carried out. Representative electrondensity maps of both meditopes are shown in FIG. 1 B. The diffractiondata and refinement statistics for the cQYN-Fab complex also arepresented in Table 5, above.

Example 2 Characterization of the Meditope Binding Site of Cetuximab Fab

The meditope binding site of cetuximab was characterized as discussedbelow. It was demonstrated that this meditope binding site is unique andhas not been found to exist in the immunoglobulins examined to date.

Materials and Methods

In addition to those described in Example 1 above, the followingmaterials and methods were used.

Meditopes and Point Mutations.

As described in Example 1, CQFDLSTRRLKC (cQFD; SEQ ID NO: 1) andCQYNLSSRALKC (cQYN; SEQ ID NO:2), were synthesized, oxidized andpurified at the City of Hope Synthetic and Polymer Chemistry CoreFacility. Alanine point mutations in the cQFD meditope were generated atresidues 3 (Phe3 to Ala), 5 (Leu5 to Ala), 8 (Arg8 to Ala) and 10 (Leu10to Ala) and the mutants produced bacterially by encoding the peptides atthe C-terminus of SMT3 (Mossessova, E. & Lima, C. D. Ulp1-SUMO crystalstructure and genetic analysis reveal conserved interactions and aregulatory element essential for cell growth in yeast. Mol Cell 5,865-76 (2000)). The peptides were oxidized by dialysis into bufferwithout DTT and purified by SEC to obtain monomers. Before surfaceplasmon resonance (SPR) analysis, ubiquitin-like protease (Ulp1) wasadded to the samples to release the peptides. Each of the biosynthesizedmutant peptides contained an additional serine residue at the N-terminusdue to the ULP1 cleavage site. Ulp1 and SMT3 were run as controls anddid not interact with the cetuximab Fab.

Characterization of the Meditope-Fab Interface.

Affinity analysis by SPR was performed as previously described(Donaldson et al., 2009; Li et al., 2005, supra). Briefly, scFvC225 orFabC225 (cetuximab Fab) was immobilized on a CM5 chip using aminechemistry. Peptide or sEGFRdIII affinities were assessed by equilibriummethods at 20° C. and fit to the equationRU={Rmax*[L]}/{[L]*K_(d)}+R_(offset). SEC was performed using a Superdex200 10/300 column (GE Healthcare). The proteins were mixed, incubated atroom temperature for 20 min and applied to the column at 4° C.

The EGFR-expressing MDA-MB-468 cell line was used to test cetuximabbinding in the presence of peptide meditope. Labeled cetuximab (AF488,Invitrogen) was added for 20 min with or without 60 μM cQFD peptide at4° C. Labeled MOPS-21 was used as an isotype control. Cell fluorescencewas determined using a FACS Calibur instrument (BD Biosciences).

Analysis of Meditope/Fab Interface

The interface of the binding site between the meditope (SEQ ID NO: 1)and the cetuximab Fab was determined to be formed by all four domains ofthe IgG Fab (e.g., the variable heavy and light chain domains, the lightchain constant region, and the heavy chain CH1). Using the PISA server,the buried surface area at the cQFD or cQYN meditope-Fab interface was904 (±28) Å2 and 787 (±42) Å2, respectively, and approximately equallydistributed between the light and heavy chains. FIGS. 2, 35, and 36 showthe residues and the loops from the Fab that were determined to contactthe meditope.

Both meditopes (SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2) were determined to make multiplehydrogen bonds and hydrophobic contacts with the cetuximab Fab. Theamino acid sequences of cetuximab (murine chimeric IgG) were alignedwith a chimeric monoclonal IgG (ch14.18) used as an isotype control inthe phage display experiments that originally identified the meditopesof SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, and trastuzumab (a humanized monoclonal antibodythat binds to ErbB2) (see FIG. 2A). The structure of trastuzumab Fabalso was superimposed onto the structure of cetuximab Fab bound to themeditope of SEQ ID NO: 1. FIG. 2A shows amino acid differences betweenthe residues within the central cavity meditope-binding interface of thecetuximab Fab (murine chimera IgG) and ch14.18 and trastuzumab.

Superposition of the humanized trastuzumab Fab (1NZ8.bdb) on thecetuximab Fab indicated that Arg9 of the cQFD meditope binds to a uniquecavity created by the murine variable light chain. Specifically, Asp85,Ile83 and Thr40 of the murine variable light chain of cetuximab, basedon Kabat numbering, were shown to be important with respect to bindingto the Arg9 residue of the cQFD meditope (FIG. 2B). Asp85 in the murineframework region of the variable light chain was shown to make a saltbridge to the guanidinium group of Arg9 of the cQFD meditope(d_(NE . . . OD1)=2.7 and 2.9 Å & d_(NH2 . . . OD2)=3.0 and 3.1 Å). Thecarboxyl group of Asp85 also was shown to make a hydrogen bond to thebackbone amide nitrogen of Leu10 of the cQFD meditope(d_(OD2 . . . HN)=2.7 and 2.8 Å). The hydroxyl group of Thr40 from thelight chain also was shown to make a hydrogen bond to guanidinium groupof the meditope Arg9 (d_(OG1 . . . NH1)=3.2 Å for both). Superimpositionof the structures also showed that the phenyl ring in Phe83 and thepyrrolidine ring of Pro40 found in the human variable light chainsequence (corresponding to Ile and Thr, respectively, in cetuximab) arepositioned such that they would sterically occlude the side chain ofArg9 in the cQFD meditope.

Although the Arg9 side chain in the cQFD meditope mapped to thedifferences between the murine and human Fab sequences, the cQYNmeditope encodes an alanine at the same position as Arg9 in the cQFDmeditope, and thus could potentially have bound to the human Fab.Although the hydrogen bond to the guanidinium group of Arg9 of the cQFDmeditope to Asp85 of the light chain was not present for the cQYNmeditope, the carboxyl group of Asp85 of the light chain was shown toretain its hydrogen bond to the backbone amide nitrogen of Leu10 of thecQYN meditope. Differences between the cQFD and cQYN meditopes and theirinteraction with the cetuximab Fab were determined. Superposition of thestructures of the two meditopes (cQFD and cQYN) bound to cetuximab Fab(specifically of the Ca atoms of the heavy and light Fab chains) showedthat the hydrophobic side chains of residues Phe/Tyr3, Leu5 and Leu10 ofeach meditope were positioned nearly identically, indicating thatinteraction of these residues with the antibody were important forbinding (FIG. 2B). The phenyl ring was shown to pack against theconserved Gln39 of the heavy chain variable region (Kabat numbering);the Leu5 side chain was shown to pack against Ile 89 and Leu108 of theheavy chain variable region (Kabat numbering), as well as the phenylring from Phe3/Tyr3 of the meditopes. Leu10 of the meditopes was shownto bind to an exposed pocket located on the variable light chain.

The backbone traces of the cQFD and cQYN peptides, however, did deviate.Specifically, the Arg8 side chain structure of the cQFD meditope isextended and makes a strong backbone hydrogen bond to the backbonecarbonyl of Gln105 of the Fab heavy chain (d_(NH1 . . . O═C)=2.6 and2.8; d_(NH2 . . . O═C)=2.8 and 2.9 Å). The hydroxyl group of Tyr3 in thecQYN peptide, however, sterically interferes with the Arg8 side chain(FIG. 2B) and blocks the interaction between Arg8 of the cQYN meditopeand Gln105 of the heavy chain. Consistent with this observation, bothArg8 side chains in the cQYN complex are poorly defined in the electrondensity map and takes on at least two different rotamers. (There are twoFab-meditope complexes in the asymmetric unit.) Concomitant with thischange, a shift in the backbone hydrogen bond pattern was observed. Theamide carbonyl of Thr7 in the cQFD meditope makes a hydrogen bond to theamide Asn41 in the cetuximab Fab light chain d_(N—H . . . O═C)=2.7 and2.8 Å). This hydrogen bond shifts to the carbonyl of the Arg8 backbonein the amide of backbone of Asn41 in the cQYN peptide(d_(C═O . . . H—N)=3.0 and 3.1 Å).

The superposition indicated that the change from Pro40 and Gly41 in thehuman light chain sequence to Thr and Asn in the cetuximab light chainrelieves a steric constraint and affords two additional points forforming hydrogen bonds to the meditopes. In the cQFD meditope-cetuximabFab structure, the amide nitrogen of Fab Asn41 was shown to interactwith the carbonyl of Thr7 (d_(N—H . . . O═C)=2.7 and 2.8 Å) of themeditope and the side chain amide of Fab Asn41 was shown to interactwith the carbonyl of Ser6 (d_(ND2 . . . O)=C=3.2 and 3.2 Å) of themeditope. In the cQYN meditope-cetuximab Fab structure, the shift of thebackbone results in a shift of the hydrogen bond pattern. The amidenitrogen of Fab Asn41 interacts with carbonyl of Arg8 of cQYN(d_(N—H . . . O)=C=3.0 and 3.1 Å) but the side chain interaction withFab Asn41 is lost.

In addition to these results, superposition of the molecular structureof trastuzumab (1N8Z; Cho et al., Nature, “Structure of theextracellular region of HER2 alone and in complex with the HerceptinFab,” 2003 Feb. 13; 421(6924):756-60) and rituxumab (2OSL; Du et al., JBiol Chem, 2007 May 18; 282(20):15073-80. Epub 2007 Mar. 29) Fabs on tothe meditope bound cetuximab Fab structure further highlighted theuniqueness of the framework.

Collectively, these results suggest that the differences in theframework region of cetuximab and the control IgG (as opposed to thedifferences in the CDRs) accounted for the selection of the meditope tothe central cavity of the Fab (i.e., cetuximab and the phage displaycontrol antibody differed in regions other than CDRs).

Meditopes do not Induce Large Conformational Changes in the Fab

Based on the location of the meditope-cetuximab Fab interface, it wasdetermined whether the meditopes perturbed the relative orientation ofthe IgG domains to the unligated and/or ligated structure. First, thelight and heavy chains within the asymmetric unit cell of both meditopecomplexes were compared and then each chain was compared to theunligated and EGFR-ligated structures. The variable domains of the lightchains bound to either meditope were essentially identical to theunliganded structure of cetuximab (r.m.s.d. average: cQFD, 0.231±0.014Å, cQYN, 0.18±0.01 Å). However, the variable domains of the heavy chainshowed a greater divergence (r.m.s.d. average: cQFD, 0.85±0.01 Å, cQYN,0.88±0.01 Å). This divergence mainly stemmed from the position offramework region 2 (residues 39-46), since deleting the residues in thisregion and recalculating the r.m.s.d. resulted in a much lower value:cQFD, 0.18±0.01 Å; cQYN, 0.31±0.01 Å) (FIG. 6). In addition, this regionwas also shown to be displaced in the Fab C225-EGFR (cetuximabFab-antigen) co-crystal structure, and its relative B-factor valuesuggested that it is flexible (FIG. 6). Finally, the presence of themeditope did not result in significant changes to the CDR structurerelative to the EGFR bound or unbound structure. Although the backboneof Tyr98 in the heavy chain CDR loop 3 of the EGFR-liganded structurewas shown to be flipped as compared to the Fab structure bound to eithermeditope, this flip is also observed in the unliganded cetuximab Fabstructure (Li et al., 2005, supra).

Contribution of Meditope Residues to Antibody Binding

Based on the structure of the cQFD meditope-Fab complex, as well as thesequence similarity of cQYN to cQFD, several point mutations in the cQFDmeditope were generated (Phe3→Ala, Leu5→Ala, Arg8→Ala and Leu10→Ala) tocharacterize the role of these residues to the overall binding affinityof the meditope. To assess binding affinity, the cetuximab Fab fragmentwas coupled to a CM5 chip using standard amine chemistry and surfaceplasmon resonance (SPR) was used to measure the binding properties ofthe various meditopes. The affinities of the synthetic cQFD and cQYNmeditopes to the cetuximab Fab were measured to be 950±30 nM and 3.5±0.1μM, respectively (n=3). The binding kinetics were also measured (FIG.3). The association constants, modeled as a bimolecular interaction,were 4.2 (±0.1)×10⁴ M⁻¹s⁻¹ and 1.8 (±0.1)×10⁴ M⁻¹s⁻¹ for cQFD and cQYN,respectively. The dissociation constants were 2.5 (±0.1)×10⁻² s⁻¹ and8.6 (±0.1)×10⁻² s⁻¹ for cQFD and cQYN, respectively. The K_(D) valuesbased on these measurements, 430 (±30) nM for cQFD and 3.5 (±0.1) μM forcQYN, are in close agreement with the equilibrium measurements.

Next, the affinity of each mutated cQFD meditope was measured. The pointmutation and wild type cQFD meditopes were generated as C-terminalfusions to SMT3 and cleaved with Ulp1 before the analysis. Thebiologically-produced, wild type cQFD meditope bound with an affinity of770 nM, similar to the synthetically-produced cQFD, whereas themutations Phe3→Ala, Leu5→Ala and Arg8→Ala significantly reduced theaffinity for the cetuximab Fab (Table 6, below). In particular, theArg8→Ala mutation resulted in an approximately 183-fold loss in bindingaffinity.

In Table 6, WT=cQFD (SEQ ID NO: 1), F3A=SEQ ID NO: 26 with an additionalserine before the cysteine, L5A=SEQ ID NO: 27 with an additional serinebefore the cysteine, R8A=SEQ ID NO: 28 with an additional serine beforethe cysteine, and L10A=SEQ ID NO: 29 with an additional serine beforethe cysteine.

TABLE 6 Dissociation constants for “WT” (cQFD) and mutant meditopesDissociation constants of cQFD mimotope mutants K_(D) ΔΔG Ligand (μM)(kcal/mol) WT 0.77 — F3A 34 2.3 L5A 57 2.6 R8A 141 3.1 L10A 2.2 0.63

Finally, the Fab of trastuzumab, a humanized therapeutic monoclonalantibody, was coupled to a CM5 chip to characterize the affinity of thecQFD and cQYN meditopes to a human framework. Equilibrium measurementsrevealed that the dissociation constants for both meditopes exceed 150μM.

Example 3 Binding of Meditopes to Regions Other than CDRs

Materials and Methods

It was demonstrated that binding of the meditopes cQFD and cQYN, andothers, to a meditope-enabled antibody (cetuximab), does not affect theability of the antibody to bind to antigen, meaning that themeditope-enabled antibodies can bind to antigen and a meditopesimultaneously.

In addition to those described in Examples 1 and 2 above, the followingmaterials and methods were used.

Reagents.

As described above, the single chain variable fragment of cetuximab(scFvC225) was synthesized with a twenty amino acid linker between thelight chain and heavy chain. ScFvC225 and soluble epidermal growthfactor receptor domain III (sEGFRdIII) were expressed in Sf9 cells andpurified as previously described (Donaldson et al., 2009).

Meditopes and Point Mutations.

As described above, CQFDLSTRRLKC (cQFD; SEQ ID NO: 1) and CQYNLSSRALKC(cQYN; SEQ ID NO:2), were cyclized through the oxidation of thecysteines to create a disulfide bond and purified at the City of HopeSynthetic and Polymer Chemistry Core Facility. Alanine point mutationsin the cQFD meditope were generated at residues 3 (Phe3 to Ala), 5 (Leu5to Ala), 8 (Arg8 to Ala) and 10 (Leu10 to Ala) and were producedbacterially by encoding the peptides at the C-terminus of SMT3(Mossessova et al., 2000). Before surface plasmon resonance (SPR)analysis, ubiquitin-like protease (Ulp1) was added to the samples torelease the peptides. An N-terminal serine residue remained as a remnantof the protease cleavage site.

Simultaneous Binding of EGFR and Meditope to Fab

The cetuximab Fab was incubated with sEGFRdIII and cQFD and applied toan analytical SEC column. A peak at 13.9 mL was observed, indicating theformation of a heterotrimeric complex between these three components.Non-reducing SDS-PAGE of the peak showed the presence of all threecomponents (FIG. 4B). In comparison, the individual components eluted at15.2 mL (Fab C225), 15.6 mL (sEGFRdIII) and 16.3 mL (SMT-CQFDLSTRRLKC;SEQ ID NO: 1). The results showed that the meditopes and EGFR could bindto cetuximab simultaneously, indicating that meditope binding did notocclude antigen binding by cetuximab.

In addition, Förster resonance energy transfer (FRET) measurements wereused to confirm that the meditope did not affect antigen binding bycetuximab. The fluorescent signal emitted from Alexfluor 488-labeledcetuximab Fab was quenched upon binding of Alexafluor 555-labeledsEGFRdIII. Titration of labeled cetuximab with labeled sEGFRdIIIafforded a binding constant of 20 nM, essentially the same value as wasobserved using SPR (data not shown). To test for allostery, labeledcetuximab Fab was incubated with sEGFRdIII at concentrations rangingfrom 5 to 1000 nM in the presence of the cQFD meditope (66 μM). Theexperiment was performed in triplicate. Similar to the SEC studies, nosubstantial change in the binding constant of the Fab-sEGFRdIIIinteraction was observed.

Taken together, these biochemical studies indicate that the meditope-Fabinteraction does not substantially affect antigen binding. Theseobservations are similar to results with Protein L and Protein A, whichalso bind to the Fab framework region without affecting antigen bindingto Fab.

cQFD Meditope does not Bind to CDR Loops of Cetuximab

To further confirm that the meditopes did not bind to CDRs, bindingbetween the cQFD meditope and the scFv fragment of cetuximab wasassessed. In the scFv, the CDR loops remain intact, but the Fab variabledomains are directly connected through a short peptide linker,eliminating the Fab constant domains. In other words, much of themeditope binding pocket is eliminated in the scFv, while the CDRs areminimally affected. SPR demonstrated that EGFR domain III and the cQFDmeditope bound to cetuximab Fab tethered to a CM5 chip (See FIG. 4D). Inaddition, EGFR domain III bound with a minimal affinity loss to the scFvtethered to a second CM5 chip. However, relative to Fab binding, thecQFD meditope did not saturate the scFv at concentrations as high as 100μM of meditope. This indicates minimal, if any, affinity of the meditopefor the CDRs, consistent with the crystallographic studies.

cQFD Meditope Binding does not Affect Cetuximab Binding toEGFR-Expressing Cells

As described above, the cetuximab Fab could bind to the cQFD meditopeand EGFR domain III simultaneously. It was further shown that thismeditope did not affect cetuximab (full IgG) binding to EGFR-expressingcells. FACS analysis was used to follow the binding of the IgG, as afunction of meditope concentration, to MDA MB-468 cells, whichoverexpress EGFR. Cells were incubated with cetuximab in the presence ofincreasing cQFD meditope concentrations. Even with meditopeconcentrations greater than 60 μM, no significant changes in cetuximabbinding to the cells were observed. This observation is consistent withthe SEC studies described above, and indicates that the meditope doesnot act as an allosteric regulator of antigen binding.

Simultaneous binding to the Fab of EGFR domain III and the meditope isshown at concentrations significantly above the K_(D) of the meditope.Like the cQFD and cQYN meditopes, superantigens SpA and PpL, bind to theFab framework region and do not affect antigen binding (see Graille, M.et al. Crystal structure of a Staphylococcus aureus Protein A domaincomplexed with the Fab fragment of a human IgM antibody: structuralbasis for recognition of B-cell receptors and superantigen activity.Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 97, 5399-404 (2000)); Graille, M. et al. Complexbetween Peptostreptococcus magnus Protein L and a human antibody revealsstructural convergence in the interaction modes of Fab binding proteins.Structure 9, 679-87 (2001); Young, W. W., Jr., Tamura, Y., Wolock, D. M.& Fox, J. W. Staphylococcal Protein A binding to the Fab fragments ofmouse monoclonal antibodies. J Immunol 133, 3163-6 (1984); Graille, M.et al. Evidence for plasticity and structural mimicry at theimmunoglobulin light chain-Protein L interface. J Biol Chem 277, 47500-6(2002)).

Meditope Binding in Relation to Other Fab-Binding Proteins

The meditope binding site on the Fab is distinct from that of otherproteins that bind to the framework region of a Fab. For example, domainD of Protein A, isolated from Staphylococcus aureus, binds to theframework of heavy chain (V_(H)) of human IgG; the B₁ domain of ProteinL, isolated from Peptostreptococcus magnus, binds to the frameworkregion of kappa light chain (V_(L)) of human IgG; and domain II ofProtein G, isolated from a Streptococcal strain, binds to the frameworkof heavy chain (V_(C)) of human IgG. Unlike these interactions, in whichthe interface is predominantly confined to a single Fab domain that issolvent-exposed, the meditope-Fab interface was shown to be formed byall four domains (e.g., the variable and constant domains of the heavyand light chains).

The buried surface areas at the cQFD and cQYN meditope-cetuximab Fabinterface were shown to be 904 (±28) Å² and 787 (±42) Å², respectively,and generally distributed equally between the light and heavy chains.These values are roughly similar to those for the interfaces of theProtein A, L and G domains bound to their Fab domains: 580 Å²(1DEE.pdb), 714 Å² (1HEZ.pdb), and 518 Å² (1QKZ.pdb), respectively.There are two unique interfaces between the variable region of the Faband Protein L, which buries 646 Å2, and a minor interaction between theconstant region of the Fab and Protein G, which buries 184 Å².

Steric Mask

The meditope can be tethered to the N-terminus of either the light chainor heavy chain N-terminus of a murine chimera or meditope-enabled humanmAb through a flexible linker (FIG. 11). The N-termini of mAb IgGs arejuxtaposed to the antigen binding site and the extension from theN-termini through the flexible linker will sterically interfere withantigen binding. By encoding a tumor specific protease site (e.g., MMP9,MMP14, prostate-specific antigen (PSA) serine protease or other suitablesite) in the linker, the steric constraint of intramolecular “masked”IgG construct will be severed at the tumor site and permit antibodybinding. This design principle would avoid binding of theintramolecularly ‘masked’ IgG to healthy tissues and avoid adverse sideeffects due to off-target binding. Off-rate determination foravidin-peptide mask on cetuximab showed that a multivalent meditopebound with higher affinity than a monovalent meditope, but did not mask.

Example 4 Generation of Meditope-Enabled Antibodies

Based on structural information, additional meditope-enabled antibodieswere generated.

A. Generation of Meditope-Enabled Trastuzumab by Mutation

A meditope-enabled HER2-binding antibody was generated by mutatingtrastuzumab. The sequence differences between the heavy and light chainvariable region framework regions of a human IgG (trastuzumab—1N8Z.pdb)compared to those of cetuximab were mapped onto the crystal structure ofcetuximab Fab bound to cQFD meditope. Residues in the human frameworkcorresponding to residues lining the meditope binding site in cetuximabwere mutated to contain the corresponding residues present in cetuximab;additionally, S9 and S10 of the light chain, according to Kabatnumbering, were mutated to isoleucine and leucine, respectively. FIGS.23A and 23C show nucleic acid sequences of a portion of the heavy chain(SEQ ID NO: 5) and the light chain (SEQ ID NO: 8), respectively, of themutant (meditope-enabled) trastuzumab. FIGS. 23B and 23D show the aminoacid sequences of a portion of the heavy chain (SEQ ID NO:6) and lightchain (SEQ ID NO:9), respectively, of the meditope-enabled trastuzumab.FIGS. 23B and 23D also show a comparison of these amino acid sequencesand those of a portion of the heavy and light chain of wild typetrastuzumab (SEQ ID NO:7 and SEQ ID NO:10, respectively).

The nucleic acids encoding the heavy and light chains of this mutant,meditope-enabled trastuzumab were synthesized using standard methods andsubcloned into a standard vector for mammalian expression. Themeditope-enabled trastuzumab IgG was purified using standard methods andcharacterized for the ability to bind to HER2 and the cQFD meditope.

Meditope-Enabled Trastuzumab Binds to Antigen and Meditope and hasIndistinguishable PK/PD Properties as Wild-Type Trastuzumab

In one study, to characterize antigen binding, wild-type trastuzumab andmeditope-enabled trastuzumab were labeled with Alexa 647 using standardprotocols. A cQFD (SEQ ID NO: 1) meditope-Fc fusion protein (produced asdescribed in Example 7 and shown in FIGS. 15 and 16) was labeled withAlexa488 using the same protocols. To show that the meditope-Fc binds tothe meditope-enabled trastuzumab and not to the wild-type trastuzumab,SKBR3 cells (0.5×10⁶), which over-express HER2, were incubated withlabeled wild-type and meditope-enabled trastuzumab for 30 minutes.Unbound antibody was washed and the cells were incubated with themeditope-Fc construct for 30 minutes. Antibody binding and meditopebinding were analyzed by FACS analysis. The FACS data demonstrate thatmeditope-enabled trastuzumab binds to HER2 expressed on the SKBR3 cells(e.g., the meditope site can be grafted onto an antibody without loss ofantigen specificity) (FIG. 22A), and that the meditope-Fc binds to themeditope-enabled trastuzumab, but not to wild-type trastuzumab (FIG.22B).

In another study, wild-type and meditope-enabled trastuzumab werelabeled with Alexafluor 488 using standard protocols. SKBR3 cells(0.5×10⁶) were trypsinized, washed once with 0.1% BSA, and incubatedwith 1, 10, or 100 nM wild-type or meditope-enabled trastuzumab, for 30minutes. Unbound antibody was washed twice and analyzed by flowcytometry. The results are shown in FIG. 43, demonstrating thatmeditope-enabled trastuzumab had a similar affinity forantigen-expressing cells as did wild-type trastuzumab.

In another study, a cQFD (SEQ ID NO: 1) meditope-Protein L fusionprotein (MPL) was labeled with Alexafluor 647 using the same standardprotocols. SKBR3 cells were trypsinized, washed once with 0.1% BSA, andthen pre-bound to wild-type trastuzumab (WT T) or meditope-enabledTrastuzumab™ (by incubation for 30 minutes). The cells then were washed,followed by another 30 min incubation with 0.1 μM or 1 μM MPL (right).Cells were washed twice and analyzed by flow cytometry (FACS). Cells notpre-bound antibody (MPL (WT) only) were used as a negative control. Theresults are shown in FIG. 44. Histograms demonstrate that cells bound tomeditope-enabled trastuzumab, but not unbound cells or cells bound towild-type trastuzumab, bound to the meditope-Protein L fusion protein.Dot plots show percentage of cells in each quadrant relative to the MPLonly control.

As shown in FIG. 45, the same results were obtained using ameditope-Protein L in which all but one lysine in the Protein L weremutated to Arg/Asn residues (MPL-5K).

These data demonstrate that meditope-enabled trastuzumab is able to bindto antigen to the same degree as the wild-type antibody, and that thatthe meditope-enabled trastuzumab (but not wild-type trastuzumab) bindsto the meditope. Thus, these data confirm that binding of the meditopesto the meditope binding site of this antibody did not affect antigenbinding in this study, demonstrating the tripartite interaction.

FIG. 50 (top panel) shows stick representations of the structures ofmeditope 18 (SEQ ID NO: 18, shown in Table 3, with aβ,β′-diphenylalanine at position 5) bound to cetuximab (dark greysticks), the same meditope (18) bound to meditope-enabled trastuzumab(white sticks), and wild-type trastuzumab (outline), superimposed. Thebottom panel shows a ribbon cartoon comparing wild-type andmeditope-enabled trastuzumab. The results demonstrate that the positionof residues important for binding with the meditope are in nearlyidentical places in cetuximab and the meditope-enabled trastuzumab. Theright panel of FIG. 50 shows a ribbon cartoon of wild-type andmeditope-enabled trastuzumab, demonstrating little difference instructure.

Likewise, FIG. 51, in the upper-left panel, shows a superposition of thestructures of trastuzumab and trastuzumab memAb (labeled“Meditope-enabled Memab”) with certain residues involved inmeditope-binding in the meditope-enabled antibody illustrated by sticks.The top right panel shows a superposition of the structures ofmeditope-enabled trastuzumab (memAb) and cetuximab, with the sameresidues labeled. As shown, Ile83 takes on two rotamers in therespective structures, which was determined not to be problematic, giventhat in the meditope bound meditope-enabled trastuzumab crystalstructure, it assumes the same rotamer as observed in cetuximab. Thebottom panel is a ‘cartoon/ribbon diagram’ figure of all threestructures superimposed, demonstrating no significant differencesoverall. Some differences in CDR loops were observed, as expected (givenbinding of these antibodies to different antigens).

Additionally, animal studies indicated that the biodistribution of themeditope-enabled trastuzumab and wild-type trastuzumab wereindistinguishable.

These data demonstrate that antibodies can be effectivelymeditope-enabled, while retaining other functions, by mutating residuesto correspond with those in the meditope-binding interface of cetuximab.

Meditope-Enabled Trastuzumab Binds to Meditope and Antigen, WhetherContacted Sequentially or Pre-Mixed with Meditope

Another study demonstrated that meditope bound to meditope-enabledtrastuzumab with similar efficiency whether the cells were pre-boundwith antibody (sequential) or a pre-formed meditope-antibody complex(pre-mixed) was applied to cells. The results are shown in FIG. 46. Inthis study, SKBR3 cells were trypsinized, washed once with 0.1% BSA,then incubated with 10 nM meditope-enabled Trastuzumab™ for 30 min,washed, and then incubated for another 30 min with 4, 20, or 100 nM MPL(left panel). Alternatively, 10 nM of TM was premixed with 4, 20, or 100nM of MPL for 30 min on ice, followed by application of the mixture tothe cells for 1 hr (right panel). Cells were washed twice and analyzedby FACS. Percentage of MPL-positive cells relative to no-treatmentcontrol is shown in the legend.

B. Generation of Meditope-Enabled HER2-Binding Antibody by CDR-Grafting

A meditope-enabled HER2-binding antibody was generated by grafting theCDRs of trastuzumab onto cetuximab.

Nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of a heavy chain of trastuzumabare shown in FIG. 25A (SEQ ID NOs: 11 and 12, respectively), with signalsequence and other sequences. Nucleic acid and amino acid sequence of alight chain of trastuzumab are shown in FIG. 25B (SEQ ID NOs: 13 and 14,respectively), with signal sequence and other sequences.

While the “boundaries” of the CDR loops of mAbs have been clearlydefined by sequence homology structural methods in general, the crystalstructure of trastuzumab was superimposed onto cetuximab and theposition of each residue examined to address potential differencesoutside of the CDR loops that may have a secondary effect on theconformation of the CDR loops; based on this information, additionalmodifications beyond modifying the CDRs. The amino acid sequences of thelight and heavy chains of the antibody designed to containtrastuzumab-like CDRs on a cetuximab-like framework were translated intoDNA sequences and the genes encoding each were synthesized. The aminoacid and nucleic acid sequences of the resulting heavy and light chainsof antibodies containing trastuzumab-like CDRs grafted ontocetuximab-like framework are shown in FIG. 47. Specifically, FIG. 47Ashows light chain nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO: 60) and light chain aminoacid (SEQ ID NO: 61) sequences of a CDR-grafted meditope-enabledtrastuzumab (with trastuzumab-like CDRs grafted onto a cetuximab-likeframework), with the signal sequence and other residues shaded. FIG. 47Bshows heavy chain nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO: 62) and heavy chain aminoacid (SEQ ID NO: 63) of this antibody.

The genes were then subcloned in frame into the remaining IgG DNAsequence, confirmed by DNA sequencing and placed in individualexpression vectors. The resulting expression vectors were transfectedinto NS0 cells for co-expression of the heavy and light chains. As theexpressed full-length CDR-grafted IgG was secreted, the supernatant wasclarified by centifugation, concentrated, and passed over a Protein Acolumn. IgG was eluted using a low pH solution and immediatelyneutralized. SDS-PAGE (poly acrylamide gel electrophoresis) was carriedout on the full-length CDR-grafted IgG, under reducing conditions. Theresults indicated two protein bands with apparent masses consistent withthe light and heavy chain. The position of the bands migrated at similarpositions compared to wild-type cetuximab.

To characterize antigen binding, wild-type trastuzumab and thetrastuzumab CDR-grafted, meditope-enabled mAb (memAb) were labeled withAlexafluor 647 using standard protocols. As described above, cQFD (SEQID NO: 1) meditope-Fc (produced as described in Example 7 and shown inFIGS. 15 and 16); Meditope-Fc was labeled with Alexafluor 488 using thesame protocols. To show that the meditope-Fc binds to the trastuzumabCDR-grafted, meditope-enabled mAb and not to the wild-type trastuzumab,SKBR3 cells (0.5×10⁶) which over-express HER2, were incubated withlabeled wild-type or CDR-grafted meditope-enabled trastuzumab asproduced in this example, for 30 minutes. Unbound antibody was washedand the cells were incubated with the meditope-Fc construct for 30minutes. Antibody binding and meditope binding were analyzed by FACSanalysis. As an important component of the “CDR-grafting.” The resultsare shown in FIG. 24. The FACS data showed that the trastuzumabCDR-grafted, meditope-enabled mAb bound to HER2 expressed on the SKBR3cells, demonstrating that CDR loops of one antibody (trastuzumab)grafted onto a meditope-enabled antibody (cetuximab) framework retainthe ability to bind to antigen (HER2) (FIG. 24A). The FACS data alsoshowed that the meditope-Fc bound to the trastuzumab CDR-grafted,meditope-enabled mAb, but not to wild-type trastuzumab (FIG. 24B),demonstrating that a CDR-grafted meditope-enabled antibody binds tomeditope.

It is noted that optimizing the production of the CDR-graftedmeditope-enabled trastuzumab would produce more material for morerigorous/quantitative characterization. The low amount of material andthus less rigorous/quantitative characterization (e.g., uncertainty inthe final concentration of the meditope-enabled trastuzumab and itslabeling with Alexafluor 647) in this study likely accounted for theapparent reduced affinity. There are art-known methods to optimizeantigen binding. The data show that the CDR-grafted meditope-enabledtrastuzumab bind the trastuzumab antigen (i.e., bind to HER2overexpressing SKBR3 cells) and bind to the meditope of SEQ ID NO: 1(i.e., antigen-expressing cells pretreated with the CDR-graftedmeditope-enabled trastuzumab bind to the meditope).

C. Generation of Meditope-Enabled CEA-Binding Antibody (Meditope-EnabledM5A) by Mutation

Additionally, an anti-CEA antibody (M5A) was meditope-enabled bymutation of residues to correspond to those of cetuximab. Specifically,as shown with shading in FIG. 56, eight point mutations were introducedin the light chain of the M5A antibody, allowing it to bind tomeditopes. The wild-type heavy chain sequence and the meditope-enabledlight chain sequence were cloned into a Lonza glutamine selectionexpression vector and transfected in NS0 cells. Two stable lines wereobtained, expressing the meditope-enabled mAb at ˜5 mg/L.

Binding of the meditope-enabled M5A to the M5A antigen (CEA) wasdemonstrated using LS174T cells by FACS. 500 nM of Alexa Fluor 488labeled wild-type or meditope-enabled M5A was incubated with trypsinizedcells and 9 μM of Alexa Fluor 647 labeled meditope-Protein L (seeExample 10) for 30 min, room temperature. Cells were washed twice with0.1% BSA and FACS analysis was performed. The results are shown in FIG.57. Given that M5A is a humanized antibody with the same backbone astrastuzumab, results showed that the meditope-Protein L bound readily tothe wild-type M5A. However, an enhanced binding was observed with themeditope-enabled M5A (M5A 8M), which is due to avidity gained fromsimultaneous binding of both the meditope and Protein L.

Additionally, SPR measurements were carried out as described hereinusing surface plasmon resonance, confirming binding of various meditopevariants to this meditope-enabled antibody, includingCQA(diphenyl)DLSTRRLKC (SEQ ID NO: 17), CQFDA(diphenyl)STRRLKC (SEQ IDNO: 18), meditope 31, and the cQYN meditope (FIG. 58).

Example 5 Modification of the Meditope Binding Site

The residues lining the meditope-binding site of one or more of theprovided meditope-enabled antibodies, such as cetuximab, aresystematically or randomly altered, for example, using degeneratelibraries and selection, to enhance and/or change the specificity of themeditope or meditope analogs (see Sheedy et al. 2007 and Akamatsu et al.2007, for methods of making alterations). Residues at these positionsare substituted with natural or non-natural amino acids or both, forexample, to improve the affinity of the meditope interaction and/oralter another property of the meditope-antibody interaction.

Residues of meditope-enabled antibodies that make contact with themeditope, line the cavity, and/or are otherwise important (such asresidues described for modification herein), are mutated. In oneexample, structural data, such as those obtained in the studiesdescribed above, are used to replace residues in the Fab, bymutagenesis, for example, to add additional hydrogen bonds, substituteamino acids for unnatural amino acids or alter the hydrophobicinterface, for example, in ways that might better complement meditopebinding. (See FIG. 21).

In one example, individual residues are systematically altered, followedby production and characterization of the mutant antibodies. In anotherexample, a library of IgGs is generated at the DNA level usingdegenerate oligos at sites of interest to produce members thatcollectively encode all 20 naturally-occurring amino acids at the siteor sites of interest, such that the library produces individual membersof the library having each amino acid substituted at one or more givensite.

A GPI domain was added, e.g., to the C-terminus of the Ig heavy chain,of the antibodies in the library. In one example, the library istransfected using standard methods; antibodies (e.g., IgGs) from thelibrary are expressed.

To demonstrate binding to a GPI-linked meditope-enabled antibodyaccording to these methods, a GPI-linked meditope-enabled trastuzumabwas produced. FIG. 54 shows that this GPI-linked meditope-enabledtrastuzumab bound to a meditope-Protein L (MPL), produced as describedin Example 10, below. In this study, 1×10^6 cells/sample were used.Cells were removed from plates by gentle pipetting and were washed oncewith 0.1% BSA (w/v) in PBS. AF647 MPL was diluted to 10 nM in washbuffer and incubated with cells for 30 min at room temperature. Cellswere washed twice and then analyzed by FACS.

Antibodies produced from the library are screened for one or moredesired traits. In one example, to select mutations that do not affectantigen binding, antibodies from the library (e.g., cells expressing theantibodies) that bind to a fluorescently labeled antigen to which theantibodies specifically bind (e.g., HER2, EGFR, IGFR, CLTA-4, etc.) areselected, e.g., by FACS (FIG. 20). In one example, antibodies selectedfor their antigen-binding capabilities are subjected to another round ofselection, for example, to select for mutant antibodies that bind to aspecific meditope, meditope analog, or other molecule of interest.

Following selection, the selected antibodies are characterized todetermine the desired combination of mutations. In one example,following cell sorting, PCR is used to identify the resulting mutationsthat facilitate or enhance meditope/analog/small molecule binding. Inone example, this process is repeated multiple times to‘evolve/optimize’ the desired characteristic, e.g., binding, pHdependency, PK, and/or PD.

Example 6 Variant Meditopes

Several variant meditopes were generated. For example, certain meditopevariants in Tables 3 and 4 (above) were synthesized, with demonstratedbinding affinities to cetuximab. For the peptides in Table 3, adisulfide linkage was used to connect the C and N termini (except thatmeditope 31 contained an additional tail, meaning that the disulfidelinkage is not between the two terminal residues). Meditopes 26, 27, 28,and 29 were biosynthesized and thus in this example, contained anadditional serine before the first cysteine, i.e., position zero.Further, in some embodiments, meditope 31 may optionally include a GGSKlinker. For the peptides in Table 4, a lactam bridge, a linkage otherthan disulfide (such as [3+2]cycloaddition), or no linkage was used asthe connector. For example, meditope 55 is a linear peptide that bindswithin the meditope-binding site. Individual meditopes in these tablesare discussed below.

As described above, the cyclic peptide cQFD (SEQ ID NO: 1) and cQYN (SEQID NO: 2) were identified and co-crystallized with cetuximab Fab, andshown to bind in a cavity created by the light and heavy chains of theFab. Biophysical and biochemical methods were used to characterize thisinteraction. Specifically, mutation of Phe3, Leu5, and Arg8 to alaninereduced the affinity of the meditope for the binding interface by44-183-fold. See Tables 6 and 7.

Meditope Modification and Chemistry Design

Based on the structural and thermodynamic data, multiple positionswithin the provided meditopes were identified as targets formodification, e.g., with substitutions and/or non-natural amino acids,for example, to enhance the overall binding affinity and/or to alteranother property. Modifications included generation of head-to-tailcyclic lactam peptides, modification of Arg8, modification of Phe3,modification of Leu5, modification of Leu10, and incorporation ofhydratable carbonyl functionality (see FIG. 31).

Modification of Arg8.

Modifications were made to Arg8. Based on structural data, it wasdetermined that Arg8 of the unmodified meditope (cQFD; SEQ ID NO: 1) isextended, making a hydrogen bond with the heavy chain carbonyl of Q105of the meditope-enabled antibody heavy chain. The immediate area aboutthis residue is hydrophobic, yet solvent-exposed (FIG. 33A).

Structural data indicated that incorporation of a modified Arg8 residuethat maintains the guanidinium functionality for meditope-enabledantibody H-bonding, while simultaneously introducing a hydrophobic armto partially fill the cavity, could produce significant gains inbinding, due to entropic increases, as supported by ligand dockingcalculations.

A variant meditope was generated containing an n-butyl-arginine atposition 8, meditope 54 (SEQ ID NO: 54, shown in Table 4), as follows:

To a stirred solution of 15, above, (23 mg, 0.03 mmol) in CH₂Cl₂ (0.6mL) were added EDCI (12 mg, 0.06 mmol, 2 equiv) and n-butylamine (4.4mg, 0.06 mmol, 2 equiv). After 5 min at room temperature (rt), thesolvent was removed in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gelcolumn chromatography (40-50% EtOAc/Hex) to afford the product 16,above, (23 mg, 95%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.78-7.70 (m, 2H),7.60-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.27 (m, 2H), 5.95-5.83 (m,1H), 5.52-5.42 (m, 1H), 5.36-5.22 (m, 2H), 4.61 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 2H),4.44-4.30 (m, 3H), 4.16 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.30-3.02 (m, 4H), 2.92 (s,2H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 1.98-1.80 (m, 1H),1.76-1.50 (m, 3H), 1.45 (s, 6H), 1.36-1.26 (m, 4H), 0.85 (t, J=7.2 Hz,3H); ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 171.9, 158.7, 156.4, 155.0, 144.0,143.8, 141.5, 138.5, 133.8, 132.4, 131.5, 128.0, 127.3, 125.2, 124.6,120.3, 119.6, 117.6, 86.5, 67.4, 66.5, 53.3, 47.3, 43.5, 41.5, 41.0,30.9, 30.7, 28.8, 25.4, 20.2, 19.5, 18.2, 13.9, 12.7; HRMS C₄₁H₅₂N₄O₇S[M+Na]⁺ calc'd 767.3449. found. 767.3455.

To a stirred solution of 16, above, (23 mg, 0.03 mmol) in THF (0.8 mL)were added N-methylaniline (10 mg, 0.09 mmol, 3 equiv) and Pd(PPh₃)₄ (2mg, 0.0015 mmol, 0.05 equiv). After 45 min at rt, the solvent wasremoved in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (MeOH:CH₂Cl₂:HOAc=25:1:0.1) to afford the product 17,above, (20 mg, 90%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 7.78-7.70 (m, 2H),7.60-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.24 (m, 2H), 5.95-5.83 (m,1H), 4.48-4.10 (m, 5H), 3.30-3.02 (m, 4H), 2.90 (s, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H),2.50 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.86 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.74 (m, 1H),1.72-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 6H), 1.30-1.22 (m, 4H), 0.82 (t, J=7.2 Hz,3H); ¹³C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl₃) δ 174.9, 158.9, 156.6, 155.2, 144.0,143.8, 141.5, 138.5, 133.3, 132.4, 129.3, 128.5, 128.0, 127.3, 125.3,124.8, 120.2, 117.7, 86.6, 67.4, 53.4, 47.4, 43.4, 41.6, 41.1, 31.4,29.9, 28.8, 25.2, 20.1, 19.5, 18.2, 13.9, 12.7; HRMS C₃₈H₄₈N₄O₇S [M+Na]⁺calc'd 727.3136. found. 727.3144.

See Martin, N. I., and Liskamp, R. M. J. Org. Chem. 2008, 73, 7849-7851.

Synthesis of Arg-Butyl Meditope 54.

Additionally, meditope 54 ((SEQ ID NO: 54), in the above structure) wasprepared as according to solid phase Fmoc synthesis protocol usingFmoc-N-butyl Arg derivative 17. FIG. 59 shows an HPLC trace and massspectrum of meditope 54.

The structure of meditope 54 bound to a cetuximab Fab fragment (backsideview) is shown in FIG. 48, with structures of the 5-positionβ,β′-diphenylalanine meditope (SEQ ID NO: 18, meditope 18) and cQFD(meditope 1, SEQ ID NO: 1) superimposed. As shown in Table 7, below,meditope 54 was determined by SPR to bind to cetuximab with an averageK_(D) of 745.2 nM.

In some examples, this meditope-enabled antibody binding pocketidentified in these studies is explored as described herein for newcontacts (meditopes or analogs) that may increase affinity of ameditope-meditope-enabled antibody interaction.

Modification of Phe3.

Various modifications were made to Phe3 of cQFD. Structural datademonstrated that the hydroxyl group of the meditope variant Phe3TyrcQYN (SEQ ID NO: 2) has an alteration in the extended conformation ofthe Arg8 side chain as compared to cQFD (meditope 1) (see FIGS. 30C and35). SPR demonstrated that the overall affinity of this variant for thecetuximab Fab was reduced. ITC measurements indicated a significantdecrease in entropy for this Phe3Tyr cQYN variant upon binding that wasoff-set by a favorable increase in enthalpy compared to unmodifiedmeditope (SEQ ID NO: 1) (from −2.1 kCal/mol to −7.9 kCal/mol [n=3])(FIG. 30D). Structural data suggested the formation of a favorablehydrogen bond network, with water bound to the Fab.

It was determined that when bound to a meditope-enabled antibody, thehydrophobic phenyl ring of Phe3 was surrounded by a fairly polar arrayof side chain residues of a meditope-enabled antibody (cetuximab) Fab(FIG. 35). It was desired to introduce one or more halogen atom onto thephenyl ring, which could participate in halogen bonding (relativelystrong non-covalent bonding, similar to a hydrogen bond but involvingthe interaction of a halogen such as bromine or chlorine with an oxygenatom), such as by incorporation of an ortho-meta- and/or para-bromophenyl substituent to favorably place a bromine atom for halogen bondingwith Tyr87 (light chain), Gln39, and/or Tyr91 (heavy chain) of ameditope-enabled antibody, respectively. Meditopes 36 (SEQ ID NO: 36),37 (SEQ ID NO: 37), and 38 (SEQ ID NO: 38) were generated, containing2-bromo-L-phenylalanine, 3-bromo-L-phenylalanine, and4-bromo-L-phenylalanine, respectively, in place of the Phe at position3. These meditopes were co-crystallized with cetuximab Fab. Thesecommercially available derivatives were incorporated by SPPS. Structuresare shown in FIG. 39. Diffraction data are shown in FIG. 40. Affinitiesof some of these meditopes for the cetuximab Fab (average K_(D) values)were determined by SPR and are listed in Table 7, below.

Additionally, based on the structural information for the meditopecontaining a Phe3His mutation (meditope 33, SEQ ID NO: 33), a meditopewas synthesized with β,β′-diphenylalanine at position 3 (meditope 17,SEQ ID NO: 17). As shown in FIG. 41, a significant improvement in thebinding affinity for cetuximab was observed by SPR, representing aroughly 4-fold increase compared to cQFD (increase in affinity by afactor of approximately 4 to 5 (˜200 nM)).

Modification of Leu5 and Leu10.

Modifications were made to Leu5 and Leu10. It was determined that theLeu5 and Leu10 side chains make hydrophobic contacts to themeditope-enabled Fab (FIG. 36, right panel; Leu10). In one example,natural amino acids (Phe/Tyr/Trp) and/or non-natural analogs (e.g.,β,β′-diphenylalanine, branched alkyl, extended aromatics such asnapthyl, etc.) are systematically introduced via SPPS at one or both ofthese positions. The observation, above, that introduction ofβ,β′-diphenylalanine at position three increased the overall affinityfor the cetuximab Fab (see FIGS. 41-42), demonstrated success byintroducing such non-natural amino acids in the meditopes. Accordingly,a β,β′-diphenylalanine was introduced at position 5 and the averageaffinity of the resulting meditope (meditope 18, SEQ ID NO: 18)determined by SPR to be 687 nM (see Table 7, below). These data confirmthat use of structural biology to identify regions for alteration andmutation of residues are useful to alter characteristics of themeditopes, such as to improve their binding kinetics. In anotherembodiment, the same modification may be made to Leu10.

Alternative Cyclization Strategies and Replacement of Disulfide Bridge

Alternative cyclization strategies were used to replace the disulfidebridge in cQFD and other meditopes. As shown in Table 4, various lactamcyclization strategies were used, including those involving natural andnon-natural amino acids, generated based on different startingmaterials, including glycine, β-Ala, 7-aminoheptanoic acid,diaminopropionic acid, and isoaspartic acid, to produce different lactamring sizes (see FIG. 31, left and middle boxes).

In one example, a 7-aminoheptanoic acid was used to replace thedisulfide bridge of the original cQFD meditope, and the affinity of theresulting meditope for the cetuximab Fab fragment determined by SPR(meditope 42, SEQ ID NO: 42). The SPR data are shown in FIG. 41, bottompanel. Although the binding affinity was decreased compared to cQFD,these data indicate that modifications can be made to the meditope toaddress potential issues with pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics andtoxicity in animal and human studies. It is noted that alternativelinkers can be combined with unnatural amino acids at other positionswithin the meditope.

Other variant meditopes with lactam linkages were generated usingglycine, 7-aminoheptanoic acid, iso-aspartic acid, β-alanine, anddiaminopropionic acid (see meditopes 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 49, 51, 52, 53,and 54, listed in Table 4 and others). Affinities for some of thesemeditope variants for cetuximab Fab are listed in Table 7.

An azide alkyne Huisgen cycloaddition was used to produce a triazole asa linkage in meditope 50, by incorporating propargylglycine at position12 and beta-azidoalanine at position 1 and carrying out a cyclizationbetween these termini.

Additional cyclization strategies, such as ‘click’ chemistry and olefinmetathesis, also were used (FIG. 31, right boxes). For example,head-to-tail lactam peptides were designed and synthesized by solidphase peptide synthesis (SPPS) starting from Fmoc-Asp (Wang resinLL)-Oall (FIG. 31, lower left box & FIG. 32). One such variant, meditope32 (SEQ ID NO: 32), with FITC conjugation, was shown to bind tocetuximab in a similar manner but with slightly reduced affinitycompared to the unmodified meditope of SEQ ID NO: 1 (meditope 1). Otherhead-to-tail lactam variant meditopes produced include meditopes 33-47,49, and 50-54 (see Tables 4 and 7). Meditope 48 in Table 4 wasengineered with a disulfide linkage and a 4:11 lactam linkage.

Meditope 32 was conjugated with fluorescein for FACS analysis. Inanother example, this strategy is applied to conjugate the meditope withDOTA for in vivo PET imaging.

Structural data demonstrated that additional positions are amendable tocyclization, such as by cyclization between residues 3 and 11 or 4 and11.

Meditope 55, a linear peptide, was produced and demonstrated to bind tothe meditope-enabled antibody, cetuximab, albeit with reduced affinity.

Hydratable Carbonyl Functionality.

In another example, a meditope with hydratable carbonyl capabilities isdeveloped to create a highly selective but irreversible interaction.Several Fab hydroxyl-bearing side chains in a meditope-enabled antibodythat surround the meditope cavity are exploited through selectivetrapping, by formation of their corresponding hemi-acetal or -ketal,using a hydratable-enabled meditope. For example, Arg8 of the meditopeextends in proximity to Ser43 of the light chain (3.5 Å) and Tyr91 ofthe heavy chain (3.8 and 4.0 Å) of the meditope-enabled antibody lightchain, according to Kabat numbering (FIG. 36, left panel). In oneexample, incorporation of a hydratable carbonyl functionality at the endof Arg8 or Leu10 of the meditope allows selective formation of a serineor tyrosine hemi-acetal, which essentially affords irreversible binding.In another example, a residue containing boronic acid is integrated intothe meditope as an alternative to a hydratable carbonyl group. Boronicacid plays an important role in the structural activity of bortezamib(Velcade®), which is used to treat multiple myeloma. Representativeexamples of such hydratable residues are also shown in FIG. 36 or 34,where R=—CH₂CHO or —CH₂B(OH)₂. In some examples, such analogs aremodified using SPPS (Duggan, P. J. and D. A. Offermann (2007). “ThePreparation of Solid-Supported Peptide Boronic Acids Derived from4-Borono-L-phenylalanine and their Affinity for Alizarin,” AustralianJournal of Chemistry, 60(11): 829-834.

Other Methods

In some examples, fluorescence polarization assays are used to identifymeditope variants that can displace a given meditope, such as SEQ IDNO: 1. In other examples, the same technique is used to identify smallmolecules that can displace the meditope and then use these smallmolecules as templates to further improve the binding affinity of themeditopes.

Characterization of Meditopes

For characterization, variant meditope peptide lyophilized powders weresuspended in 500 μL of 10 mM Tris pH 8.0 buffer and dialyzed 3 timesinto 1 L of H₂O each time. The final volume after dialysis was carefullymeasured and absorbance measurements were taken to estimate theconcentration (typically 1-10 mM). These stock solutions were used tomake dilutions into HBS-EP buffer (10 mM Hepes pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 3 mMEDTA and 0.05% v/v surfactant P20) for SPR measurements. SPRmeasurements were carried out on the GE Biacore T100 instrument using aCM5 chip with cetuximab IgG or cetuximab Fab ligand immobilized usingamine coupling chemistry. Ligands were immobilized at low levelssuitable for kinetic data. Typical kinetics SPR experiments were carriedout at a flow rate of 30 μL/min using HBS-EP as both running andregeneration buffer. Kinetic parameters were calculated using theBiacore T100 evaluation software version 2.0.1.

Isothermal titration calorimetry experiments were performed in 100 mMHepes, pH 7.4 at 25° C. using Nano ITC calorimeter (TA Instruments). Ina typical experiment, 250 μl of protein (Fab or IgG) at 0.03-0.06 mMwere loaded into the calorimeter cell (163 μl or 185 μl) and the titrant(meditope, at 0.3-0.8 mM) was loaded into a 50 μl syringe. The cellsolution was stirred at 250 rpm and upon equilibration the titrant wasadded in 2-2.5 μl increments. Heat of the reaction was measured and thedata was processed using NanoAnalyze software (TA Instruments).Background heat was subtracted by averaging the last four measurementsor by subtracting heat of reaction obtained from titration of themeditope at the same concentration into buffer containing no protein.

A number of the meditope variants were co-crystallized with cetuximabFab fragment. Meditopes were purified to >95% homogeneity andstructurally characterized by mass spectrometry. Peptides were dialyzedin water. Their concentrations were measured, for example, in somecases, by UV-Vis and calibrated with elemental analysis, and diluted(>100×) into the appropriate buffer. The structures of some of thesemeditope variants, corresponding to SEQ ID NOs: 15-18, 22-25 and 31-40,are shown in FIG. 39.

Interactions of various meditopes with the meditope-enabled antibodycetuximab were characterized by X-Ray diffraction. Since theco-crystallization conditions of the cetuximab Fab fragment and themeditope of SEQ ID NO: 1 are well-established, diffraction qualitycrystals were typically obtained in 1 to 3 days, typically 1 day. Fulldata sets were collected in 8 to 12 hours with an in-house source(Rigaku 007-HF and an R-Axis IV++) and in less than 10 min at theStanford Synchrotron Radiation Lightsource, which allows for rapidcharacterization of the interactions of the meditope variants withcetuximab.

Diffraction data were collected for various different meditope-Fab(cetuximab) complexes, including complexes containing the cQFD (SEQ IDNO: 1) and cQYN (SEQ ID NO: 2) meditopes and modified meditopes. X-raydiffraction data for several meditopes are shown in FIG. 40. Most ofthese co-crystal structures were shown to diffract beyond 2.4 Å and bewell refined, with R and R_(Free) less than 20 and 24%, respectively.All of these meditope variants have very good stereochemical values(Molprobity scores above 89^(th) percentile).

For SPR measurements, low density and high density chips were conjugatedwith the cetuximab Fab or full IgG. Each chip was first characterizedusing a soluble fragment of the entire extracellular domain of EGFR(residues 1-621). Similar kinetics and binding affinities were observedas previously reported. Using the low density chips, on and off rateswere measured for the unmodified meditope and determined to bek_(on)=9.2×10⁴ M⁻¹s⁻¹ and k_(off)=9.9×10⁻³ s⁻¹, respectively. Withmeditopes of SEQ ID NO: 1 and 2, consistent with ITC, similar values forthe Fab-conjugated chip and the IgG-conjugated chip were observed,demonstrating that either can be used for binding assessments.

Table 7, below, lists information on the average dissociation constants(K_(D)s), which were determined by SPR, for several of the meditopeslisted in Tables 3 and 4.

TABLE 7 Dissociation Constants Determined by SPR SEQ ID NO/ Meditope No.Average K_(D) (nM) 1 898.8 2 3500 15 18300 16 2828 17 624.9 18 687 2111180 22 54820 23 9460 24 14180 25 39340 26 34000 27 57000 28 140000 292200 31 102.5 32 5041 33 No binding observed 34 No binding observed 35No binding observed 36 1791 37 29130 39 8186 40 No binding observed 41No binding observed 42 1520 43 1619 44 16490 45 4634 46 5467 48 517.1**49 23800 50 21002 51 433.3 52 1264 53 No binding observed 54 745.2 558684 **In this study, meditope 48 hydrolyzed to the original meditope.

Binding of several meditopes to the meditope-enabled antibody cetuximabwas rigorously characterized by ITC, SPR, X-ray diffraction andcombinations thereof. ITC measurements were performed on a TAInstruments nanoITC, with as little as 1-2 mg of peptide permeasurement. ITC, SPR and X-ray diffraction data, e.g., collectively,provide atomic detail to guide subsequent chemical modifications andultimately improve the affinity of the meditopes and/or make otheralterations to the meditopes. A calculation based on ΔG=−RT in Ka showsthat the difference between micromolar and nanomolar affinity of ameditope for cetuximab results from a change in free energy at 300 K of˜4 kCal/mol, which is on the order of a strong hydrogen bond. Thus, theloss of an ordered water molecule from a protein binding pocket or thereorientation of an amino acid residue-chain may be sufficient to alterbinding by orders of magnitude.

The data in this example demonstrate that a large number of meditopepermutations may be systematically and efficiently introduced,indicating that a large number of meditope variant permutations may begenerated, for example, to produce altered meditope-meditope enabledantibody binding affinity, pharmacokinetics (PK), pharmacodynamics (PD),toxicity, and/or ability to bind or strength of binding under differingconditions, such as pH, e.g., pH dependence, for example, to producehigh affinity meditopes.

In one example, after characterization by ITC, SPR and diffractionmethods, the meditope with the highest affinity (or other desiredproperty, e.g., pH dependence) is subsequently modified, e.g., tofurther improve the desired property (e.g., overall affinity or pHdependence).

Example 7 Generation of Multivalent Meditopes

Bivalent and other multivalent meditopes were generated, e.g., for usein enhancing selectivity and/or binding affinity by “cross-linking”meditope-enabled antibodies on the surface of cells expressing antigen.

Bivalent Meditope-Fc

The use of the Fc region to ‘dimerize’ ligands is established anddescribed, for example, by Jazayeri J A & Carroll G J., “Fc-basedcytokines: prospects for engineering superior therapeutics,” BioDrugs,22(1):11-26 (2008) To generate a bivalent meditope, the meditope cQFD(SEQ ID NO: 1) was fused to the N-terminus of the Fc region of an IgGthrough a flexible peptide linker of 17 amino acids in length, comprisedof glycine and serines. The length of the linker was chosen to roughlymatch the distance between the Fabs of an IgG. The nucleic acid andamino acid sequences of the resulting “meditope-Fc” are shown in FIG. 15(SEQ ID NO: 3 and 4, respectively). The structure of the meditope-Fc isshown in FIG. 16.

To demonstrate enhanced binding to antigen afforded by the multivalencyof the meditope-Fc, 0.5×10⁶ MDA-MB-468 cells were labeled with 10 nMcetuximab for 30 min at room temperature, washed, then incubated with0.1, 0.3, 1 and 3 μM of bivalent meditope-Fc or monomeric meditope for30 min at room temperature, washed, and then analyzed by FACS. As shownin FIG. 17, FACS analysis demonstrated that the meditope-Fc, correctedfor the stoichiometry, bound to cells pre-treated with cetuximab withhigher affinity compared to the meditope monomer. The interaction wasdemonstrated to be specific to the meditope-enabled mAb (cetuximab).These data demonstrate synergy using meditope-Fc, combined with ameditope enabled mAb, and thus that a bivalent meditope can besubstituted for a second antibody to produce synergistic effects.

In another study, the meditope-Fc fusion protein was labeled withAlexa488 as described above. MDA-MB-468 cells were labeled withcetuximab or M425 (a murine anti-EGFR antibody) for 30 minutes. Unboundantibody was washed and the cells were incubated with the meditope-Fc(600 nM, 180 nM, or 60 nM) for 30 minutes. Antibody binding and meditopebinding were analyzed by FACS analysis. The FACS data, shown in FIG. 49demonstrate that the meditope-Fc bound to the cells incubated withcetuximab, but not to cells incubated with M425 or those not incubatedwith any antibody, with increasing signal at higher concentrations ofmeditope-Fc.

Similar to the FACS experiments described above, MDA-MB-468 cells weretreated with Alexa 555-labeled cetuximab, washed, incubated with Alexa488-labeled meditope-Fc, and washed. The cells were then imaged at 20×by microscopy (FIG. 61A). Strong surface-associated staining ofCetuximab was observed. The meditope-FC also localized to the cellsurface and appeared to co-localize with cetuximab (FIG. 61A).Concomitant with this staining, we also observe the co-localization ofthe labeled meditope-Fc was observed (FIG. 61A, white arrows). Thisco-localization, however, was absent in cells which that were notpre-treated with cetuximab (FIG. 61B).

Taken together, these experiments show that the meditope binds toEGFR-expressing cells that are pre-treated with cetuximab, that using amultivalent scaffold affords creates a higher apparent affinity forcetuximab pre-treated cells, and that the apparent binding affinity, inthis study, was more sensitive.

The ability of a bivalent meditope-Fc to induce cell death inconjunction with the meditope-enabled antibody, cetuximab, was confirmedusing an MTT assay. 4000 MDA-MB-468 cells were placed in each well of a96 well plate in 80 μl of medium. 10 μl of 1 μM cetuximab was addedalong with 10 μl of 0.1, 1 or 10 μM of monovalent meditope(cQFD—(control) or bivalent meditope-Fc (two cQFDs) to a finalconcentration of 0.1 μM cetuximab and 0.01, 0.1 and 1 μM meditope ormeditope-Fc. Each component was also added alone with PBS as control.After a 48-hour incubation, 10 μl of MTT reagent was added and allowedto incubate for another 4 hours. The culture supernatant was thenremoved, 100 μl of MTT crystal dissolving reagent was added, and theplate was read at 630 nm. Neither addition of monovalent meditope (aloneor with cetuximab), or meditope-Fc alone altered cell growthsignificantly. Addition of meditope-Fc together with cetuximab, however,inhibited cell growth, as shown in FIG. 28A.

The ability of the multivalent meditope-Fc to enhance cell killing bycetuximab to a degree comparable to a second anti-EGFR antibody wasdemonstrated by MTT assay. The assay compared the enhancement ofcetuximab-mediated inhibition of antigen-expressing tumor cell growth bymeditope-Fc and by M425 (a mouse anti-EGFR antibody). 4000 MDA-MB-468cells were placed in each well of a 96 well plate in 80 μl of medium. 10μl of 1 μM cetuximab was added, along with 10 μl of either 2, 4 or 8 μMof meditope-Fc or M425, to a final concentration of 0.1 μM cetuximab andeither 0.2, 0.4 or 0.8 μM meditope-Fc or M425. cetuximab added with PBSalone was used as control. After a 48-hour incubation period, 10 μl MTTreagent was added and the mixture allowed to incubate for an additional4 hours. The culture supernatant was removed, 100 μl of MTT crystaldissolving reagent added, and the plate read at 630 nm. As shown in FIG.28B, meditope-Fc and M425 enhanced the cell-killing capacity ofcetuximab to a similar degree.

In some examples, the composition of and the distance between the Fc andmeditope are systematically explored to optimize affinity andspecificity. In one example, each natural or unnatural residue issubstituted at any position within the linker, for optimization. Inanother example, the linker is ‘rigidified’ to limit the radius ofgyration and to enhance the affinity and specificity of the Fc-meditope.In one example, a coiled coil domain is placed between the meditope andthe Fc (FIG. 18). In another example, inert protein domains (e.g.,immunoglobulin folds) are substituted for the linker. In one example,multiple immunoglobulin folds are placed between the meditope and the Fcdomain. In certain examples, the composition of the linker is of humanorigin, e.g., to mitigate potential antigenicity.

Multivalent Scaffolds

To address the receptor constraints on the linker, meditopes werecoupled to multivalent scaffolds.

Multivalent meditopes were designed to “latch-on” to adjacent IgGs toform a “daisy-chain”-like array (see FIG. 8). Synthesis of aFITC-labeled bivalent meditope was developed using “Click” chemistry,using compound 2 (SEQ ID NO: 32). Templates 4 and 5 of FIG. 13, wereused to form bi- and trivalent meditopes, respectively. A 30 Å PEGbifunctional arm was incorporated in the synthesis of a FITC-labeledbivalent meditope containing meditopes of SEQ ID NOs: 32 (meditopes 32),namely compound 13, shown in FIG. 13. As also shown in FIG. 13, atrivalent meditope (compound 14) also was successfully synthesized. FIG.14 illustrates the characterization of this fluorescein isothiocyanate(FITC)-labeled meditope compound 13.

In other examples, differing lengths of polyethylene glycol (PEG) (andother) linkers are used, for example, to optimize binding. In otherexamples, this synthetic approach is used to incorporate DOTA forradionuclide imaging. The distance between the CDR regions within an IgGis ˜130 Å. End-to-end distances of commercially available PEGs extend to90 Å (Pierce), which would exceed the IgG distance. In one example, thelength of the PEG linker is systematically varied, bearing in mind thisconstraint.

In some examples, trivalent or higher valency scaffolds are used, withthe goal of having more than one antibody “daisy chained”. In someexample, different scaffolds and linkers are used to generate highaffinity multivalent meditopes. In one example, DNA is used as a morerigid scaffold.

Different scaffolds of biological and chemical origin also are used toachieve multivalency. This includes, but is not limited to, constructinga bivalent or trivalent scaffold, using streptavidin or collagen (on theworld wide web at ip.com.patapp/EP2065402A1, strepavidin as atetravalent scaffold, unique scaffolds on the world wide web atsciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0022283611000283), Origami DNA(on the world wide web atnature.com/nnano/journal/v4/n4/abs/nnano.2009.5.html and the like. Achemical scaffold may also be created using molecules including, but notlimited to, DNA (single strand, duplex, Holliday junctions, aptamers andthe like), RNA (single strand, hairpin, stem loop, aptamers and thelike), PNA (peptide nucleic acids), DNA/PNA duplexes and triplexes forrigidity, inorganic or organic nanoparticles (directly coupled orcoupled through organic polymers such as PEG), organic polymers that canform duplexes with themselves and/or with DNA or PNA.

Multivalent Meditope Characterization

In one example, the multivalent meditopes are characterized by SPR andITC, to verify that conjugation to the multivalent scaffold does notaffect the meditope-IgG interaction.

In other examples, FACS analysis, cell viability assays, and otherassays are used. For example, cell viability assays are used asdescribed above for meditope-Fc to quantify the effect of themultivalent meditope directly on cells that overexpress the antigenrecognized by the meditope-enabled antibody of choice, such as EGFR whenthe meditope-enabled antibody is cetuximab. For example, MTT,3-(4,5-Dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide, is used toquantify the number or percentage of viable cells. In some examples, ashift at far lower concentrations than observed for the correspondingmonovalent meditope and/or a relative increase in percentage of cellsthat shift, is observed.

In some examples, for multivalent meditopes that demonstrate activity insuch assays, Western blot analysis is performed to follow otherparameters, such as phosphorylation status of EGFR, AKT, and MAPK in thecase of antibodies targeting the EGFR signaling pathway, such ascetuximab. In one example, the data are compared with data from antibody(e.g., cetuximab)-only treated cells and cells treated with inhibitors(e.g., tyrosine kinase inhibitors (AG1478)). An increase in cell deathas a function of multivalent meditope concentration is observed.

In one example, to further confirm the additive effects of themultivalent meditope, the non-labeled, monovalent meditope is used tocompete with the labeled multivalent meditope for the antigen-boundcetuximab.

Example 8 Meditope Binding Affinity as a Function of pH

The composition of the meditope was altered to affect the bindingaffinity as a function of pH. As shown in FIG. 27, the binding affinityof three different meditope variants was measured as a function ofbuffer pH. The results demonstrated that cQYD (SEQ ID NO: 16, meditope16) meditope variant had a marked decrease in affinity for themeditope-enabled antibody cetuximab at lower pH. Substitution of theaspartate to asparagine in the cQYN variant produced a flat pHdependence. The affinity of the cQFD meditope (SEQ ID NO: 1) wasdetermined to be slightly greater at higher pHs. Collectively, thesedata demonstrate that the affinity of the meditope-memAb interaction canbe tailored to pH, which is used, for example, to generate meditopevariants for the specific release at low pH, such as in lysozymes fordrug delivery, and/or to bind with higher affinity in a hypoxicenvironment, e.g., tumor stroma.

Example 9 Meditope Analogs, Fragments, and Other Compounds

Screening methods were carried out to identify meditope analogs andcompounds, such as small molecules, fragments, aptamers, nucleic acidmolecules, peptibodies and/or other substances that bindmeditope-enabled antibodies near meditope-binding sites and in someaspects can be linked to meditopes, for example, to improve theiraffinities for the meditope-binding sites.

Fluorescence Polarization Assays:

To identify compounds, including alternative molecules that could bindat the meditope binding site of meditope-enabled antibodies and thus beused for similar functions, a displacement assay was established. Acyclic meditope was synthesized and chemically attached to afluorescein, generating a fluorescein-labeled meditope of the followingsequence: AcCQFDLSTRRLRCGGGSK (SEQ ID NO: 31, cysteines form a disulfidelinkage)-Fluorescein. This fluorescently-labeled peptide was thentitrated with cetuximab and the fluorescence polarization measured. Theinteraction between the labeled meditope and mAb cause a change in thefluorescence polarization/intensity of the fluorescent tag. Thedissociation constant, 1 μM, closely matched values obtained fromsurface plasmon resonance and isothermal titration calorimetry. Anon-labeled meditope, AcCQFDLSTRRLRCGGGSK (SEQ ID NO: 31), was used todisplace the fluorescein-label peptide pre-bound to cetuximab. Thefluorescence polarization was monitored. Compounds that blocked themeditope-antibody interaction altered the fluorescent polarizationproperties. As shown in FIG. 37, a sigmoid curve indicative of acompetition reaction was observed. Accordingly, this method is usefulfor identifying meditope analogs.

Based on these data, an initial screen to identify small moleculescapable of displacing the meditope was carried out. In this study, 42lead compounds at concentrations of 50 μM were identified from a libraryof 30,000 small molecule compounds. FIG. 38 shows five such leadcompounds.

In another example, these compounds are characterized further, forexample, by crystallography.

Diffraction Methods.

Cetuximab Fab was shown to diffract beyond 2.5 Å, as shown above.Established diffraction-based methods (well-established for identifyinglead compounds (Shuker et al. 1996; Erlanson et al. 2001; Hughes et al.2011)) were used to identify candidate compounds, including compoundsthat can be coupled to a meditope, for example, to improve affinity forthe meditope binding site. A library of small molecules was developed tosoak into crystals of cetuximab. Diffraction data from these soaks wascollected and several data sets analyzed. In these initial studies, twoadditional sites were identified on cetuximab that are amendable forfragment growth and optimization.

In another example, such fragments (small molecules that can serve asbuilding blocks for larger entities), such as chemical groups, e.g.,imidazole or other chemical group, are grown (chemically derivatized) toenhance their binding and specificity and/or are chemically tethered tothe meditope. Optimization of this chemical coupling can significantlyenhance the overall binding affinity.

NMR Screening:

NMR was used to identify fragments for optimization of meditopes, e.g.,by linkage to the meditope, and/or use in lieu of the meditope (i.e., asmeditope analogs). To identify these leads, one dimensional (1D) spectraof pools containing 15 to 20 fragments were collected. Cetuximab wasadded to each pool and second 1D spectra were collected. Compounds thatbound (transiently) with cetuximab underwent rapid magnetizationtransfer, resulting in a loss of intensity. The spectra were comparedbefore and after addition of cetuximab and altered peaks identified,indicating interactions.

In one example, these peaks are pre-assigned to a specific compound, andthus immediately known. Alternatively, the pools are subdivided and thespectra recollected. After several rounds, the exact identity of thecompound is known. In these experiments, the precise position of theinteraction is not known. The binding site is determined by NMR or thefluorescence polarization assay. Alternatively, the Fab fragment islabeled with NMR active and inactive nuclei (e.g., ¹³C, ¹⁵N and ²H),followed by multiple NMR experiments performed to assign the spectrum,and use of the fragment library to identify the binding position. Usingthis procedure, a set of initial lead compounds has been identified(FIG. 19, bottom).

Virtual Ligand Screening:

Virtual ligand screening was used to identify lead compounds to functionas meditopes. Using crystal structure, standard programs (e.g.,Schroerdinger Glide) were used to define a “box’ about a site of themacromolecule (the meditope binding site); known ligands were docked tothis site. Potential lead compounds were scored by a select energyfunction. In this study, approximately 100 lead compounds wereidentified.

In another example, additional analogs found by diffraction methods areoptimized and used in lieu of the meditope for drug delivery,multivalent scaffolding and other functions.

In another example, mutations in the light and heavy chains are made tochange the specificity of the ligand (meditope) and all theabove-described methods (including fluorescence polarization, NMRscreening, phage display, and diffraction methods are used to optimizedalternative ligands.

Example 10 Meditope-Protein L Fusion

Characterization by diffraction of the cQFD meditope-enabled Fabfragment bound to a meditope demonstrated that the N- and C-termini ofthe meditope were juxtaposed to the location of bound Protein L, abacterial protein that binds to human IgGs. See FIG. 52, showing thecrystal structure of meditope 18 (5-β,β′-diphenyl), Protein L (left),Protein A (right) and Fab (grey cartoon) and meditope-enabledtrastuzumab Fab.

To generate a meditope that binds to meditope-enabled antibodies withgreater affinity via energy additivity, a meditope-Protein L fusionpolypeptide was produced. Based on structural data information, fourglycines were introduced to link the C-terminus of the cQFD meditope andthe N-terminus of Protein L. The coding sequence of a meditope-Protein Lfusion protein is set forth in SEQ ID NO: 56.

The amino acid sequence of an encoded protein, including a His6-Smt3 tag(plain text), meditope (underlined), and Protein L (bold) is set forthbelow and in SEQ ID NO: 57:

(SEQ ID NO: 57) HHHHHHSSGLVPRGSHMASMSDSEVNQEAKPEVKPEVKPETHINLKVSDGSSEIFFKIKKTTPLRRLMEAFAKRQGKEMDSLRFLYDGIRIQADQTPEDLDMEDNDIIEAHREQIGGSCQFDLSTRRLKCGGGGSEVTIKVNLIFADGKIQTAEFKGTFEEATAEAYRYAALLAKVNGEYTADLEDGGNHMNIKFAG

The amino acid sequence of the meditope-Protein L fusion protein, aftercleavage of the tag, is set forth below (meditope underlined; twocysteins that are cyclized (e.g., by peroxide or overnight with air) setforth in bold text) SEQ ID NO: 58:

(SEQ ID NO: 58) SCQFDLSTRRLKCGGGGSEVTIKVNLIFADGKIQTAEFKGTFEEATAEAYRYAALLAKVNGEYTADLEDGGNHMNIKFAG.

Binding constants for the interaction of this fusion protein (andseparately, the interaction of each individual component) withmeditope-enabled antibodytrastuzumab were measured by surface plasmonresonance (SPR). The binding constant for the interaction betweenProtein L and the meditope-enabled trastuzumab was approximately 0.5 μM.For the interaction between the meditope and the meditope-enabledtrastuzumab Fab fragment, it was approximately 1 μM. The bindingconstant for the interaction between the meditope-Protein L fusionprotein and the IgG, however, was 165 pM. FIG. 53 shows surface plasmonresonance (SPR) data for a meditope-Protein L fusion (MPL): The toppanel shows the traces of MPL being added to the meditope-enabledtrastuzumab at concentrations up to 10 nM. The fit data indicates abinding affinity of 165 pM. The bottom panel shows the traces of ProteinL (only) added at the same concentrations to the meditope-enabledtrastuzumab, showing that there was no binding at this concentration inthis study. This result demonstrated far stronger binding between thefusion protein and meditope-enabled antibody compared to the individualinteractions, indicating improved affinity via additivity.

Point mutations were created in Protein L and the meditope to ensurespecificity. As expected, in both cases, the binding constant wasreduced.

To facilitate conjugation of various molecules, such as therapeutic anddiagnostic agents, e.g., cytotoxins, radionucleotides, for example,DOTA, proteins, solid supports, and other molecules, e.g., for drugdelivery, imaging, or purification, all lysines in the ProteinL-meditope fusion protein but one were mutated to arginine or anotherresidue. The crystal structure shown in FIG. 52 was used to identify alllysines on Protein L and the meditope that, if conjugated, wouldsterically occlude the meditope-Protein L/meditope-enabled antibodyinteraction. Based on this information, the meditope-Protein L fusion(MPL) having the sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 59(SCQFDLSTRRLRCGGGGSEVTIRVNLIFADGNIQTAEFRGTFEEATAEAYRYAALLARVNGEYTADLEDGGNHMNIKFAG) was produced, in which certain lysines in ProteinL/meditope (shown in black in FIG. 52—all but one lysine) were mutatedto Arg or Asn. In the sequence shown above, the residues mutated fromlysine to arginine/asparagine are shown in bold text. The lysine thatwas not mutated (underlined above) is pointed into the solvent. Thus, inthe resulting meditope-Protein L fusion protein, the N-terminal amineand epsilon amine were left for conjugation, the latter being solventexposed and likely more reactive.

In another example, this unique lysine residue in this mutant is used toPEGylate the MPL, e.g., to address potential antigenicity.

MPL-DOTA-NHS Conjugates

MPL having the sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 59 was conjugated toDOTA-NHS in a reaction carried out with various ratios (0.5:1, 2:1,10:1, 30:1, 60:1, 120:1, 240:1) of starting material (DOTA-NHS:MPL) inphosphate buffer (80 mM) for 10 minutes at a pH=10, which favorsconjugation to lysine as compared to N-terminal conjugation. Themono-DOTA-conjugate product increases with increasing DOTA-NHS. Asignificant amount of MPL-mono-DOTA-MPL was formed at a 60:1 ratio, anda significant amount of both MPL-mono-DOTA and MPL-di-DOTA formed at a120:1 ratio (FIG. 60).

The foregoing examples and methods of the invention are illustrativeonly and are not intended to be limiting of the invention in any way.Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that variousmodifications of the foregoing are within the intended scope of theinvention.

Example 11 Meditope Protein L Conjugates

A hetero-bivalent, antibody-binding protein has been designed andcharacterized for applications of antibody-mediated drug and imagingagent delivery. The linker length and rigidity between a meditopepeptide fusion to an IgG binding domain of Protein L have been exploredto optimize the binding avidity of the fusion protein to ameditope-enabled form of the anti-HER2 antibody trastuzumab. Throughsurface plasmon resonance binding analysis, we show that an optimalfusion protein binds to the engineered mAb with picomolar affinity. Weshow that in this study, the optimal linker was a short, flexible,five-amino acid sequence. We show how subtle changes to the length andrigidity of the linker, by the addition of proline residues, changed thebinding affinity. Our results indicate that in this study, flexibilityof the linker was the most important factor for avidity if the length ofthe linker is sufficiently long, in agreement with other models ofavidity. We also show through FACS analysis that this bivalent constructbound to cells which had been pre-treated with a meditope-enabledantibody, indicating the potential for development of this protein intoa scaffold for enhanced antibody-directed therapeutics and diagnostics.

Most cytotoxic chemotherapies are small molecule therapeutics thatgenerally inhibit cell division and do not explicitly discriminatebetween proliferating healthy tissues and cancerous tissues, resultingin systemic toxicity due to lack of specificity. Much effort has beenexpended to specifically deliver cytotoxic and/or imaging agents to thesite of disease for both therapeutic and diagnostic purposes.Therapeutic monoclonal antibodies are uniquely suited for such specificdelivery of cargo to cells which overexpress a cancerous biomarker ontheir surface. Current methods for making antibody drug conjugates(ADCs) involve the covalent attachment of drugs or imaging agentsdirectly to antibodies through Lys or Cys residues which leave aheterogeneous mixture of product with unpredictable pharmacokinetic andpharmacodynamic profiles in vivo. A possible alternative to covalentcoupling of drugs to antibodies which may overcome some of the hurdlesfacing ADCs would be to take advantage of a small tight-binding,site-specific, non-covalent ADC which could be modified more easily andless expensively than a full IgG.

We have designed an avid IgG binding protein by using a single fabbinding domain from protein L linked to a cyclic peptide, called ameditope, which binds in the central cavity of a moditope-enabledversion of the anti-HER2 antibody trastuzumab to act as a scaffold fordrug or imaging agent delivery to HER2 overexpressing cells (FIG. 62).We used biophysical characterization by SPR and FACS analysis to assessthe success of the fusion protein and aid in the design of new linkers

We found that the MPL bound with 2:1 stoichiometry. The MPL was smalland easily expressed in bacteria making it inexpensive to use forcoupling reactions to drugs or imaging agents. MPL did not interferewith antigen binding on the cell surface.

Meditope-Protein L Sequence and Linker Variants Binding Studies by SPRAnalysis

The structure of the peptide used was the same as Formula (IB):R^(1A)-L^(1A)-R^(2A) wherein the R^(1A) meditope had the sequenceSCQFDLSTRRLKC (SEQ ID NO: 178) (except as indicated) and R^(2A) was aprotein L moiety having the sequence:

(SEQ ID NO: 179) EVTIKVNLIFADGKIQTAEFKGTFEEATAEAYRYAALLAKVNGEYTADLEDGGNHMNIKFAG. (except as indicated)(except as indicated).

The linkers were as shown in the table following.

TABLE 8  Linker Linker Linker Length  Designation Composition (#of amino acids) L1 N/A 0 L2 GS 2 L3 GGGGS 5 (SEQ ID NO: 175) L4 GSGSGGGS8 (SEQ ID NO: 176) L5 PS 2 L6 PP 2 L7 PPP 3 L8 PPPPPP 6 (SEQ ID NO: 177)

The MPL constructs listed in table 8 were expressed from BL21 e. coli byIPTG induction. Protein was purified by affinity and size exclusionchromatography. Binding affinities were measured using SPR analysis byflowing concentrations of 78 pM to 10 nM MPL over immobilized TM ligand.Kinetic information was calculated using Biaevaluation software using a1:1 langmuir binding model. Results are shown in FIGS. 63 and 64.

We have confirmed the avidity of MPL (L3) by comparing the bindingsensograms of the meditope alone, protein L alone and two mutants of MPLwhich weaken the affinity of the meditope portion of MPL (F3A R8Amutant) in FIG. 65D) or the protein L portion of MPL (Y51W L55H) in FIG.65E). Bivalency was lost in the case of F3A, R8A in FIG. 65D andbivalency was weakened in Y51W L55H in FIG. 65E because the sensogram nolonger fit a 1:1 binding model. Perfect theoretical avidity possible forthis system is 1.87 pM assuming no unproductive enthalpic or entropiccontributions from the linker. We have achieved 168 pM for the MPLprotein with linker L3, which was the first linker designed based on thecrystal structure. We have achieved less than two orders of magnitudedifference from the theoretical ideal affinity.

TABLE 9 Dissociation on-rate, k_(a) off-rate, k_(d) constant, K_(D) (M⁻¹s⁻¹) (s⁻¹) (nM) meditope 1.325 × 10⁴ 1.641 × 10⁻² 1238 Protein L 4.957 ×10⁴ 7.487 × 10⁻² 1510 MPL F3A 8.135 × 10⁴ 2.239 × 10⁻² 275.2 R8A (L3)MPL Y51W 1.663 × 10⁵ 4.280 × 10⁻² 257.3 L55H (L3) MPL (L2) 6.361 × 10⁵3.826 × 10⁻⁴ 0.6015 MPL (L3) 3.832 × 10⁵ 6.441 × 10⁻⁵ 0.1681 MPL (L4)4.767 × 10⁵ 1.300 × 10⁻⁴ 0.2727 MPL (L1) 3.364 × 10⁵ 1.191 × 10⁻² 35.40MPL (L5) 5.066 × 10⁵ 2.367 × 10⁻⁴ 0.4672 MPL (L6) 4.674 × 10⁵ 2.491 ×10⁻⁴ 0.5330 MPL (L7) 4.505 × 10⁵ 3.547 × 10⁻⁴ 0.7874 MPL (L8) 2.951 ×10⁵ 2.107 × 10⁻³ 7.142

The MPL F3AR8A and MPL Y51W L55H constructs were designed as a proof ofconcept in order to demonstrate avidity. By mutating residues of the MPLin the meditope portion that can be important for binding to themeditope-binding site (F3A R8A) or in portions of the protein L fabbinding interface (Y51W L55H) that can be important for Fab binding, itwas demonstrated that both sections of the exemplary bivalent proteinwere in this study required for binding. These examples alsodemonstrated that there is no covalent interaction between the MPLanalyte and the immobilized meditope enabaled Trastuzumab™ on the SPRchip. MPL (L3) was labeled with AF647 dye and trastuzumab ormeditope-enabled Trastuzumab™ was labeled with AF488 dye. HER2overexpressing SKBR3 cells were pretreated with either WT trastuzumab ormeditope enabled Trastuzumab™. An amount of 0.1 μM or 1 μM MPL was addedand the cells were washed extensively before FACS analysis. The tightbinding affinity of MPL (L3) for TM on the surface of the SKBR3 cellswas evident even at low concentrations of MPL with extensive washing(FIG. 66). These results are in agreement with our SPR analysis.

We have designed an avid IgG binding protein with picomolar affinity foran meditope-enabled trastzumab by using and atoms up approach based on acrystal structure and biophysical characterization of a series ofmeditope-protein L fusion proteins. The optimal linker was a flexible 5amino acid linker. We confirmed that the binding was due to the avidityof both portions of MPL binding to the antibody. We showed that the MPLcould bind to HER2 overexpressing cells when pre-treated with TM. Thesedata support the use of this platform in non-covalent ADC for antibodymediated theranostic applications.

REFERENCES

All references below and cited in the specification above are herebyincorporated by reference in their entirety, as if fully set forthherein.

-   1. Accardi, L., and Di Bonito, P. (2010) Antibodies in single-chain    format against tumour-associated antigens: present and future    applications, Curr Med Chem 17, 1730-1755.-   2. Adams, G. P., Schier, R., McCall, A. M., Simmons, H. H.,    Horak, E. M., Alpaugh, R. K., Marks, J. D., and Weiner, L. M. (2001)    Cancer Res 61, 4750-4755.-   3. Adams, J., Behnke, M., Chen, S., Cruickshank, A. A., Dick, L. R.,    Grenier, L., Klunder, J. M., Ma, Y. T., Plamondon, L., and    Stein, R. L. (1998) Potent and selective inhibitors of the    proteasome: dipeptidyl boronic acids, Bioorg Med Chem Lett 8,    333-338.-   4. Adams, P. D., Grosse-Kunstleve, R. W., Hung, L. W., loerger, T.    R., McCoy, A. J., Moriarty, N. W., Read, R. J., Sacchettini, J. C.,    Sauter, N. K., and Terwilliger, T. C. (2002) Acta Crystallogr D Biol    Crystallogr 58, 1948-1954.-   5. Adessi, C., and Soto, C. (2002) Converting a peptide into a drug:    strategies to improve stability and bioavailability, Curr Med Chem    9, 963-978.-   6. Akamatsu, Y., Pakabunto, K., Xu, Z., Zhang, Y., and    Tsurushita, N. (2007) Whole-   7. IgG surface display on mammalian cells: Application to isolation    of neutralizing chicken monoclonal anti-IL-12 antibodies, J Immunol    Methods 327, 40-52.-   8. Alley, S. C., Okeley, N. M., and Senter, P. D. (2010)    Antibody-drug conjugates: targeted drug delivery for cancer, Curr    Opin Chem Biol 14, 529-537.-   9. Auffinger, P., Hays, F. A., Westhof, E., and Ho, P. S. (2004)    Halogen bonds in biological molecules, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 101,    16789-16794.-   10. Beck, A., Wurch, T., Bailly, C., and Corvaia, N. (2010)    Strategies and challenges for the next generation of therapeutic    antibodies, Nat Rev Immunol 10, 345-352.-   11. Beck, A., Wagner-Rousset, E., Bussat, M. C., Lokteff, M.,    Klinguer-Hamour, C., Haeuw, J. F., Goetsch, L., Wurch, T., Van    Dorsselaer, A., and Corvaia, N. (2008) Trends in glycosylation,    glycoanalysis and glycoengineering of therapeutic antibodies and    Fc-fusion proteins, Curr Pharm Biotechnol 9, 482-501.-   12. Bilgicer, B., Moustakas, D. T., and Whitesides, G. M. (2007) A    synthetic trivalent hapten that aggregates anti-2,4-DNP IgG into    bicyclic trimers, J Am Chem Soc 129, 3722-3728.-   13. Bilgiçer B, Thomas S W 3rd, Shaw B F, Kaufman G K, Krishnamurthy    V M, Estroff L A, Yang J, Whitesides G M., A non-chromatographic    method for the purification of a bivalently active monoclonal IgG    antibody from biological fluids. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2009 Jul. 8;    131(26):9361-7.-   14. Bokemeyer, C., Bondarenko, I., Makhson, A., Hartmann, J. T.,    Aparicio, J., de Braud, F., Donea, S., Ludwig, H., Schuch, G.,    Stroh, C., Loos, A. H., Zubel, A., and Koralewski, P. (2009)    Fluorouracil, leucovorin, and oxaliplatin with and without cetuximab    in the first-line treatment of metastatic colorectal cancer, J Clin    Oncol 27, 663-671.-   15. Bretscher, L. E., Li, H., Poulos, T. L., and    Griffith, O. W. (2003) Structural characterization and kinetics of    nitric-oxide synthase inhibition by novel N5-(iminoalkyl)- and    N5-(iminoalkenyl)-omithines, J Biol Chem 278, 46789-46797.-   16. Butlin, N. G., and Meares, C. F. (2006) Antibodies with infinite    affinity: origins and applications, Acc Chem Res 39, 780-787.-   17. Cardarelli, P. M., Quinn, M., Buckman, D., Fang, Y., Colcher,    D., King, D. J., Bebbington, C., and Yarranton, G. (2002) Binding to    CD20 by anti-B1 antibody or F(ab′)(2) is sufficient for induction of    apoptosis in B-cell lines, Cancer Immunol Immunother 51, 15-24.-   18. Carson, K. R., Focosi, D., Major, E. O., Petrini, M., Richey, E.    A., West, D. P., and Bennett, C. L. (2009) Lancet Oncol 10(8),    816-824-   19. Chen, V. B., Arendall, W. B., 3rd, Headd, J. J., Keedy, D. A.,    Immormino, R. M., Kapral, G. J., Murray, L. W., Richardson, J. S.,    and Richardson, D. C. (2010) MolProbity: all-atom structure    validation for macromolecular crystallography, Acta Crystallogr D    Biol Crystallogr 66, 12-21.-   20. Chih, H. W., Gikanga, B., Yang, Y., and Zhang, B. (2011)    Identification of amino acid residues responsible for the release of    free drug from an antibody-drug conjugate utilizing    lysine-succinimidyl ester chemistry, J Pharm Sci 100, 2518-2525.-   21. Chmura, A. J., Orton, M. S., and Meares, C. F. (2001) Antibodies    with infinite affinity, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 98, 8480-8484.-   22. Cho, H. S., Mason, K., Ramyar, K. X., Stanley, A. M.,    Gabelli, S. B., Denney, D. W., Jr., and Leahy, D. J. (2003)    Structure of the extracellular region of HER2 alone and in complex    with the Herceptin Fab, Nature 421, 756-760.-   23. Collis, A. V., Brouwer, A. P., and Martin, A. C. (2003) J Mol    Biol 325, 337-354.-   24. Dechant, M., Weisner, W., Berger, S., Peipp, M., Beyer, T.,    Schneider-Merck, T., Lammerts van Bueren, J. J., Bleeker, W. K.,    Parren, P. W., van de Winkel, J. G., and Valerius, T. (2008)    Complement-dependent tumor cell lysis triggered by combinations of    epidermal growth factor receptor antibodies, Cancer Res 68,    4998-5003.-   25. Demarest, S. J., and Glaser, S. M. (2008) Antibody therapeutics,    antibody engineering, and the merits of protein stability, Curr Opin    Drug Discov Devel 11, 675-687.-   26. DeNardo, G., and DeNardo, S. (2010) Dose intensified molecular    targeted radiotherapy for cancer-lymphoma as a paradigm, Semin Nucl    Med 40, 136-144.-   27. Derksen, D. J., Stymiest, J. L., and Vederas, J. C. (2006)    Antimicrobial leucocin analogues with a disulfide bridge replaced by    a carbocycle or by noncovalent interactions of allyl glycine    residues, J Am Chem Soc 128, 14252-14253.-   28. Donaldson, J. M., Kari, C., Fragoso, R. C., Rodeck, U., and    Williams, J. C. (2009) Design and development of masked therapeutic    antibodies to limit off-target effects: application to anti-EGFR    antibodies, Cancer Biol Ther 8, 2147-2152.-   29. Doppalapudi, V. R., Huang, J., Liu, D., Jin, P., Liu, B., Li,    L., Desharnais, J., Hagen, C., Levin, N. J., Shields, M. J., Parish,    M., Murphy, R. E., Del Rosario, J., Oates, B. D., Lai, J. Y.,    Matin, M. J., Ainekulu, Z., Bhat, A., Bradshaw, C. W., Woodnutt, G.,    Lerner, R. A., and Lappe, R. W. (2010) Chemical generation of    bispecific antibodies, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 107, 22611-22616.-   30. Doppalapudi, V. R., Tryder, N., Li, L., Aja, T., Griffith, D.,    Liao, F. F., Roxas, G., Ramprasad, M. P., Bradshaw, C., and    Barbas, C. F., 3rd. (2007) Chemically programmed antibodies:    endothelin receptor targeting CovX-Bodies, Bioorg Med Chem Lett 17,    501-506.-   31. Doman, D., Bennett, F., Chen, Y., Dennis, M., Eaton, D., Elkins,    K., French, D., Go, M. A., Jack, A., Junutula, J. R., Koeppen, H.,    Lau, J., McBride, J., Rawstron, A., Shi, X., Yu, N., Yu, S. F., Yue,    P., Zheng, B., Ebens, A., and Polson, A. G. (2009) Therapeutic    potential of an anti-CD79b antibody-drug conjugate,    anti-CD79b-vc-MMAE, for the treatment of non-Hodgkin lymphoma, Blood    114, 2721-2729.-   32. Du, J., Wang, H., Zhong, C., Peng, B., Zhang, M., Li, B., Huo,    S., Guo, Y., and Ding, J. (2007) Structural basis for recognition of    CD20 by therapeutic antibody Rituximab, J Biol Chem 282, 15073-15080-   33. Emsley, P., and Cowtan, K. (2004) Acta Crystallogr D Biol    Crystallogr 60, 2126-2132.-   34. Erlanson, D. A., Arndt, J. W., Cancilla, M. T., Cao, K.,    Elling, R. A., English, N., Friedman, J., Hansen, S. K., Hession,    C., Joseph, I., Kumaravel, G., Lee, W. C., Lind, K. E., McDowell, R.    S., Miatkowski, K., Nguyen, C., Nguyen, T. B., Park, S., Pathan, N.,    Penny, D. M., Romanowski, M. J., Scott, D., Silvian, L., Simmons, R.    L., Tangonan, B. T., Yang, W., and Sun, L. (2011) Discovery of a    potent and highly selective PDK1 inhibitor via fragment-based drug    discovery, Bioorg Med Chem Lett 21, 3078-3083.-   35. Ferenczy, G. G., and Keseru, G. M. (2010) Thermodynamics guided    lead discovery and optimization, Drug Discov Today 15, 919-932.-   36. Gencoglan, G., and Ceylan, C. (2007) Skin Pharmacol Physiol 20,    260-262.-   37. Goodwin, D. A., and Meares, C. F. (1999) Pretargeted peptide    imaging and therapy, Cancer Biother Radiopharm 14, 145-152.-   38. Graille, M., Stura, E. A., Corper, A. L., Sutton, B. J.,    Taussig, M. J., Charbonnier, J. B., and Silverman, G. J. (2000) Proc    Natl Acad Sci USA 97, 5399-5404.-   39. Graille, M., Stura, E. A., Housden, N. G., Beckingham, J. A.,    Bottomley, S. P., Beale, D., Taussig, M. J., Sutton, B. J., Gore, M.    G., and Charbonnier, J. B. (2001) Structure 9, 679-687.-   40. Graille, M., Harrison, S., Crump, M. P., Findlow, S. C.,    Housden, N. G., Muller, B. H., Battail-Poirot, N., Sibai, G.,    Sutton, B. J., Taussig, M. J., Jolivet-Reynaud, C., Gore, M. G., and    Stura, E. A. (2002) J Biol Chem 277, 47500-47506.-   41. Green, D. J., Pagel, J. M., Pantelias, A., Hedin, N., Lin, Y.,    Wilbur, D. S., Gopal, A., Hamlin, D. K., and Press, O. W. (2007)    Pretargeted radioimmunotherapy for B-cell lymphomas, Clin Cancer Res    13, 5598-5603.-   42. Guay, D., Beaulieu, C., and Percival, M. D. (2010) Therapeutic    utility and medicinal chemistry of cathepsin C inhibitors, Curr Top    Med Chem 10, 708-716.-   43. Hansel, T. T., Kropshofer, H., Singer, T., Mitchell, J. A., and    George, A. J. (2010) The safety and side effects of monoclonal    antibodies, Nat Rev Drug Discov 9, 325-338.-   44. Hardegger, L. A., Kuhn, B., Spinnler, B., Anselm, L., Ecabert,    R., Stihle, M., Gsell, B., Thoma, R., Diez, J., Benz, J.,    Plancher, J. M., Hartmann, G., Banner, D. W., Haap, W., and    Diederich, F. (2011) Systematic investigation of halogen bonding in    protein-ligand interactions, Angew Chem Int Ed Engl 50, 314-318.-   45. Hartmann, C., Muller, N., Blaukat, A., Koch, J., Benhar, I., and    Wels, W. S. (2010) Oncogene 29, 4517-4527.-   46. Hernandes, M. Z., Cavalcanti, S. M., Moreira, D. R., de Azevedo    Junior, W. F., and Leite, A. C. (2010) Halogen atoms in the modern    medicinal chemistry: hints for the drug design, Curr Drug Targets    11, 303-314.-   47. Hughes, S. J., Millan, D. S., Kilty, I. C., Lewthwaite, R. A.,    Mathias, J. P., O'Reilly, M. A., Pannifer, A., Phelan, A.,    Stuhmeier, F., Baldock, D. A., and Brown, D. G. (2011) Fragment    based discovery of a novel and selective PI3 kinase inhibitor,    Bioorg Med Chem Lett.-   48. Hutchins, B. M., Kazane, S. A., Staflin, K., Forsyth, J. S.,    Felding-Habermann, B., Schultz, P. G., and Smider, V. V. (2011)    Site-specific coupling and sterically controlled formation of    multimeric antibody fab fragments with unnatural amino acids, J Mol    Biol 406, 595-603.-   49. Junutula, J. R., Raab, H., Clark, S., Bhakta, S., Leipold, D.    D., Weir, S., Chen, Y., Simpson, M., Tsai, S. P., Dennis, M. S., Lu,    Y., Meng, Y. G., Ng, C., Yang, J., Lee, C. C., Duenas, E., Gorrell,    J., Katta, V., Kim, A., McDorman, K., Flagella, K., Venook, R.,    Ross, S., Spencer, S. D., Lee Wong, W., Lowman, H. B., Vandlen, R.,    Sliwkowski, M. X., Scheller, R. H., Polakis, P., and    Mallet, W. (2008) Site-specific conjugation of a cytotoxic drug to    an antibody improves the therapeutic index, Nat Biotechnol 26,    925-932.-   50. Kamat, V., Donaldson, J. M., Kari, C., Quadros, M. R.,    Lelkes, P. I., Chaiken, I., Cocklin, S., Williams, J. C.,    Papazoglou, E., and Rodeck, U. (2008) Enhanced EGFR inhibition and    distinct epitope recognition by EGFR antagonistic mAbs C225 and 425,    Cancer Biol Ther 7, 726-733.-   51. Kiessling, L. L., and Splain, R. A. (2010) Chemical approaches    to glycobiology, Annu Rev Biochem 79, 619-653.-   52. Ladbury, J. E., Klebe, G., and Freire, E. (2010) Adding    calorimetric data to decision making in lead discovery: a hot tip,    Nat Rev Drug Discov 9, 23-27.-   53. Lazar, G. A., Dang, W., Karki, S., Vafa, O., Peng, J. S., Hyun,    L., Chan, C., Chung, H. S., Eivazi, A., Yoder, S. C., Vielmetter,    J., Carmichael, D. F., Hayes, R. J., and Dahiyat, B. I. (2006)    Engineered antibody Fc variants with enhanced effector function,    Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 103, 4005-4010.-   54. Lesch, H. P., Kaikkonen, M. U., Pikkarainen, J. T., and    Yla-Herttuala, S. (2010) Avidin-biotin technology in targeted    therapy, Expert Opin Drug Deliv 7, 551-564.-   55. Li, M., Yan, Z., Han, W., and Zhang, Y. (2006) Cell Immunol 239,    136-143.-   56. Li, S., Schmitz, K. R., Jeffrey, P. D., Wiltzius, J. J., Kussie,    P., and Ferguson, K. M. (2005) Structural basis for inhibition of    the epidermal growth factor receptor by cetuximab, Cancer Cell 7,    301-311.-   57. Liu, C. C., and Schultz, P. G. (2010) Adding new chemistries to    the genetic code, Annu Rev Biochem 79, 413-444.-   58. Lowe C R, Lowe A R, Gupta G. (2001) J. Biochem. Bioph. Meth. 49:    561-574.-   59. Mammen, M., Choi, S.-K., and Whitesides, G. M. Polyvalent    Interactions in Biological Systems: Implications for Design and Use    of Multivalent Ligands and Inhibitors, (1998) Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.    Engl., 37, 2749-2798.-   60. McCoy, A. J., Grosse-Kunstleve, R. W., Adams, P. D., Winn, M.    D., Storoni, L. C., and Read, R. J. (2007) J Appl Crystallogr 40,    658-674.-   61. Meares, C. F. (2008) The chemistry of irreversible capture, Adv    Drug Deliv Rev 60, 1383-1388.-   62. Meira, D. D., Nobrega, I., de Almeida, V. H., Mororo, J. S.,    Cardoso, A. M., Silva, R. L., Albano, R. M., and    Ferreira, C. G. (2009) Eur J Cancer 45, 1265-1273.-   63. Melosky, B., Burkes, R., Rayson, D., Alcindor, T., Shear, N.,    and Lacouture, M. (2009) Curr Oncol 16(1), 16-26.-   64. Meredith, R. F., and Buchsbaum, D. J. (2006) Pretargeted    radioimmunotherapy, Int J Radiat Oncol Biol Phys 66, S57-59.-   65. Milo, L. J., Lai, J. H., Wu, W., Liu, Y., Maw, H., Li, Y., Jin,    Z., Shu, Y., Poplawski, S., Wu, Y., Sanford, D. G., Sudmeier, J. L.,    and Bachovchin, B. (2011) Chemical and Biological Evaluation of    Dipeptidyl Boronic Acid Proteasome Inhibitors for Use in Pro- and    Pro-soft Drugs Targeting Solid Tumors, J Med Chem (in press—DOI:    10.1021/jm200460q).-   66. Molloy, E. S., and Calabrese, L. H. (2009) Nat Rev Rheumatol    5(8), 418-419.-   67. Morse, L., and Calarese, P. (2006) Semin Oncol Nurs 22(3),    152-162.-   68. Moss, L. S., Starbuck, M. F., Mayer, D. K., Harwood, E. B., and    Glotzer, J. (2009) Oncol Nurs Forum 36, 676-685.-   69. Mossessova, E., and Lima, C. D. (2000) Mol Cell 5, 865-876.-   70. Muller, D., and Kontermann, R. E. (2010) Bispecific antibodies    for cancer immunotherapy: Current perspectives, BioDrugs 24, 89-98.-   71. Muller, S., Lange, S., Gautel, M., and Wilmanns, M. (2007) Rigid    conformation of an immunoglobulin domain tandem repeat in the A-band    of the elastic muscle protein titin, J Mol Biol 371, 469-480.-   72. Nicola, G., Peddi, S., Stefanova, M., Nicholas, R. A.,    Gutheil, W. G., and Davies, C. (2005) Crystal structure of    Escherichia coli penicillin-binding protein 5 bound to a tripeptide    boronic acid inhibitor: a role for Ser-110 in deacylation,    Biochemistry 44, 8207-8217.-   73. Pagel, J. M., Lin, Y., Hedin, N., Pantelias, A., Axworthy, D.,    Stone, D., Hamlin, D. K., Wilbur, D. S., and Press, O. W. (2006)    Comparison of a tetravalent single-chain antibody-streptavidin    fusion protein and an antibody-streptavidin chemical conjugate for    pretargeted anti-CD20 radioimmunotherapy of B-cell lymphomas, Blood    108, 328-336.-   74. Pakkala, M., Weisell, J., Hekim, C., Vepsalainen, J., Wallen, E.    A., Stenman, U. H., Koistinen, H., and Narvanen, A. (2010) Mimetics    of the disulfide bridge between the N- and C-terminal cysteines of    the KLK3-stimulating peptide B-2, Amino Acids 39, 233-242.-   75. Pugashetti, R., and Koo, J. (2009) J Dermatolog Treat 20(3),    132-136.-   76. Rao, J., Lahiri, J., Isaacs, L., Weis, R. M., and    Whitesides, G. M. (1998) A trivalent system from    vancomycin.D-ala-D-Ala with higher affinity than avidin.biotin,    Science 280, 708-711.-   77. Riemer, A. B., Klinger, M., Wagner, S., Bernhaus, A.,    Mazzucchelli, L., Pehamberger, H., Scheiner, O., Zielinski, C. C.,    and Jensen-Jarolim, E. (2004) J Immunol 173, 394-401.-   78. Riemer, A. B., Kurz, H., Klinger, M., Scheiner, O.,    Zielinski, C. C., and Jensen-Jarolim, E. (2005) Vaccination with    cetuximab mimotopes and biological properties of induced    anti-epidermal growth factor receptor antibodies, J Natl Cancer Inst    97, 1663-1670.-   79. Rivera, F., Garcia-Castano, A., Vega, N., Vega-Villegas, M. E.,    and Gutierrez-Sanz, L. (2009) Cetuximab in metastatic or recurrent    head and neck cancer: the EXTREME trial, Expert Rev Anticancer Ther    9, 1421-1428.-   80. Roe, E., Garcia Muret, M. P., Marcuello, E., Capdevila, J.,    Pallares, C., and Alomar, A. (2006) J Am Acad Dermatol 55(3),    429-437.-   81. Rossi, E. A., Goldenberg, D. M., Cardillo, T. M., McBride, W.    J., Sharkey, R. M., and Chang, C. H. (2006) Stably tethered    multifunctional structures of defined composition made by the dock    and lock method for use in cancer targeting, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA    103, 6841-6846.-   82. Rudnick, S. I., and Adams, G. P. (2009) Cancer Biother    Radiopharm 24, 155-161.-   83. Scheuer W, Friess T, Burtscher H, Bossenmaier B, Endl J, Hasmann    M., Strongly enhanced antitumor activity of trastuzumab and    pertuzumab combination-   84. treatment on HER2-positive human xenograft tumor models. Cancer    Res. 2009 Dec. 15; 69(24):9330-6.-   85. Schrag, D., Chung, K. Y., Flombaum, C., and Saltz, L. (2005) J    Natl Cancer Inst 97(16), 1221-1224.-   86. Seeman, N. C. (2003) DNA in a material world, Nature 421,    427-431.-   87. Shaav, T., Wiesmuller, K. H., and Walden, P. (2007) Vaccine 25,    3032-3037.-   88. Shan, D., Ledbetter, J. A., and Press, O. W. (1998) Apoptosis of    malignant human B cells by ligation of CD20 with monoclonal    antibodies, Blood 91, 1644-1652.-   89. Sharkey, R. M., Rossi, E. A., McBride, W. J., Chang, C. H., and    Goldenberg, D. M. (2010) Recombinant bispecific monoclonal    antibodies prepared by the dock-and-lock strategy for pretargeted    radioimmunotherapy, Semin Nucl Med 40, 190-203.-   90. Sheedy, C., MacKenzie, C. R., and Hall, J. C. (2007) Isolation    and affinity maturation of hapten-specific antibodies, Biotechnol    Adv 25, 333-352.-   91. Shirasaki, Y., Nakamura, M., Yamaguchi, M., Miyashita, H.,    Sakai, O., and Inoue, J. (2006) Exploration of orally available    calpain inhibitors 2: peptidyl hemiacetal derivatives, J Med Chem    49, 3926-3932.-   92. Shuker, S. B., Hajduk, P. J., Meadows, R. P., and    Fesik, S. W. (1996) Discovering high-affinity ligands for proteins:    SAR by NMR, Science 274, 1531-1534.-   93. Spangler, J. B., Neil, J. R., Abramovitch, S., Yarden, Y.,    White, F. M., Lauffenburger, D. A., and Wittrup, K. D. (2010)    Combination antibody treatment down-regulates epidermal growth    factor receptor by inhibiting endosomal recycling, Proc Natl Acad    Sci USA 107, 13252-13257.-   94. Stymiest, J. L., Mitchell, B. F., Wong, S., and    Vederas, J. C. (2005) Synthesis of oxytocin analogues with    replacement of sulfur by carbon gives potent antagonists with    increased stability, J Org Chem 70, 7799-7809.-   95. Teillaud, J. L. (2005) Engineering of monoclonal antibodies and    antibody-based fusion proteins: successes and challenges, Expert    Opin Biol Ther 5 Suppl 1, S15-27.-   96. Thakur, A., and Lum, L. G. (2010) Cancer therapy with bispecific    antibodies: Clinical experience, Curr Opin Mol Ther 12, 340-349.-   97. Van Cutsem, E., Kohne, C. H., Hitre, E., Zaluski, J., Chang    Chien, C. R., Makhson, A., D'Haens, G., Pinter, T., Lim, R., Bodoky,    G., Roh, J. K., Folprecht, G., Ruff, P., Stroh, C., Tejpar, S.,    Schlichting, M., Nippgen, J., and Rougier, P. (2009) Cetuximab and    chemotherapy as initial treatment for metastatic colorectal cancer,    N Engl J Med 360, 1408-1417.-   98. Wakankar, A. A., Feeney, M. B., Rivera, J., Chen, Y., Kim, M.,    Sharma, V. K., and Wang, Y. J. (2010) Physicochemical stability of    the antibody-drug conjugate Trastuzumab-DM1: changes due to    modification and conjugation processes, Bioconjug Chem 21,    1588-1595.-   99. Young, W. W., Jr., Tamura, Y., Wolock, D. M., and    Fox, J. W. (1984) J Immunol 133, 3163-3166.

What is claimed is:
 1. A peptide having the formula:R^(1A)—L^(1A)-R^(2A) wherein: R^(1A) is a meditope comprising an aminoacid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 2,16-18, 23, 29, 31, 32, 36, 39, 42, 43, 45, 46, 51, 52, 54, and 55;L^(1A) is a linker of about 2 Å to about 100 Å in length; and R^(2A) isa peptidyl kappa light chain binding moiety that binds to the peptidylkappa light chain of the meditope-enabled antibody without decreasingantigen binding of the meditope-enabled antibody, wherein R^(2A)comprises the sequence:X13-VTI-X14-VN-X15-IFADG-X16-IQTA-X17-F-X18-GTFEEATAEAYR-X19-AALLA-X20-VNGEYTADLEDGGNHMNI-X21-FAG-R³(IG) (SEQ ID NO: 184), wherein: X13 is Glu or null; X14 is Arg, Lys, ora conjugated amino acid; X15 is Lys, a conjugated amino acid, or Leu;X16 is Lys or a conjugated amino acid; X17 is Glu or Pro; X18 is Pro,Arg, Lys, or a conjugated amino acid; X19 is Tyr or Trp; X20 is Arg,Lys, or conjugated amino acid; X21 is Lys or a conjugated amino acid;and R³ is null or a conjugated peptidyl moiety.
 2. The peptide of claim1, wherein L^(1A) is a peptidyl linker or a PEG linker.
 3. The peptideof claim 1, wherein L^(1A) is a peptidyl linker.
 4. The peptide of claim1, wherein L^(1A) is a peptidyl linker consisting of five amino acids.5. The peptide of claim 1, wherein L^(1A) is about 5 Å to about 40 Å inlength.
 6. The peptide of claim 1, wherein L^(1A) is about 10 Å to about25 Å in length.
 7. The peptide of claim 1, wherein L^(1A) is about 18 Åin length.
 8. The peptide of claim 4, wherein said peptidyl linkerconsists of amino acids selected from the group consisting of alanine,glycine, serine, glutamic acid, glutamine, proline, arginine, lysine,threonine, and aspartic acid.
 9. The peptide of claim 4, wherein saidpeptidyl linker consists of amino acids selected from the groupconsisting of alanine, glycine, serine, glutamic acid, glutamine,threonine, and aspartic acid.
 10. The peptide of claim 4, wherein saidpeptidyl linker consists of amino acids selected from the groupconsisting of glycine, serine, and glutamic acid.
 11. The peptide ofclaim 4, wherein said peptidyl linker consists of amino acids selectedfrom the group consisting of glycine and serine.
 12. The peptide ofclaim 4, wherein said peptidyl linker has the sequence -GGGGS- or-GGGGG-.
 13. The peptide of claim 1, wherein the linker comprises aproteolytic cleavage site that is an MMP cleavage site, an ADAM cleavagesite, or a cathepsin cleavage site.
 14. The peptide of claim 13, whereinthe proteolytic cleavage site is an MMP cleavage site.
 15. The peptideof claim 1, wherein said conjugated peptidyl moiety comprises a metalchelator bound to a metal ion, a small molecule, a chemotherapeuticagent, a therapeutic antibody or a functional fragment thereof, a toxin,a radioisotope, an enzyme, a nuclease, a hormone, an immunomodulator, anoligonucleotide, an organic or inorganic nanoparticle, an RNAi molecule,an siRNA, a boron compound, a photoactive agent, a dye, a fluorescent orluminescent substance, an enzyme, an enhancing agent, a radioactivesubstance, or a chelator.